Criminal Activity On Falsified Medicines “On The Rise” Says Novartis Anti-Counterfeit Head 09/12/2019 John Zarocostas Criminal activity surrounding the manufacture, distribution and sale of falsified medicines is “on the rise” as a global health problem in many developing countries and in rich nations – especially online – but efforts to stem the growing health threat will require robust collective action by all stakeholders, a leading Novartis official warned Friday in Geneva. “Stakeholder engagement is critical,” Stanislas Barro, global head of anti-counterfeiting at Novartis Pharma AG, told a panel against falsified medicines. The event, co-hosted by the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations (IFPMA) an industry umbrella group, and the Graduate Institute in Geneva, wrapped up a week of advocacy that raised awareness of counterfeit and substandard medicines under the theme “Fight the Fakes.” Stanislas Barro participating in a workshop at the “Fight the Fakes” event. “We do believe that success and progress, will come from stakeholder engagements. As many resources as we want to invest in investigation and enforcement, success will come from collective action, a public-private partnership to foster effective collaboration.” Barro said that’s a key focus for Novartis and argued, “We need to train properly law enforcement and health authorities in the markets because it’s a complex area. There’s quite a bit we can share with them and there’s quite a bit they can share with us. We need to develop this effective relationship.” For Novartis, a private sector company trying to combat falsified medicines, governance, Barro said, “is crucial” for making progress, and pointed out the Novartis steering committee on falsified medicines includes half of the top 10 executives of the company – including the heads of ethics, risk and compliance, legal, business assurance and advisory, global health and corporate responsibility. A spate of reports by national and international bodies and enforcement agencies, including Interpol, the World Health Organization, and industry watchdog groups, have documented the growing reach of falsified medicines and the high risk they pose for individual patients in many health settings. In 2019, the WHO has to date issued 11 medical product alerts concerning falsified medicines and vaccines. They have included alerts over falsified ICLUSIG, used to treat leukemia, Amoxicillin, Augmentin, used to treat bacterial infections, Quinine Bisulphate, meningitis vaccines and vaccines against rabies. Nicola Magrini, secretary of the WHO Expert Committee on the Selection and Use of Essential Medicines, told Health Policy Watch that many of the drugs on the WHO Essential Medicines List have been falsified, and said shortages of essential medicines can be drivers for falsification. “So, we can raise our hand and say let’s try and find some coordinated mechanism to provide the drugs safely,” said Magrini. Now, WHO now has a double mechanism of not only maintaining a public falsified medicines database, but also keeping a shortages database. The WHO official said it’s also “absolutely horrifying” that the WHO logo has been used by criminals to show that the falsified medicines are guaranteed by WHO. There are published pictures and warnings against any drug with a WHO logo on it, he said. Global Efforts to “Fight the Fakes” A report by Interpol, the Lyon-based International Criminal Police Organization, published on “Operation Pangea” – a global operation which seeks to disrupt online sales of counterfeit and illicit health products – says that since its launch in 2008 the operation has “removed more than 105 million units (pills, ampoules, sachets, bottles and so on) from circulation and made more than 3,000 arrests.” The operation has included the seizure of 1.1 million packages, and the shutdown of 82,000 websites, it says in the report published in November. Interpol agents conducting inspections of health products in Costa Rica. In October 2018, a week of ” Operation Pangea” XI action brought together police, customs and health regulatory authorities from 116 countries and focused on delivery services manipulated by organized crime networks. The massive operation resulted in the seizures of 10 million units, valued at $14 million, 859 arrests, and 3,671 web links closed down, including websites, social media pages, and online marketplaces. During the operation, Interpol says, 500 tonnes of illicit pharmaceuticals were seized worldwide, including anti-inflammatory medication, painkillers, erectile dysfunction pills, hypnotic and sedative agents, anabolic steroids, slimming pills and medicines for treating HIV, Parkinson’s and diabetes. Barro told participants the Internet is critical in the fight against fake medicines and noted the company is cooperating with the rest of industry through the Pharmaceutical Security Institute (PSI) on programmes doing online monitoring and enforcement on targeted countries and online pharmacies, regularly. But Novartis, he said, also has its online programme targeting key products, and the volumes are mind-boggling. In the first 10-11 months of this year, alone, he said ” We tried to de-list more than 12,000 listings just concerning our products on commercial platforms “and also tried to enforce more than “2000 robbing online pharmacies.” Barro said about 90% of online pharmacies “operate illegally” and suggested many may not be authorized in the country and sell prescription medicines without a prescription. However, the problem is, he said, that, ” 60% of this 90% of online pharmacies “do sell falsified medicines and that is the critical part and that’s what is worrying us.” Analysis of the results of Pangea over the past decade, the report says, also reveals “that at least 11 per cent of medical products sold online are counterfeit and all regions of the world are affected.” Similarly, a regional Interpol initiative, titled “Heera” collaborates with 10 countries in West Africa to target the trafficking of pharmaceutical products in West Africa – resulting in seizures of 95,800 units, worth about $3.8 million in 2018. In a similar vein, a review by PSI of 4,405 pharmaceutical crime incidents that occurred in 2018, a 25% increase since 2017, found that pharmaceuticals in every category were targeted by criminals and that 1,882 different medicines were involved. Novartis’ Efforts To Combat Falsified Medicines Barro, who chairs the working group that oversees the company programme to combat falsified medicines, said in 2018 a study by the company estimated that at least 700,000 patients would have been impacted by falsified medicines from the Novartis treatment portfolio – such as for malaria, oncology products, and cardio-vascular drugs. The projection was based just on what Novartis had seized. “What we see is just the tip of the iceberg,” Barro stressed. He also outlined there was a team focusing on pharma intelligence and forensics, and highlighted “they are critical to our day-to-day operations.” Barro also added that Novartis this year had launched a working group in China and a separate group in Africa, and is planning to launch working groups to combat falsified medicines in the US and India. To counter the work of criminal networks, he said, Novartis also had case managers in North America, Europe and the Middle East, Africa and India, and in recent months had carried out market surveys in Cambodia, Egypt, India, Mexico, Brazil and Nigeria. To boost capacity to timely authenticate suspected falsified medicines, Novartis has three authentication spectrometric toolkits (i.e. mobile laboratories) covering the Americas, EMEA, and Asia-Pacific said Barro. This year Novartis launched a new project aimed at empowering low-and-middle-income countries with mobile, cloud-based, cost-effective spectrometric sensors which are now being used in 15 countries as part of “Phase I” with an initial primary focus on its access portfolio with medicines covering therapeutic areas ranging from sickle cell disease, malaria and cardio vascular. “In the cloud, we have a library of spectrons for each product, or a sort of corresponding DNA, if you wish, if I were to summarize that. So when we test the product-put it on a little sensor-pill or liquid and you test it- It does a comparison of your library of spectra products and it tells you if it is a match or not.” “We are very excited about this because it is cost-effective, it’s mobile-enabled, and takes only a few seconds – it changes the way we approach detection of falsified medicines.” Novartis, Barro said, is also leading a consortium at industry level exploring all the applications for blockchain in the pharma industry. “One thing we are excited about is strengthening the supply chain from manufacturing to the patients.” However, Barro admitted blockchain would only be effective if the industry is aligned – hence the consortium. “We are…trying to align everyone to one industry standard,” he said. The pharma security expert provided examples of types of criminal activity related to falsified products, some intercepted and tested by Novartis. These included: Non-declared Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (API) were found in a fake version of the leading Novartis anti-infective anti-malarial called Coartem. A non-declared API (paracetamol) was also found in a fake version of an oncology product used to treat breast cancer. Some counterfeiters of medicines, notably in India, offer to make fakes “to order” with little, or no API, or with something close to the genuine version. Cases of genuine secondary packaging were found, but the contents inside were counterfeits, Stolen tempered products, where the expiration date is changed and the products are put back on the market. Public sector theft with medicines going to hospitals and clinics stolen from their facilities and re-appearing after some time on different markets and sometimes mixed with counterfeits. Because they disappear from the legitimate supply chain and may not meet distribution practices, such as cold-chain storage requirements, they can have a patient safety impact. Image Credits: Interpol, Keshav Khanna/The Graduate Institute of Geneva. First African Conference On Neglected Diseases Calls For Increased Efforts To Tackle The Challenges 06/12/2019 Fredrick Nzwili Nairobi, Kenya (6 December 2019) – An International Conference on Neglected Tropical Diseases (NTDs) ended in Nairobi on Friday with calls for increased research, resources and strengthened cross border partnerships to accelerate the elimination of the diseases. The three day inaugural conference in Africa brought together some 230 participants including scientists, researchers, policy makers and pharmaceutical companies from 19 countries. “I am absolutely happy, and extremely proud of the fact the meeting… has brought together African program implementers and researchers to discuss the neglected diseases. I think it was long time coming. It’s a great initiative,” Dr. Mwelecele Malecela, the director of he Department for the Control of Neglected Diseases at the World Health Organization (WHO) told Health Policy Watch at the end of the meeting. Preventative treatments for schistosomiasis and soil-transmitted helminths, two major NTDs, are distributed to children in Tanzania. WHO was one of the sponsors of the conference together with other organizations: The DRUID Project, The Foundation For Innovative New Diagnostics, WHO, The Drugs for Neglected Diseases Initiative, The End Fund, The Children’s Investment Fund Foundation, The Schistosomiasis Control Initiative and Evidence Action. Several participants at the conference said convening the meeting in Nairobi was most appropriate since the highest neglected diseases burden was in Africa. “We have been attending international conferences on NTDs in the USA, Europe and elsewhere. We have come back with a lot useful knowledge, but only a few us have been able to attend,” said Dr. Sultani Matendechero, head of the Division of Vector Borne and Neglected Tropical Diseases, Kenya Ministry of Health. But the paradox, he said, was that the highest NTDs disease burden is in Africa. “This is a big problem and the burden is huge. That is why we are want to give it visibility. It affects the poor who do not have the resources. This meeting will enable us move forward as required.” In plenary and scientific sessions, and under the theme; “Cross-border partnership towards achieving control and elimination of NTDs”, the participants focused discussion on strengthening government ownership, advocacy, coordination and partnerships. Connecting basic research and clinical trials for drugs vaccines, and diagnostic to control efforts, and translating research into advocacy into policy, advocacy and community engagement, were some of the other areas of focus. “The issues that have been discussed have an impact on all countries in Africa and relate to cross border issues. For example, people trying to eliminate diseases from either side of the border, but facing great obstacles which are linked to the fact that these diseases know no borders,” said Malecela. The official told the conference attendees it was great opportunity to hear what is happening in Africa and see the potential in the continent. “We have a critical mass of leaders in this field,” said Malecela. Many countries in Africa and the across the world are experiencing unprecedented outbreaks of diseases like leishmaniasis, Chikungunya, dengue and other haemorrhagic viruses, the conference attendees heard. These have the greatest impact on poor countries where resources and capacities are limited, according to various speakers at the conference. John Amuasi, the executive director for African Research Network for Neglected Tropical Diseases underlined the need to strengthen health systems and preparedness in countries to address both current and emerging challenges related to the NTDs. “Policy makers, pharmaceutical companies, and research & development institutions have not prioritized the diseases. As a result there are major unmet treatment needs for NTDs. Medicines are either unavailable or unaffordable for the patient,” said Amuasi, while underling that most of the NTDs’ victims were the poorest populations living in remote rural areas, urban slums or conflict zones. “The control and elimination (of NTDs) should be considered a health priority for the continent,” he said. Yet, NTDs research and advocacy has faced major challenges, according to speakers at the conference. Some include historically poor career pathways for scientists in Africa, acute lack of local funding for African institutions and governments and lack of infrastructure, especially modern equipment. “We do not have the capacity. When we sent people for training abroad, they do not come back. I think we need to build our capacity,” said Ahmed Musa, a professor at the Institute of Endemic Diseases at the University of Khartoum, Sudan. At the opening, Dr. Rashid Aman, the chief administrative secretary in Kenya’s Ministry of Health had told the conference that NTDs were a source of tremendous suffering because of their disfiguring, debilitating and sometimes have deadly impact. “They are called neglected since they have been eliminated in the developed world, but continue to persist in poor, marginalized and regions in conflict,” said Aman, while explaining that where the diseases occur social stigma is a consequence, in addition to causing physical and emotional suffering, hampering the people’s ability to work, keeping children out of school and retarding families and communities. Increased trade activities and interaction among communities living along national boundaries, according to Aman, have heightened the risk of cross –border transmission of the infections in East Africa. The border stretches have also experienced increased cases of major infectious and parasitic diseases, including HIV/AIDS and livestock related ones such schistosomiasis and the rhodesiense strain of African Trypanosomiasis – also known as sleeping sickness. According to Aman, Kenya in its aspiration to achieve Universal Health Coverage ( UHC) by 2022 was looking at Ministry of Health’s Division of Vector Borne & Neglected Tropical Diseases to play a great role in ensuring control, elimination and eventual eradication of the NTDs. At the same time, Malecela said WHO was currently working on 2020 road map and hoped everyone would align around road map in their country contexts. The road map, according to the official, focuses on better integrating the diseases in the health system, integrating the delivery in the health system, better collaboration and coordination with other multi-sectoral players, for example nutrition, animal health and water and sanitation, and finally just stronger country ownership of these programs. Attendees of the first African NTD Conference Image Credits: RTI Fights NTDs, Fredrick Nzwili/HP-Watch. Reducing Air Pollution Yields Health Benefits Within Weeks – Swedish Activist Greta Thunberg Arrives At Madrid Climate Conference 06/12/2019 Grace Ren and Elaine Ruth Fletcher Madrid, Spain – Heart attacks, respiratory illnesses, and asthma attacks dropped significantly in places as diverse as the United States, China and Europe after new policies reducing air pollution were adopted, and health benefits were sometimes evident in as little as one week after the new policies took effect, according to a new study in the Annals of the American Thoracic Society. The study Health Benefits of Air Pollution Reduction, was released to coincide with the COP25 Climate Conference in Madrid, where teenage activist Greta Thunberg arrived in Madrid on Friday, to carry her message about climate change’s looming impacts on the next generation to the thousands of delegates gathered here. After crossing the Atlantic by a catamaran to Lisbon, Portugal, and then reaching the Spanish capital via an overnight train, Thunberg made a surprise appearance at the COP25 conference center, before joining a planned climate march in the capital this evening. Greta Thunberg appears in Madrid with 8 year-old Licypriya Kangujam, 2019 World Children Peace Prize Laureate, holding a sign calling on Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi to act more assertively to confront climate change. Speaking at a press conference at a Madrid cultural center on Friday afternoon, Thunberg blasted politicians for dragging their feet. “We are getting bigger and bigger, and our voices are being heard more and more, but of course that does not translate into political action,” Thunberg said. “I sincerely hope that world leaders, that the people in power, grasp the urgency of the climate crisis because right now it doesn’t seem like they are.” The release of the new study on air pollution’s health impacts was timed to coincide with the COP25 conference, said lead author Dean Schraufnagel of the University of Illinois-Chicago, Department of Medicine, in an interview with Health Policy Watch. He said that the study underlines the immediate gains politicians can obtain if they cut air pollution, which also reduces climate emissions. “Air pollution and global warming are tightly linked, with common causes and interactive molecules and temperature, as we outline in the .. paper,” Schraufnagel said. “Our message is that air pollution is an avoidable health risk and we can expect good health outcomes in short periods (during a legislator’s term in office) if we enforce pollution standards.” While thousands of studies have demonstrated the close relationship between increased air pollution levels and a diverse range of health impacts, including more premature deaths from a range of non-communicable diseases, this study retrospectively at what actually happened – once improved policies took effect. The review looked at peer reviewed studies worldwide to compare findings on if air pollution reductions also reduced illnesses, which ones, and to what extent. “Within a few weeks, respiratory and irritation symptoms, such as shortness of breath, cough, phlegm, and sore throat, disappear; school absenteeism, clinic visits, hospitalizations, premature births, cardiovascular illness and death, and all-cause mortality decrease significantly,” the study’s author’s conclude. Students protest at the climate march in Madrid “We knew there were benefits from pollution control, but the magnitude and relatively short time duration to accomplish them were impressive,” Schraufnagel also said in a press release. “Sweeping policies affecting a whole country can reduce all-cause mortality within weeks. Local programs, such as reducing traffic, have also promptly improved many health measures.” While benefits of air pollution reductions have been more widely studied in the United States and Europe, studies from Asia where air pollution levels were traditionally much higher, also revealed the same set of relationships, Schraufnagel said, adding that in fact “there strong evidence that the interventions have a greater [health] impact when the pollution burden is greater.” As an example of how dramatic the results can be, one study found that a nation-wide smoking ban enacted in Ireland in 2004 led to a 13 percent drop in all-cause mortality, a 26 percent reduction in ischemic heart disease, a 32 percent reduction in stroke, and a 38 percent reduction in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) – with reductions starting in week 1 of the ban. The benefits were seen most dramatically in non-smokers and young children. Outside of direct health benefits, the researchers also found that better air quality was associated with lower school absenteeism, and clean air policies have economic benefits. For example, the review cites one study that estimated the Clean Air Act of 1970 has saved United States US$ 2 trillion since it was first enacted. In another case, the 13-month closure of a steel mill in Utah was associated with a 40 percent drop in school absenteeism in the surround city. Although the review cites some studies from China and Nigeria, data is lacking for many rapidly developing countries, where air pollution is becoming a more visible health problem. Just last month, a “public health emergency” was declared in Delhi, India, shutting down schools and workplaces for several days, as levels of dangerous small PM10 and PM2.5 particles soared to record-breaking heights. “it is important for countries to do their own research of the health effects of stopping a point source of pollution… They could stimulate the public and research community,” Schraufnagel told Health Policy Watch. “For example, Indian studies could have a powerful effect on policy in India… The studies would also take into account variations within countries; for example, if Delhi’s pollution mainly resulted from burning trash rather than automobiles, it would be most fruitful to stop the trash burning rather than ban cars,” he said. The World Health Organization estimates that 7 million deaths annually are directly attributable to outdoor and ambient air pollution. Following the WHO air quality guidelines, the study authors say, could lead to “prompt and substantial health gains.” “Air pollution is an avoidable health risk,” said Schraufnager. He added that “good health outcomes” could be seen even within a politician’s term in office if pollution standards are enforced and WHO air quality guidelines are followed. This story was published as part of Covering Climate Now, a global collaboration of more than 250 news outlets to strengthen coverage of the climate story. Image Credits: E Fletcher/HP-Watch, @LicypriyaK, FIRS . Creative Approaches To Improving Medicines Access – Lessons From The Hepatitis C Experience 06/12/2019 Elaine Ruth Fletcher The issues around access to medicines at affordable prices has galvanized civil society, the pharmaceutical industry, the research community, and politicians this year in oft-contentious debate that shows no sign of abating. A day-long session hosted by the Global Health Centre of Geneva’s Graduate Institute, and cosponsored by the Swiss Institute of Intellectual Property and the Federal Office of Public Health, sought to unwrap some of the thorny questions around the access issue by examining in detail the story around one important recent breakthrough in treatment for Hepatitis C (HCV). The discovery of sofosbuvir transformed the course of HCV treatment forever by offering a breakthrough cure for what had been a chronic and often deadly disease, affecting affects some 71 million people worldwide in high- and low-income countries alike. Cartoonist Caro van Leeuwen’s depiction of the complex set of issues raised at the GHC event on Creative Approaches to Improving Access to Medicines Globally. First approved for use in the United States in 2013, sofosbuvir was the first in a class of direct-acting anti-viral treatments that offered a 95% cure rate for an insidious disease; it rapidly caught the interest of health systems worldwide. The race to expand access to a drug that was initially priced at over US$ 80,000 in the United States by Gilead Pharmaceuticals was hectic and often unpredictable. Access to the patented drug known as Sovaldi® was expanded by Gilead to a wide range of countries through a series of voluntary licensing arrangements with manufacturers that reduced its price significantly. However, the drug remained unaffordable for many health systems and individuals. Egypt’s courts rejected the patent on sofosbuvir – paving the way for massive local production of a WHO-recommended generic combination, sofosbuvir/daclatasvir, which reduced prices ten- and then 100-fold in domestic markets. In 2017 Malaysia authorized importation of the Sofosbuvir/Daclatasvir generic, making use of TRIPS flexibilities in World Trade Organization rules regarding the rights of low- and middle-income countries to issue so-called “compulsory licenses” (called “government rights license in Malaysia) for importation or production by local pharma companies. Healthcare worker examines liver of hepatitis C patient in Thailand. Chronic liver disease is one of the main outcomes of HCV infections, which the new direct-acting antiviral drugs can cure. Moves in Egypt, South-East Asia and Latin America to produce and use generic drug versions have been strongly supported by civil society, including Drugs For Neglected Diseases Initiative (DNDi). DNDi has gone on to support development of yet another combination drug therapy of sofosbuvir/ravidasvir. Now in Phase II and III clinical trials, approval of yet another new HCV therapy should open the door to even greater expansion of treatment access. Elsewhere, affluent countries such as Australia negotiated procurement of drugs for a lump sum with no cap on the number of people treated – the so-called ‘Netflix’ model. And even countries, such as Switzerland, faced twin challenges in ramping up awareness and education about a disease for which few people had previously sought treatment, which naturally led to higher drug costs as well. The Geneva workshop convened experts and practitioners from industry, civil society and governments – including many who were on the frontlines of the Hepatitis C story – to take stock of the diverse approaches that have been used to improve access to the vital drug and see what lessons could be applied to the broader medicines access issue. Said Suerie Moon, co-director of the Global Health Centre, and a co-host of the event, “Necessity is the mother of invention, we have seen all sorts of companies, PDPs, and others try all sorts of different approaches was because the need was very urgent.” She noted that the key to success in the Hepatitis C story, as well, was innovation – “not just in terms of developing new medical technologies, but in figuring out how to solve these problems”. From this and other examples, she added, health policymakers might learn more about creative ways to “shift innovation models, tug and push and pull, to make them better serve the needs of society.” At the same time, however, the Hepatitis C story is also somewhat unique. The widespread prevalence of the disease not only in low income regions but also in high income countries such as Europe and Japan, means that the drug represented a profitable market for manufacturers of all kinds – unlike neglected diseases with a much smaller target groups of people mostly living in poor countries. HCV is also a disease where solutions can rely not only on drug treatment but also on greater public awareness and preventive behaviours, noted Vinh-Kim Nguyen, co-director of the Global Health Centre. “The medical community shares some of the responsibility for this epidemic because in the past it was driven by unsafe vaccination practices and needles used for intravenous purposes. So physicians have a special responsibility to respond.” (left-right)Nora Kronig Romero, Swiss Global Health Ambassador; WHO ADG Mariângela Simão; IFPMA DG Thomas Cueni; Pharco CEO Shirene Helmy; Fifa Rahman UNITAID board; Suerie Moon, Co-director, Global Health Centre, IHEID. Disruptive in the ‘Best and Worst’ Sense For industry, the HCV cure was disruptive “at its best and at its worst” observed Thomas Cueni, head of the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations. “Seven out of ten 10 Hep C patients developed liver disease and then we suddenly had a cure – that’s the kind of positive disruption patients and society waits for. But on the worst side, countries were not ready, it caused huge rifts in national budgets. And personally I believe that Gilead didn’t get enough credit,” he contended. Anticipating the surge of demand that would come from lower income countries, the company was aggressive in ensuring that they had “access programmes ready, the tech transfer programmes, the voluntary licensing deals, really trying to make sure that they could replicate what they had done in the HIV/AIDS field.” “But the shock was really in the developed countries and I think we learned from that in a number of areas,” he said. “I think that Gilead learned the hard way that trying to do the right thing in developing countries doesn’t absolve you…But on the other hand, the industry in many, many countries is now sitting down with Ministries of Health for talks about horizon scanning, talks about how can we prevent the next shock and how can we better plan in terms of budget impact?” “That is something that we haven’t quite coped with yet, but I think it would be interesting to talk about does this call for new models to finance this kind of disruptive innovation.” Is It the Innovation Model or the Finance Model that Needs Fixing? Cueni contended that the current model for drug innovation “works extremely well – although it has of course has some challenges.” The deeper challenge, he said is that “Innovation needs to be affordable and sustainable in terms of budget.” “Hep C is an example of the innovation model, in terms of bringing up transformative innovation, working very well. Rather than try to reinvent the wheel, we need to admit that this competitive innovation model works very well, and let’s focus on the research need where the model doesn’t work very well,” he said, noting that neglected research agendas for antibiotics, malaria and other neglected diseases are now being tackled by public private partnerships, such as Drugs for Neglected Diseases Initiative, Medicines for Malaria Venture and others. “We need to be careful that one side does not fit all. There were concerns that Hep C would break the bank, but because of competitive price pressures, the prices fell greatly.” “Switzerland spends about 2% of its healthcare budget on cancer drugs, and that is double that of 20 years ago. But 2% doesn’t break the bank… and 50% of cancers are also preventable so I regret that we haven’t got a cancer prevention plan,” he added, referring to rising concerns about the high prices of medicines for cancer and rare diseases. “Companies are increasingly sensitive about access to medicines in high and low- income countries. And there is increased willingness among industry to talk about differential pricing [for high, middle and low-income countries.]. We need to do more from our side…. but also governments, likewise need to do their part.” “Innovation systems as it stands (except neglected tropical disease and antibiotics) are delivering a stream of innovative medicines which results in us occasionally struggling to afford them, but overall, the system in terms of innovation works extremely well.” “We do need new antibiotics to fight AMR [antimicrobial resistance]. Thanks to push incentives – such as GARDP [Global Antibiotic Research & Development Partnership] in Geneva and CARB-X … we have a number of potentially truly novel antibiotics, but there is no one who picks them up through clinical development and brings them to markets,” Cueni added, noting that for that final stage of the process, industry skills are desperately needed. At the other side of the price spectrum, Cueni also noted that the access issues to low-cost drugs, many of which are no longer under patent, have to be addressed along with the issues posed by high-priced drugs. He observed that rich countries are increasingly outsourcing their drug procurement and thus have become very reliant on just a few suppliers in Asia or elsewhere for many critical drugs. That, in turn, is contributing to bottlenecks and serious shortages in critical supplies, as domestic manufacturers can no longer depend upon reliable, long-term purchase arrangements from national hospitals and health systems. That point was echoed by, Felix Addor, Deputy Director General, Swiss Federal Institute of Intellectual Property, who noted that, “Even a country like Switzerland has faced severe shortages for vaccines and antibiotics. In fact, in 2017, 81 essential medicines were not available, the majority of which are off-patent.” In many low- and middle-income countries, meanwhile, inexpensive drugs for hypertension and other chronic diseases are often unavailable – decades after their patents expired – reflecting the multi-faceted dimensions of the access issue, noted WHO’s Assistant Director-General Mariangelo Simão. Cartoonist depiction of the complex set of issues raced at the GHC event on Creative Approaches to Improving Access to Medicines Globally Finding The Balance; Access Issue By Issue Nora Kronig Romero, ambassador for Public Health, in the Swiss Federal Office of Public Health, echoed Cueni’s view that it is not the innovation system, per se, that is broken. “It’s good to leave the things that work, working, without having to change or draw lessons from it.” Access needs to be examined issue by issue, she said, in order to make incremental, but effective, adjustments that achieve “balance”. “When we look at access to medicines, it has 3 pillars – price, access to people, and sustainable financing – we have to discuss when we have imbalance between these 3 pillars – either the price is too high, or the access to people is not a given. How do we most effectively and sustainably use the limited resources we have? “There are also huge challenges with shortages. How are we going to act if we don’t get the right vaccine at the right time? And countries need to work together. The importance of international cooperation must be emphasized. Switzerland is a small country. When we talk about differential pricing, Switzerland doesn’t want to pay the same price as Egypt, but still how do we ever achieve the numbers that we want [in terms of purchase power]?” James Class, Innovation Policy Lead at Gilead Sciences, added, “There is a need to balance today’s cures with tomorrow’s cures. Having an innovation ecosystem will essentially spur market competition. A drug like sofosbuvir has resulted in permanent cost-savings for governments. There is value in it since it not only improves patients’ lives, but also results in long term savings for health systems. As many as 100 countries have voluntary licenses on [the patented version of Gilead’s] sofosbuvir. In 2018, more than 485,000 patients were treated, more than 250,000 in India alone. “Instead of trying to look at the fundamental architecture, let’s get into the system and find out where are the skewed incentives, and take them out and fix them. That, I think, it going to do a lot more for society.” (left-right) IP, James N. Class Value and Innovation Policy Lead at Gilead Sciences (replacing Rekha Ramesh); Victor Roy, Research Fellow, UCL; Bernard Pécoul Executive Director, DNDi; Lucas von Wattenwyl, Senior Advisor, Swiss Federal Insititute of IP. 25% of HCV infections In Countries Not Covered by Voluntary Licenses Still, despite the massive issuance by industry of voluntary licenses for production of the patented HCV drug formulation, some 25% of people infected with Hepatitis C treatments live in middle income countries that were not covered by such arrangements, noted Bernard Pécoul, Executive Director, Drugs for Neglected Diseases initiative. This has led to DNDi’s intervention to support clinical trials of yet another generic drug formulation of sofosbuvir/ravidasvir, developed with Egyptian manufacturer Pharco, in collaboration with Pharmaniaga in Malaysia and Chemo in Latin America. The sofosbuvir /ravidasvir combination has shown a 97% cure rate, comparable to the patented drug formulations, and DNDi hopes to register it in 2020. Due to the success of such global, publicly-supported R&D partnerships, complemented by an acceleration of local production in countries such as Egypt, the price of generic HCV cures has dropped by nearly 100% in Egypt, said Sherine Helmy, CEO, Pharco Pharmaceuticals. The new DNDi supported combination will hopefully come on the market in Malaysia at about $US 300 for a 12 week treatment. “Differential pricing is not a solution,” said Pécoul. “The pricing is defined by the company. Rather, reaching affordable prices also depends on the IP status of the drug, as well as government leadership in local R&D and manufacturing.” Pécoul said that he sees “open source innovation,” involving broad-based collaborations with industry and researchers such as those fostered by DNDi, as the wave of the future – “We are trying to promote as much as possible open source innovation, and we have some space to move and trying to work with companies, the future will be in this direction if we want to stimulate innovation at the early phase of discovery, there is this trend today and it is an important one.” Are Innovation Rewards Funding More Innovation – or Business Acquisitions? However, Victor Roy a research fellow at the UCL Institute for Innovation and Public Purpose contended that the Hep C story also illustrates more fundamental failings in the current system of innovation incentives. The system as it is designed today, he noted, makes use of public funding to generate new products, but then prioritizes corporate acquisitions and rewards to shareholders above expanded access to products or even investments in the next round of drug discoveries. “There is a misconception that the public sector funds only basic science,” he said. “But public investment essentially accelerated the momentum for the discovery of the (Hepatitis C) drug.” Public institutions act like venture capitalists “playing midwife” to biotech labs that are working on promising drug candidates – only to be acquired later by big pharmaceutical companies for huge sum of money. This “acquisition model of drug development” has driven up costs with large companies scouting out small biotech firms with promising innovations, which they believe can be marketed profitably to health systems. He cited examples of Gilead purchase of Pharmasset, the original innovators of an all-oral HCV regimen for $11 billion, among others. “It is a myth to some extent, that that a single firm develops a drug. It is more like a relay race with a number of financial intermediaries acting with a pricing horizon over the future,” said Roy. And once a drug has been successfully launched, not only the costs of the R&D as such, but of the company acquisitions, are reflected in the price tag. And finally, the monies earned from a blockbuster drug sales are often channeled into more expensive corporate acquisitions, or distribution to shareholders, before they are re-invested into the internal R&D innovation structure – “and that is how we arrive at high price points,” said Roy. “So there need to be alternative pathways to drug development which look at “how do we make ‘access’ an ex-ante design feature of evolving innovation models?” he asked. “My wish on innovation is to have political momentum to test alternative pathways to the shareholder model, particularly on antimicrobial resistance…we need more public investment, private sector would be there, to test to how we do drug development in a more affordable way.” One of those pathways should be “delinkage” of innovation incentives from patent monopolies with publicly supported funds that can also reward new discoveries, said Fifa Rahman, a Malaysian NGO delegate to the board of UNITAID. From the NGO perspective, she said, “The innovation system is not working – The price that was offered to Malaysia was US$ 36,000 for a a cure and average Malaysian household income is US$ 1,300 a month. That’s an unfair price. Gilead made US$ 19.2 billion in the second year of marketing [Solvadi]; it recouped its R&D costs in 4.5 days. And yet today many people still don’t have access to HCV drugs.” “We see these same problems with drugs such as delamanid (to treat drug resistant TB) not coming to the final stage because it is not profitable to bring this to the world. So what are we going to do? Are we going to turn to the DNDis of the world every time poor people need a drug? We need to think about delinkage – about a prize fund.” A cartoonist depiction of issues raised at the GHC event. Transparency of Prices in the Equation – How Hep C changed Everything While many of the problems in the current system have been attributed to the lack of transparency of costs in the R&D pipeline as well as a lack of transparency around pricing, Kronig noted that the transparency debate is multi-dimensional, involving R&D costs, clinical trials, prices and patents – “completely different areas, completely different ways in tackling the issues, completely different international frameworks.” “So let’s design the policies where you have the regulatory space, to find the right balance of quality of care, access to patients and health financing.” Still, the high cost of Hepatitis C drugs undeniably changed the nature of the discussion said, Mariângela Simão, WHO Assistant Director-General, and head of its medicines access activities. “It was disruptive globally because it came at such a high price,” she said, noting that at the time the breakthroughs occurred, she was a Brazilian representative on medicines access issues serving on a number of international boards. Before the Hepatitis C breakthrough, low and middle-income countries were already concerned about drug prices, “afterwards, you had rich countries concerned as well.” Ultimately, the HCV story was one of the factors that led to approval of the milestone transparency resolution in the World Health Assembly last May, said Simão. And the impacts are continuing with the recent vote in the French Parliament to require public disclosure of public funds used for R&D in new drug registrations. In terms of expanding access to costly treatments, she predicted that dilemmas similar to those experienced with Hepatitis C cure, will loom in coming years as more costly biotherapeutics, as well as cell and gene therapies come on the market to treat cancer, rare diseases and genetic diseases. And at the request of South Africa and other countries, the issue of access to high priced medicines, including drugs for orphan diseases, will be on the agenda of the WHO Executive Board in 2021, after being deferred this year. Added Pécoul, the government’s role is to exert a balancing influence on industry price demands, and the recent French Parliamentary resolution on price transparency is a reflection of growing political will to do that. “If we don’t know the cost of the investments, if we don’t know the part of public investment versus private investment, all of these elements have to be taken into consideration for defining the price of a final product. The issue of transparency is fundamental…it’s time to stop, to have some rebalance, some indicator of monitoring, and I think the French government is moving in this direction.” International cooperation is another avenue, emphasizes Kronig. “I am sure that there is on the part of government, quite a bit of potential in working between countries, exchanging best practices and ensuring how we can cooperate.” However, price is not the sole determinant of access, she adds. For instance, in the case of Hepatitis C, there remain challenges of preventing disease through better hygiene and investments in patient safety, on the one hand, as well as overcoming disease stigmatization to reach marginalized groups, on the other. “In terms of balance, it’s how do you get the right balance between the different pillars. How do we make sure we have innovation, we have access to the patients, and we have sustainable financing for the health system, is the balance we want to get. Finding the balance is the challenge, but we shouldn’t put one interest in front of the other. “ IP Is Neutral – Its How You Use It That Counts As for the role of IP in the system, Pécoul stressed that, “My concern with IP is more abuse of IP, I think there is a lot of abuse of IP. That is why it is so important that the government retains some control, some balance and some flexibility, imagine the TRIPS, to avoid this abuse of IP. When I think about abuse of IP, it is when there is a slight modification of a product that will bring another 12 years of IP protection.” “[In DNDi] We are trying to promote as much as possible open source innovation, and we have some space to move and we are trying to work with companies, and I think the future will be in this direction if we want to stimulate innovation, particularly at the early phase of discovery. There is this trend that is there today, and it is an important one. Said Class, “It is critical to preserve the intellectual property system. Intellectual property is providing certainty for a certain time… Instead of trying to look at the fundamental architecture, get into the system and look at the skewed incentives and do something about those.” But as the system exists today, add Roy, “The incentive is about more chronic treatments, it’s not about having breakthroughs. The science may be there, but I am not sure the finance is there. I am not sure Wall Street was so happy about the Hep C cure.” Concluded Addor, “Ultimately IP is a neutral tool, that can be tremendously important to the advancement of science. The issue is more about how policymakers use it.” “IP has really made a lot of innovations happen, because you have to reveal your innovation in the patent application, it also provides everybody with a cooking recipe to do then later on a repetition with the protected innovation, that they can imitate.” “And the bad side is that it gives a market monopoly, exclusivity on the market for some time, and in that way is anti-competitive. But I do hope that IP continues to play an important role. Because I think we tend to forget that you have to make your innovation public.” “And I hope we are not going in the direction of where you have undisclosed information, where we are forced to reinvent the wheel because I did not find the cooking recipe for the wheel that is already on the market. So having said this, I hope that IP is going to continue to flourish, having said that it doesn’t mean that we shouldn’t use our creativity to not just keep the system working as it is, but maybe enlarging the cake, and looking at creative, complementary alternatives, working as well, maybe less well or even better. “Nobody can simply work alone, we live in a globalized world, so we have to act together. Only if we recognize that we are mutually dependent then we can come together with solutions… I’m a mountaineer, I did climb and still do climb a lot and I once met a woman who was the first woman to climb mount Everest. I asked her what made you summit mount Everest, she said, ‘it’s these little steps – they add up.’” _______________________________________________________ Brief Summaries of the Country Experiences Introducing Hepatitis C drugs are excerpted below: (left-right) Philip Bruggmann, Chair, Swiss Hepatitis, University of Zurich; Noor Hisham Abdullah, Director General of Health, Ministry of Health, Malaysia; Heba Wanis Researcher, Third World Network; Gregory Dore;, Professor, Kirby Institute, University of New South Wales, Sydney; Martina Schwab, Co-head, Global Health Section, Swiss Federal Office of Public Health. Australia’s universal access strategy: the “Netflix model” – Gregory Dore, Professor, Kirby Institute, University of New South Wales, Sydney The Australian government negotiated a five-year (2016-2021) contract for purchase of the patented Hepatitis C drug formulation, with no cap on the number of people treated. There is an AUD 200-250 million cap on total annual expenditure for Hepatitis C treatment. While the full details of the Australian arrangement remain secret, the lump sum arrangement of USD 766 million was disclosed along with details of numbers of people treated. Previously published studies estimate that treatment costs were reduced to one-tenth of the $US 72,000 treatment cost in the United States, at the time the contract was signed. The lump-sum remuneration arrangement, dubbed the “Netflix model” was viewed as a way to expand the reach of treatment by making it more affordable to the public health system, and in the process reach marginalized populations who otherwise might not have received care, Dore said. “Civil society was very strong in their message – “access to medicines for all or none”, said Dore, noting that a broad range of stakeholders were involved as Australia worked to make HCV drugs available, including civil society, clinicians, patients and the industry. During the negotiations, the government was of the view that the final deal should ensure that more patients would be treated at a lower price. For the industry the choice was about generating revenues of AUD $ 3 billion over five years or AUD $ 1 billion over five years. Making a couple of hundred million dollars per year, as a result of this negotiation is not a small consideration. From the perspective of the government it was important to get clarity on the impact on the annual health budget. For that, getting epidemiological data that informed policy making was key. There was a need to build programs to address harm reduction such as in high risk groups including in prisons, among those living with HIV, among others. The target population is diverse and the solutions needed to be diverse as well, said Dore. Dore noted that “There was push back from the specialists, who were against the involvement of non-specialist primary care physicians, in administering the new treatment, but “it is important to develop models of care that reach people. One cannot expect high detection by assuming that patients will show up in tertiary health facilities.” Egypt Ramps Up of Local Production – Heba Wanis, Researcher, Third World Network The story of Egypt’s fight against Hepatitis C, includes a strong government and a political will to making drugs accessible. Egypt’s domestic approach included combining the efforts of the government and private sector to secure access to HCV treatment. The Plan of Action for the Prevention, Care and Treatment of Viral Hepatitis was developed and launched in October 2014 in addition to a national treatment programme. Negotiations resulted in providing new HCV treatment at USD 300 per box per month in 2014. In addition, high standards of patentability and rigorous internal examination, also resulted in the rejection of a patent for sofosbuvir. Egyptian Patent Office rejected the application on grounds of lack of novelty and inventiveness. As a consequence, the effect on generic competition in Egypt has resulted in the registration of 40 generics, Gilead’s Sovaldi is priced at USD 839, generics cost USD 51 – 150 per box. The absence of patent protection led to domestic production of low-cost generic DAAs, supported by fast-track registration. More than 2 million have been successfully treated on the back of comprehensive national testing and treatment, using nationwide treatment facilities. The Journey of Government Use Licenses on Hepatitis C: The Experience of Malaysia – Noor Hisham Abdullah, Director General of Health, Ministry of Health, Malaysia “The ‘Netflix model’ is too expensive for a country like Malaysia. One size does not fit all. It is important to continue to innovate to meet public health goals,” says Abdullah. Malaysia’s government made use of World Trade Organization’s TRIPS Article 31 as well as the Malaysian Patents Act 1983 that authorizes it to issue a compulsory licensing in order to provide access to essential medicines for public, non-commercial purposes. It did so after several negotiations between May 2016-2017 with patent holders of registered treatments had failed to reach an agreement. When the compulsory license was issued, intense pressures were applied to the Malaysian government by the Pharmaceutical Researchers and Manufacturers of America (PhRMA), and other US pharma groups, calling for Malaysia to be placed on the US Trade Representative’s Priority Foreign Countries watch list in its “Special 301 Report”. Even so, says Abdullah, “If we had not exercised a compulsory license, we would not have subsequently received voluntary licenses to access the drugs. There is a need to balance the pressures that a government faces, with the need for treatment by patients.” Switzerland – Adjusting to Disruption in a High-Income Country – Philip Bruggmann, Chair, Swiss Hepatitis C Association, University of Zurich “Switzerland was unprepared for the arrival of the golden pill,” said Bruggman. “Ertswhile standard medication against Hepatitis C – Interferon – was self-limiting due to lots of side effects and contraindications. When HCV direct-acting antivirals entered the market, it was very safe, very potent and very easy to apply. Suddenly, the potential HCV population that could profit from a treatment increased massively. It was expected that there would be a sharp rise in treatment uptake and a consequent explosion in health expenditure as a result of the high prices of drugs.” The laws governing the pricing procedure are designed for conventional drug development steps in Switzerland. Health authorities were unprepared both on price negotiation and having the epidemiological or clinical knowledge. Using a dedicated patient organization, initiating roundtables of medical experts, using health officials and having clear media communication and deploying awareness campaigns have helped. A “Buyers Club” offering access to treatment for those affected by the limitations and putting pressure on pharmaceutical industry to lower prices have also worked. Theoretically all patients have unrestricted access to medication since the direct-acting antivirals are covered by the compulsory health insurance. “But this does not mean that all get treated,” said Bruggman. “There are still gaps in detection and linkage to care that are relevant barriers in the access to medicines. ________________________________________________________________ Priti Patnaik contributed to reporting and writing of this story, including summaries of the country case study experiences. Image Credits: Suriyan Tanasri/DNDi, Graduate Institute of Geneva, Global Health Centre. Measles Deaths Rose To 140,000 In 2018; DRC Cases Account For One-Third Of 2019 Infections 05/12/2019 Grace Ren Measles deaths are on the rise for the second year in a row, killing more than 140,000 people worldwide in 2018 according to estimates released Thursday by the World Health Organization and the United States Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Also on Thursday, a massive measles vaccination campaign was announced in North Kivu, the Democratic Republic of the Congo – the country where a full one-third of the world’s reported measles cases have so far occurred in 2019. “Our finding is that in 2018, there has been an increase in both the cases and the deaths that have occurred from measles. In other words, we’re backsliding,” said WHO’s Director of Immunization, Vaccines and Biologicals Kate O’Brien. Total deaths in 2018 were 26,000 more than in 2017, where an estimated 124,000 people died, and 55 percent more than the 89,780 deaths reported in 2016. The number of measles cases also increased by more than 2 million between 2017 to 2018, with 9,769,400 estimated cases in 2018 as compared with 7,585,900 estimated cases in 2017, according to the WHO and CDC estimates. As in previous years, most deaths were among children under the age of 5, and the most highly impacted region was Sub-Saharan Africa. A health worker vaccinates a child against measles in the DRC. One of the worst afflicted countries, the DRC, has been concurrently battling a massive measles outbreak and deadly Ebola outbreak for over a year. It’s estimated that over 5000 people, mostly children have died in the current measles outbreak, more than double the number killed by Ebola over the past year. The DRC appears to account for about one-third of this year’s measles case load, WHO said, although the national data upon which that estimate has been made has yet to be validated. DRC, together with Liberia, Madagascar, Somalia, and Ukraine, accounted for almost half of all measles cases worldwide in 2018. Children in these countries persistently miss out on measles vaccination. “The fact that any child dies from a vaccine-preventable disease like measles is frankly an outrage and a collective failure to protect the world’s most vulnerable children,” said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreysus, Director-General of the World Health Organization in a press release. “To save lives, we must ensure everyone can benefit from vaccines – which means investing in immunization and quality health care as a right for all.” While low-income countries bear the brunt of the global burden of measles, it has also resurged in some wealthy countries, including some that had previously eliminated the disease. This year, the United States reported its highest number of cases in 25 years, while four countries in Europe – Albania, Czechia, Greece and the United Kingdom – lost their measles elimination status in 2018 following protracted outbreaks of the disease. Measles is a highly contagious virus, and outbreaks can occur when coverage of the vaccine is too low, leaving a proportion of the community unprotected. Some 95% of the population receive at least two doses of the measles vaccine in order to prevent outbreaks from occurring, according to WHO recommendations. In countries that have lost measles-elimination status, misinformation spread about the safety and efficacy of vaccines has contributed greatly to vaccine hesitancy, leading parents to forgo vaccinating their children. Global measles vaccination rates have stagnated for almost a decade. WHO and UNICEF estimate that 86% of children globally received the first dose of measles vaccine through their country’s routine vaccination services in 2018, and fewer than 70% received the second recommended dose. In 2019, as of mid-November, there have already been over 413,000 cases reported to the WHO globally, with an additional 250,000 cases in DRC reported through the national surveillance system. Together, this marks a three-fold increase compared with this same time period in 2018. 2.2 Million Children To Be Vaccinated Against Measles In North Kivu While the Ebola outbreak has captured international attention, the DRC is also currently experiencing the world’s largest and most severe measles epidemic, with an estimated 250,000 suspected cases and over 5000 deaths so far. Low rates of vaccination and high rates of malnutrition have contributed to the measles epidemic, and the high rate of mortality in the outbreak. “While the Ebola outbreak in the DRC has won the world’s attention and progress is being made in saving lives, we must not forget the other urgent health needs the country faces,” said WHO Regional Director for Africa Matshidiso Moeti in a press release by WHO’s African Regional Office. Launch of the vaccination campaign in North Kivu As part of a second phase of a country-wide preventative vaccination campaign, this specific surge aims to vaccinate an additional 2.2 million children in North Kivu province, a particularly challenging context, as it is the center of the Ebola outbreak and has been plagued with insecurity. Just last week, four Ebola responders were killed in a directed attack in Biakato Mines and Mangina. “In the context of North Kivu, where the population is highly mobile, it is imperative that we reach out to travelers and ensure that their children are also covered,” said Deo Nshimirimana, WHO acting representative in the DRC. The five-day campaign is being implemented by the Ministry of Health with the support of WHO and partners and is fully funded by Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance. North Kivu is the last province in the second phase of the country-wide preventative vaccination campaign, and will be followed by a third and final phase planned in 10 remaining provinces: Bas Uélé, Equateur, Haut Katanga, Haut Lomami, Haut Uélé, Kasai Oriental, Lualaba, Maniema, Mongala and Tshuapa. The campaign ultimately plans to reach 18.9 million children, with a particular focus on children who may have been missed by routine immunization. “Sadly, measles has claimed more Congolese lives this year than Ebola. We must do better at protecting the most vulnerable, who are often also the hardest to reach. This campaign is an important step in that direction,” said Thabani Maphosa, managing director of Country Programmes for Gavi. “For maximum impact, campaigns must be combined with the strengthening of routine immunization and health systems.” To date, US$ 27.5 million have been mobilized for the measles response; however, another estimated US$ 4.8 million are needed to complete the vaccination campaign and to strengthen other elements of response such as disease surveillance, case-management and communication. Image Credits: WHO/Kisimir Jonh Shim, WHO AFRO. Cancer Organizations Across Latin America Vow To Intensify Action Against Expected “Tsunami” Of New Cancer Deaths 05/12/2019 Editorial team For the first time ever, leading cancer organizations across Latin America have signed onto a joint declaration pledging to intensify action against millions of avoidable cancer deaths on the continent. The Bogota Statement on Leading BOLD Cancer Prevention into the Future was signed by leaders of cancer organizations and foundations from 8 Latin American countries, Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, El Salvador, Mexico, and Peru at a meeting in Bogota, Colombia, which ended Wednesday. The December 3-4 meeting was hosted by Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer and the US-based American Cancer Society, which pledged to support the Latin America initiative. “Meeting in Bogotá provided us with a great opportunity to discuss common challenges in addressing cancer risk factors and inequities that mean marginalized people suffer most,” said Sally Cowal, senior vice president of Global Cancer Control, American Cancer Society. “We agreed we have a significant opportunity to share our knowledge and experiences, and provide a strong voice for the growing evidence base in Latin America…We acknowledge we are stronger together and this meeting has provided new impetus for progressing work to prevent future cancer deaths.” Cancer is already the second-leading cause of death in Latin America. But if current trends continue, there could be a 91 percent increase in cancer incidence across the region between 2012 and 2035, to 1.8 million new cancer cases every year, and cancer deaths will double to around 1 million deaths annually, according to a 2018 study published in the International Journal of Cancer. Colombia’s Minister of Health and Social Protection, Dr. Juan Pablo Uribe Restrepo, and Vice Minister of Health and Social Protection, Dr. Iván Darío González, both expressed their support for the initiative at the meeting of some 20 leaders of cancer foundations, advocacy groups, and research centers from around the continent. Colombia’s Minister of Health and Social Protection, Dr. Juan Pablo Uribe Restrepo, speaking at the meeting. “We are working to improve the health of the population…We are strongly committed to reducing smoking and are working to reduce the number of tobacco users, especially among youth and students…Together with institutions like the Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer, we continue to fight against human papillomavirus,” said Minister Restrepo, noting that only 32% of eligible Colombians have so far received the vaccine that helps prevent cervical cancer. “Our goal is to reach 100 percent coverage,” he said. Cancer experts present at the conference called the projections for cancer’s rising disease and death toll a predicted “tsunami” that constitutes a “public health emergency which is exacerbating social, economic and health inequities.” To combat the growing threat of cancer, Cowal said that the Bogota Statement focuses on adopting a set of “best buys for cancer prevention.” Dr. Carlos Castro, medical and scientific director at the Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer, further clarified, “We must join forces to increase tobacco taxes as the most effective way to reduce tobacco consumption, regulate e-cigarettes, and increase vaccination against human papillomavirus, which causes cervical cancer. Those are our principal commitments against cancer included in the Bogotá Declaration.” It’s estimated that more than 30 percent of all cancer deaths are preventable. Tobacco is associated with more than 14 different cancers and causes more than 20 percent of cancer deaths, globally. Obesity and unhealthy diet is associated with 14 different cancers and alcohol with seven different cancers. Other risk factors associated with the most prevalent cancers across the region include inconsistency of vaccination programs and treatment of cervical, stomach and liver cancer infections. In signing the declaration, the cancer leaders, agreed to intensify their activities across a number of key, shared priorities, including the following: Support measures to increase tobacco taxes as the main tool to reduce tobacco consumption and prevent initiation in young people. Urge countries that have not yet signed or ratified the World Health Organization Framework Convention on Tobacco Control to be a party to this global treaty, the first international public health treaty which provides the guidelines for tobacco control worldwide Monitor and report corporate interference (especially from the tobacco, alcohol and ultra-processed foods industries) in public policy decision-making. Advocate for the regulation of electronic nicotine delivery systems (SEAN) and new devices. Actively participate in the elimination of cervical cancer through national human papillomavirus vaccination programs and strengthened early detection programs that use DNA-HPV testing. Support research and the eradication of Helicobacter Pylori infection to prevent gastric cancer. Promote the development of cancer prevention and early detection activities related to the main cancers in the region. Contribute to the dissemination of academic research that helps build cancer prevention policies. Act in conjunction with existing networks in the region to document and share successful experiences, lessons learned and communication strategies to achieve strong and sustainable progress. Underlying all the commitments made in the Bogota Declaration was the theme of shared learning. Gloria Inés Forero, president of the Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer, said that collaboration between the organizations, based on “experiences and lessons learned,” is the key to “countering the imminent advance of cancer in the region.” Signatories to the Bogota Statement.(Left-right back) Sebastian Jimenez, CEPREME, Ecuador; Luiz Augusto Maltoni Jr., presidente, Fundação do Câncer, Brasil; Dr. Jorge Jiménez de la Jara, presidente, Fundación Foro Nacional de Cáncer, Chile; Dr. Bill Cance, chief medical & scientific officer, American Cancer Society, USA; Diego Paonesa, chief executive officer, Liga Argentina de Lucha Contra el Cáncer, Argentina; Adolfo Dammert Ludowieg, presidente, La Liga contra el Cancer, Peru; Dr. Carlos José Castro, medical and scientific director, Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer(left-right front) Blanca Llorente, directora, Fundación Anáas, Colombia; Dr. Lisseth Ruíz de Campos, presidente, ASAPRECAN, El Salvador; Sally Cowal, senior vice president, Global Cancer Control, American Cancer Society, USA; Gloría Inés Forero de Ruíz, presidenta, Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer, Colombia; Diana Rivera, directora, Fundación Ellen Riegner de Casas, Colombia; Dr. Guadalupe Ponciano, Asociación Mexicana de Lucha contra el Cáncer, Mexico Gavi, The Vaccine Alliance Approves New Ebola Vaccine Stockpile Of 500,000 Doses 05/12/2019 Grace Ren Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance approved on Thursday an investment of US$178 million over the next five years to establish a global stockpile of 500,000 doses of Ebola vaccines that have been “pre-qualified” by the World Health Organization – WHO’s quality seal of approval that also makes vaccines and drugs eligible for preferential terms of purchase and use in countries. An additional US$11.6 million was allocated by the Gavi Board to fund three ongoing pilots for the world’s first malaria vaccine in Kenya, Ghana, and Malawi, to assess the feasibility of rolling out the vaccine more widely in Africa as part of national vaccine programmes. “Let me highlight two decisions: first is the… creation of a new Gavi Support for Ebola programme, which includes creation of a global stockpile of WHO-prequalified Ebola vaccines,” Gavi CEO Seth Berkley announced in a press conference following the Board meeting in Delhi, India on Thursday. “The second is the continuation of funding for the world’s first malaria vaccine, and this is funding for vaccine pilots that are taking place in Malawi, Ghana, and Kenya, vaccinating about 360,000 children per year,” he added. A healthcare worker gives a child a dose of the malaria vaccine, RTS,S. The moves represent new strategic directions for the international private-public partnership, which until recently had focused mostly on strengthening routine vaccination systems in low- and lower-middle-income countries. While the organization currently manages the global Yellow Fever vaccine stockpile for outbreak response, and supports vaccines for eight other diseases, Berkley noted that this is the first time the Board has supported creation of a stockpile for a brand-new vaccine for a disease such as Ebola, which will come with its own set of challenges. As of now, only one Ebola vaccine, Ervebo, which is produced by Merck & Co. and received regulatory approval by the European Medicines Agency just last month, followed by WHO prequalification approval , is eligible to be included in the global stockpile. But the stockpile, which will aim to hold at least 500,000 doses, may be expanded as new Ebola vaccines hit the market, Berkley said. There there are currently 7 other candidate vaccines for the Zaire strain of Ebola, the most common strain of the virus, Berkley noted. A second Ebola vaccine candidate, developed by Johnson & Johnson, recently began clinical trials in the Democratic Republic of Congo, which has been wracked by an Ebola outbreak that lasted for more than a year, killing over 2000 people. A second Board decision voted to continue Gavi’s support for landmark pilots of the world’s first malaria vaccine, RTS,S in Malawi, Kenya, and Ghana that began this year, aiming to assess the feasibility for rolling out the vaccine on a national scale in other African countries with a moderate- to high-malaria burden. The vaccine requires four separate doses, which can be difficult to deliver to populations with low access to health care. From 2021 to 2023, Gavi will allocate US $11.6 million towards funding these pilots, which represents approximately 50% of the total funding needs. The remaining 50% will be funded by the Global Fund for AIDS, Tuberculosis, and Malaria, and Unitaid. The two major decisions were made at the last meeting of the Gavi Board before the private-public partnership holds its next replenishment conference in London on June 4, 2020, hosted by the United Kingdom. The organization hopes to raise US $7.41 billion to fund its next cycle of activities from 2021-2023. Gavi’s Two-Part Ebola Support Program According to Berkley, Gavi’s new Ebola Support Program will be composed of two main components; managing a global stockpile of vaccine for future outbreaks, and looking into potential preventative use of the Ebola vaccine. Countries that are eligible for Gavi vaccine donations, will be able to access the stockpile free of charge and will also receive support for operational costs. Non-Gavi-eligible countries can still access the stockpile but will need to eventually pay Gavi back for the vaccines and cover their own operational costs. A health care worker preparing a dose of Ebola vaccine The organization will also be looking into ways the Ebola vaccine can be used outside of outbreak settings. There have been 29 outbreaks of Ebola virus on record since the virus was first identified, although only the West African 2014-2016 outbreak and the ongoing outbreak in the DRC have surpassed 400 cases. Thus, it is unclear whether huge outbreaks would be the norm in the future, and Gavi must be prepared to take an “active learning agenda” in establishing its new Ebola support program, especially with an eye towards learning how best to carry out preventative vaccination, says Berkley. Up until now, the candidate Ebola vaccines have only been used during the two recent big outbreaks, Berkley noted. The Merck vaccine, and now the Johnson&Johnson candidate, have been deployed under “compassionate-use” protocols, which allow new health products that have demonstrated safety and efficacy but may not have finished full regulatory processes, to be used in emergency settings. “The obvious countries [to consider for preventative vaccination] are those that have indigenous transmission of Ebola… We could also consider countries that have transmission of Ebola through travelers. We suspect it will include workers in hospitals, in front-line clinics, lab workers,” said Berkley. Front-line health workers bore the brunt of the brutal outbreak in West Africa from 2014-2016, where its estimated that health care workers had more than 21 times the risk of contracting Ebola than the average person. Berkley said that preliminary modelling done by Gavi suggests that preventative vaccination in 10% of the healthcare workforce, targeting those working in areas likely to see outbreaks, might help protect those most at risk in a future outbreak, although more work needs to be done to clearly outline a preventative vaccination strategy. Image Credits: WHO/M. Nieuwenhof, Twitter: @WHO. World Malaria Report 2019: Pregnant Women & Children Hit The Hardest As Global Progress Stalls 04/12/2019 Grace Ren Global progress against malaria continued to plateau in 2018 for the third year in a row, and the disease hit young children and pregnant women in Sub-Saharan Africa the hardest, according to the World Malaria Report 2019 released by the World Health Organization on Wednesday. Despite stalled progress at the global level, however, four new countries have successfully eliminated the disease in 2018 and 2019. “We’re seeing encouraging signs, but the burden of suffering and death caused by malaria is unacceptable, because it is largely preventable. The lack of improvement in the number of cases and deaths from malaria is deeply troubling,” said WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus in a press release. “Pregnant women and children are the most vulnerable to malaria, and we cannot make progress without focusing on these two groups.” A village malaria worker is testing a young child for malaria in Battambang Province, Cambodia. In 2018, WHO estimates that there were 228 million cases of malaria globally, causing 405 000 deaths, as compared to 231 million cases and 435 000 deaths in 2017. A dramatic reduction in malaria incidence and mortality was seen through 2010 to 2015, but global progress against the disease has stalled since then. The report underlines that malaria continues to strike particularly hard at pregnant women and children in Sub-Saharan Africa,, with an estimated 11 million pregnant women infected in 38 countries with moderate-to-high malaria transmission in that region alone in 2018. Malaria infection in pregnancy can cause a variety of complications, including malaria-related anemia, low birth weight, and even maternal death. An estimated 24 million children in the region were infected last year with the deadliest strain of malaria – P. falciparum – with at least half experiencing moderate anemia and 1.8 million experiencing severe anemia. Malaria-related severe anemia is still a major contributor to child mortality in Sub-Saharan Africa. Funding for malaria control and elimination 2010-2018, by source of funds (constant 2018 US$) The plateau in progress may in part be caused by the shortfall in malaria funding – the report estimates that funding towards malaria control and prevention fell to US$2.7 billion last year with governments of malaria-endemic countries contributing an estimated 30% of the pool, falling far short of the US$5 billion needed to fully fund WHO’s Global technical strategy for malaria 2016 – 2030. On the flip side, a handful of low-burden countries have seen progress. In 2018, WHO certified that endemic malaria was successfully eliminated Paraguay and Uzbekistan. Algeria and Argentina were recognized for eliminating endemic malaria in early 2019, and China, El Salvador, Iran, Malaysia, and Timor-Leste reported zero indigenous cases. Progress to achieve a global milestone to certify at least 10 countries for the elimination of malaria by 2020 is also on track. Large reductions in malaria were also seen in WHO’s Southeast Asian region, said Dr Abdisalan Noor, lead author of the report and team leader of the Surveillance Unit in WHO’s Global Malaria Programme, in a press conference. Significant reductions in India, which had 2.6 million fewer malaria cases than the previous year, accounted for a large share of the success. Progress has also been made in the Greater Mekong sub-region – an important strategic area as resistance to antimalarial medications has historically been traced back to the region. Protecting Pregnant Women and Young Children Coverage of pregnant women and children by malaria treatment and prevention interventions has increased in Africa, but these two groups continue to be the hardest hit by malaria. “We have brought back the focus to the key populations at risk that suffer and carry the brunt of malaria; pregnant women and young children in Africa. And by highlighting this space, we also signal that they must become our number one priority in the fight against malaria,” said Dr Pedro Alonso, director of WHO’s Global Malaria Programme. The WHO report estimates that in 2018, 67% of all malaria-related deaths occurred in children under 5, and malaria continues to be a leading cause of infection-related maternal mortality in Sub-Saharan Africa. “Now, [another] one of the consequences of malaria in pregnancy is children that are born with low birth weight, less than 2500 grams at birth,” Dr Noor clarified. Low birth weight is not only an immediate problem for the growth of the child, but is also “a significant predictor of early infant death,” he added. The WHO report estimates that of the 11 million cases of malaria in pregnancy in Sub-Saharan Africa in 2018, 872,000 children were born with low birth weight. This is despite the fact that the number of pregnant women and children sleeping under insecticide-treated bed nets and receiving preventative medicine for malaria has increased in recent years. An estimated 61% of pregnant women and children in sub-Saharan Africa slept under an insecticide-treated net in 2018 compared to 26% in 2010. Among pregnant women in the region, coverage of the recommended 3 or more doses of intermittent preventative malaria treatment, delivered during antenatal care visits, increased from an estimated 22% in 2017 to 31% in 2018. Some 72% of eligible children received seasonal malaria prevention medication in 2018. A new WHO-recommended strategy to prevent malaria in infants – intermittent preventative treatment for infants (IPTi) – recommends delivering anti-malarials to very young children through the immunization programme, and is being piloted in Sierra Leone. “IPTi offers a tremendous opportunity to keep small children alive and healthy,” said Dr Alonso. “WHO welcomes Unitaid’s new drive, announced today, to accelerate the adoption and scale-up of IPTi in other malaria-endemic countries in sub-Saharan Africa.” Some “Elimination by 2020” Targets May Be in Sight Despite little progress being made on the global scale, certain regions and countries are inching closer to eliminating malaria, defined as completely stopping endemic transmission within national or territorial borders. Globally, a total of 38 countries and territories have been certified malaria-free by WHO, with Paraguay, Uzbekistan, Algeria, and Argentina just added to that list between 2018 to 2019. WHO grants the malaria-free certification when a country proves, beyond a reasonable doubt, that the chain of indigenous transmission of malaria has been interrupted for at least 3 consecutive years. At least 10 countries that are part of WHO’s “E-2020 initiative” are on track to reach the 2020 elimination milestone of the global strategy. P. Falciparum cases in the Greater Mekong Subregion, 2010- 2018 The six countries of the Greater Mekong sub-region – Cambodia, China, Laos, Myanmar, Thailand, and Vietnam – have made significant progress. Across the subregion, there was an impressive 76% reduction in malaria cases and a 95% drop in deaths between 2010 and 2018. This includes a steep decline in cases of P. falciparum malaria, a primary target in view of the ongoing threat of antimalarial drug resistance. Some 11 African countries and India account for approximately 70% of the world’s malaria burden – Burkina Faso, Cameroon, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Ghana, India, Mali, Mozambique, Niger, Nigeria, Uganda and the United Republic of Tanzania. The WHO and Roll Back Malaria Partnership launched a “high burden high impact” (HBHI) approach in these countries in 2018. By November 2019, the HBHI approach had been initiated in nine high burden countries in Africa. Image Credits: WHO/ V. Sokhin, WHO/World Malaria Report 2019. Global Temperatures Already 1.1°C Above Pre-Industrial Levels; Last Ten Years Appear To Be Hottest On Record, Says WMO 03/12/2019 Editorial team Madrid – Exceptional global heat waves, retreating ice sheets and record sea levels – all driven by rising concentrations of atmospheric greenhouse gases – are the hallmark of the past decade as 2019 draws to a close, said the World Metereological Organization (WMO) on Tuesday. The global average temperature in 2019 (January to October) was about 1.1°C above pre-industrial levels. Average temperatures for the past ten years (2010-2019) are “almost certain” to be the highest on record, WMO Secretary-General Petteri Taalas said in a press conference here on the second day of the UN Climate Conference (COP25). And 2019 is on course to be the second or third warmest year ever on record. His remarks were based upon a WMO provisional statement on the State of the Global Climate, released simultaneously. Sea level rise has accelerated since the start of satellite measurements in 1993, because of the melting of ice sheets in Greenland and Antarctica, according to the report. The ocean, which acts as a buffer by absorbing heat and carbon dioxide, is paying a heavy price. Ocean heat is at record levels and there have been widespread marine heatwaves. Sea water is 26 percent more acidic than at the start of the industrial era. Vital marine ecosystems are being degraded, the WMO report finds. The daily Arctic sea-ice extent minimum in September 2019 was the second lowest in the satellite record and October has seen further record low extents. In Antarctica, 2019 saw record low ice extents in some months. All of these trends are directly linked to record levels of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere, which hit levels of 407.8 parts per million in 2018 and continued to rise in 2019. CO2 persists in the atmosphere for centuries, and for even longer in ocean waters, thus perpetuating temperature rise. “If we do not take urgent climate action now, then we are heading for a temperature increase of more than 3°C by the end of the century, with ever more harmful impacts on human well-being,” said Taalas, in a press release that accompanied the report. “We are nowhere near on track to meet the Paris Agreement target.” Record Carbon Dioxide Levels Causing More Floods, Heatwaves & Wildfires “On a day-to-day basis, the impacts of climate change play out through extreme and “abnormal” weather. And, once again in 2019, weather and climate related risks hit hard. Heatwaves and floods which used to be “once in a century” events are becoming more regular occurrences. Countries ranging from the Bahamas to Japan to Mozambique suffered the effect of devastating tropical cyclones. Wildfires swept through the Arctic and Australia,” Taalas added. “One of the main impacts of climate change is more erratic rainfall patterns. This poses a threat to crop yields and, combined with population increase, will mean considerable food security challenges for vulnerable countries in the future,” he said. The report gives extensive attention to the impacts of warming trends on human health, food security, migration, ecosystems and marine life, based on inputs from the World Health Organization, Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO), International Organization for Migration (IOM), and other United Nations partners. Extreme heat conditions are taking an increasing toll on human health and health systems with greater impacts where there are aging populations, urbanization, urban heat island effects, and health inequities. In 2018, a record 220 million more heatwave exposures by vulnerable persons over the age of 65 occurred, compared with the average for the baseline of 1986-2005. Climate variability and extreme weather events are among the key drivers of the recent rise in global hunger and one of the leading causes of severe crises, according to the WMO report. After a decade of steady decline, hunger is on the rise – with over 820 million people suffering from hunger in 2018. Among 33 countries affected by food crises in 2018, climate variability and weather extremes are the leading driver in 12 of the 26 countries at risk, and a compounding factor together with economic shocks and conflict in the other countries. More than 10 million new internal displacements were recorded between January and June 2019, 7 million being triggered by events such as Cyclone Idai in southeast Africa, Cyclone Fani in south Asia, Hurricane Dorian in the Caribbean, flooding in Iran, the Philippines and Ethiopia, generating acute humanitarian and protection needs. Detailed excerpts of impacts on health, food security and displacement are provided below, along with details of key climate and weather indicators of the broader trends. Impacts on Health, Agriculture & Migration In terms of inputs from other UN agencies, the WHO reports that in 2019, record-setting high temperatures from Australia, India, Japan, and Europe led to significant heat-related deaths and illness. In Japan, a major heat wave event affected the country in late July to early August 2019 resulting in over 100 deaths and 18,000 hospitalizations. Two heatwaves hit much of Europe in the summer of 2019, affecting southwestern to central Europe in June, followed by an even more powerful episode in late July, which affected much of central and western Europe. In the Netherlands, the heatwave was associated with 2 964 deaths, nearly 400 more deaths than during an average summer week. Changes in climatic conditions since 1950 are also making it easier for the Aedes mosquito species to transmit dengue virus. The global incidence of dengue has grown dramatically in recent decades, and about half of the world population is now at risk of infection. In 2019, the world experienced a large increase in dengue cases, compared with the same time period in 2018. In terms of agriculture, FAO reports that the start of the seasonal rains was delayed in Southern Africa, and there were extensive dry periods. As a result, regional cereal output is forecast to be about 8% below the five-year average with 12.5 million people in the region expected to experience severe food insecurity up until March 2020, an increase of more than 10% from the previous year. Food security has also been deteriorating in several areas of Ethiopia, Somalia, Kenya and Uganda due to a poor rainy season. Overall, about 12.3 million people are food insecure in the Horn of Africa region. Between October and November 2019, Somalia was further affected by intense flooding. In Afghanistan, some 13.5 million people are food insecure following severe flooding in March 2019, the worst such episode in a decade, This follows a period of severe drought in 2018 from which 22 out of 34 provinces are still recovering. More than 10 million new weather and climate-related internal displacements were recorded between January and June 2019, the IOM reports, Of those, 7 million people were displaced by disasters such as Cyclone Idai in Southeast Africa, Cyclone Fani in South Asia, Hurricane Dorian in the Caribbean, as well as by flooding in Iran, the Philippines and Ethiopia. Overall, floods were the most commonly cited natural hazard contributing to displacement, followed by storms and droughts. Asia and the Pacific remains the world’s most disaster displacement-prone region due to both sudden and slow-onset disasters. The number of new displacements associated with weather extremes could more than triple to around 22 million by the end of 2019, the IOM predicts. Ice Loss, Ocean Temperatures & Acidification The report provides detailed data on temperatures both at land as well as at sea. It notes that global mean temperature for the period January to October 2019 was 1.1 ± 0.1 °C above pre-industrial conditions (1850-1900). 2019 is expected to be the second or third warmest year on record. 2016, which began with an exceptionally strong El Niño, remains the warmest year. Since the 1980s, each successive decade has been warmer than the last. In terms of the world’s major land masses, most land areas were warmer than the recent average, including South America, Europe, Africa, Asia and Oceania, and the Arctic, with the U.S. state of Alaska was registering exceptionally warm temperatures in 2019. However, a large area of North America has been colder than the recent average. In October 2019, the global mean sea level reached its highest value since the beginning of the high-precision records in the 1990s. More than 90% of the excess energy accumulating in the climate system as a result of increased concentrations of greenhouse gases goes into the ocean. In the decade 2009-2018, the ocean absorbed around 22% of the annual emissions of CO2, which helps to attenuate climate change. But ocean temperatures also are rising. In 2019, ocean heat content continued at record or near-record levels, with the average for the year so far exceeding the previous record highs set in 2018. In 2019, the ocean has until now, on average, experienced around 1.5 months of unusually warm temperatures. More of the ocean had a marine heatwave classified as “Strong” (38%) than “Moderate” (28%). In the north-east Pacific, large areas reached a marine heatwave category of “Severe”. A corresponding, continued long term decline of Arctic sea ice was confirmed in September 2019, where the monthly average extent of ice (usually the lowest of the year) was the third lowest on record. Until 2016, Antarctic sea ice extent had shown a small long-term increase. In late 2016 this was interrupted by a sudden drop in extent to extreme values. Since then, Antarctic sea-ice extent has remained at relatively low levels. Total ice Mass Balance (TMB) for the Greenland Ice Sheet gives a net ice loss for September 2018 to August 2019 of 329 Gigatonnes (Gt). Increasing CO2 concentrations also affect the chemistry of the ocean, accelerating acidification. Ocean observations have shown a decrease in the average global surface ocean pH at a rate of 0.017–0.027 pH units per decade since the late 1980s, as reported previously by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. That is equivalent to an increase in acidity of 26% since the beginning of the industrial revolution. High impact events – Floods, Droughts, Heatwaves & Wildfires The 12-month rainfall averaged over the contiguous United States for the period for July 2018 to June 2019 (962 mm) was the highest on record. The onset and withdrawal of the Indian Monsoon were delayed, causing a large precipitation deficit in June but an excess of precipitation in the following months. Very wet conditions affected parts of South America in January. There was major flooding in northern Argentina, Uruguay and southern Brazil, with losses in Argentina and Uruguay estimated at US$2.5 billion. The Islamic Republic of Iran was badly affected by flooding in late March and early April. Major flooding affected many hitherto drought-affected parts of east Africa in October and early November. At the same time, drought affected many parts of southeast Asia and the southwest Pacific in 2019, associated in many cases with the strong positive phase of the Indian Ocean Dipole. Exceptionally dry conditions prevailed from mid-year onwards in Indonesia and neighbouring countries, as well as parts of the Mekong basin further north. Long-term drought conditions which had affected many parts of inland eastern Australia in 2017 and 2018 expanded and intensified in 2019. Averaged over Australia as a whole, January-October was the driest since 1902. Dry conditions affected many parts of Central America. It was substantially drier than normal in Honduras, Guatemala, Nicaragua and El Salvador, until heavy rains in October. Central Chile also had an exceptionally dry year, with rainfall for the year to 20 November at Santiago only 82 mm, less than 25% of the long-term average. Heatwaves Two major heatwaves occurred in Europe in late June and late July. according to the report. In France, a national record of 46.0°C (1.9°C above the previous record) was set on 28 June. National records were also set in Germany (42.6°C), the Netherlands (40.7°C), Belgium (41.8°C), Luxembourg (40.8°C) and the United Kingdom (38.7°C), with the heat also extending into the Nordic countries, where Helsinki had its highest temperature on record (33.2°C on 28 July). Australia had an exceptionally hot summer. The mean summer temperature was the highest on record by almost 1°C, and January was Australia’s hottest month on record. The heat was most notable for its persistence but there were also significant individual extremes, including 46.6°C at Adelaide on 24 January, the city’s highest temperature on record In terms of forest fires, several high-latitude regions saw above-average activity, including Siberia (Russian Federation) and Alaska (US). There were wildfires in some parts of the Arctic – previously extremely rare events. In South-East Asia, a severe drought in Indonesia and neighbouring countries led to the most significant fire season since 2015. The number of reported fires in Brazil’s Amazonia region was only slightly above the 10-year average, but total fire activity in South America was the highest since 2010, with Bolivia and Venezuela among the countries with particularly active fire years. Tropical cyclones Tropical cyclone activity globally in 2019 was slightly above average. The Northern Hemisphere, to date, has had 66 tropical cyclones, compared with the average at this time of year of 56, although accumulated cyclone energy (ACE) was only 2% above average. The 2018-19 Southern Hemisphere season was also above average, with 27 cyclones. Tropical Cyclone Idai made landfall in Mozambique on 15 March as one of the strongest known on the east coast of Africa, resulting in many casualties and widespread devastation. Idai contributed to the complete destruction of close to 780 000 ha of crops in Malawi, Mozambique, and Zimbabwe, further undermining a precarious food security situation in the region. The cyclone also resulted in at least 50 905 displaced persons in Zimbabwe, 53 237 in southern Malawi and 77 019 in Mozambique. One of the year’s most intense tropical cyclones was Dorian, which made landfall with category 5 intensity in the Bahamas. The destruction was exacerbated as the cyclone was exceptionally slow-moving, remaining near-stationary for about 24 hours. Typhoon Hagibis made landfall west of Tokyo on 12 October, causing severe flooding. The final State of the Climate report, with complete 2019 data, will be published in March 2020. See video about the report here. This article was published as part of Covering Climate Now, a global journalistic collaboration to strengthen coverage of the climate story. Countries Exposed, But Lack Support To Address Climate-Related Health Risks Says WHO Report 03/12/2019 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Madrid, Spain – Countries lack capacity and even more important, the money, to incorporate health factors into their climate action strategies – even though increased disease and deaths are one of the most immediate outcomes of climate change. This is the key finding of a first-ever report by the World Health Organization that looks at how national health systems are responding to climate-related health threats that are affecting countries more frequently and with greater intensity, including food-borne and water-borne as well as vector-borne infectious diseases, as well as heat stress and extreme weather events. Female solar engineers in India bring solar power to communities. Clean energy generates a double benefit for climate and health in terms of less air pollution. The report, The WHO Health and Climate Change Survey Report – Tracking Global Progress – surveyed 101 countries, from high- to low-income economies across all regions of the world. The findings show that while nearly half of the countries surveyed had developed a national health and climate change strategy or plan, less than one-fifth reported a high level of plan implementation, and fewer than 10% of countries said that they had resources to fully implement their plans. “Countries are exposed to climate risks, they are vulnerable to health impacts and they are not receiving the support they need in order to protect people’s health,” said WHO’s Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum, speaking at a press conference here on Tuesday, the second day of the UN Climate Conference in Madrid (COP25). In addition to the direct impacts of climate change, Campbell-Lendrum noted that some 7 million people annually die from air pollution every year, “roughly the whole population of Madrid” and those deaths are “very closely linked to the climate crisis, as about two-thirds of the outdoor air pollution we experience is from fossil fuel combustion.” WHO has estimated that cutting carbon emissions to meet the climate goals of the 2015 Paris Climate Agreement could save about a million lives a year worldwide by 2050 through reductions in air pollution alone. And the economic benefits of the health gains would be more than twice that of the costs of carbon reductions, he said. “Climate change is not only racking up a bill for future generations to pay, it’s a price that people are paying for now with their health,” said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, Director-General of the World Health Organization, in a press release on the new report. “It is a moral imperative that countries have the resources they need to act against climate change and safeguard health now and in the future.” Among the countries that did conduct a climate and health assessment, the most common climate-sensitive health risks were identified by countries as heat stress, injury or death from extreme weather events, as well as food-, water- and vector-borne diseases (such as cholera, dengue or malaria). However, about 60% of countries responding reported that their assessment findings have had little or no influence on the allocation of human and financial resources needed to protect health from climate change. Biggest Barrier is Finance The biggest barrier, the survey found, was that countries have difficulties in accessing international climate finance for health-related climate plans and projects. Over 75% of the national health systems that responded to the survey, reported that they lacked information on climate finance opportunities. Over 60% said that health actors were disconnected from climate finance processes, and over 50% said that health systems lacked capacity to even prepare proposals. In terms of preventing future climate change, the report also notes that few countries have been able to take advantage of the synergies that exist between reducing carbon emission and reducing environmental contamination that harms health, particularly air pollution. Fewer than 25% of countries surveyed reporting having clear collaborations between health sectors and other key sectors driving climate change, such as transport, power generation and domestic heat and power production. Potential Health Gains of Climate Mitigation Rarely Counted Potential health gains that would result from cutting carbon emissions are rarely reflected in national climate commitments, with only one-fifth of Nationally Determined Commitments (NDCs) mentioning health in the context of emissions reductions and 1 in 10 NDCs specifically mentioning expected health gains. The so-called “Nationally Determined Commitments,” the voluntary targets to which countries commit, are in fact the backbone of the 2015 Paris Climate Agreement that aims to keep climate change below 2°C and 1.5°C, if at all possible. While two-thirds of countries’ NDCs mention health in general terms, and the health sector is among the five sectors most often described as vulnerable to climate change, when it comes to concrete action, health is just not factored into the equation, the WHO report concludes. “For the Paris Agreement to be effective to protect people’s health, all levels of government need to prioritize building health system resilience to climate change, and a growing number of national governments are clearly headed in that direction,” said Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of the Department of Environment, Climate Change and Health, in the press release. “By systematically including health in Nationally Determined Contributions – as well as National Adaptation Plans, climate finance pledges, and other National Communications to the UNFCCC [United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change] — the Paris Agreement could become the strongest international health agreement of the century.” Speaking at the press conference, Neira said that countries need to ensure that the health sector is included in climate change processes and that health ministries have the capacity and support to access the finance they need. “The fact that the health impact is already felt by the countries but the finance is not reaching them,” said Neira, speaking at the press conference. She added that the health sector was also calling on governments ” to be much more ambitious on tackling the causes of climate change because our health is at risk and our health is paying the price of not taking action on climate.” From left-right, Jessica Beagley (Lancet Commission Countdown); Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum & Maria Neira (WHO). Health Sector Involvement in Climate Response Collaboration on health and climate policy was greatest between the health sector and the water, sanitation and wastewater sector (45 out of 101 respondents), followed by agriculture (31 out of 101 respondents) and social services (26 out of 101 respondents). A quarter or less of countries reported having an agreement in place between the health sector and the transportation, electricity generation or household energy sectors. While only 8 our of 45 countries reported a high level of implementation of national health and climate change strategies or plans, countries were being more proactive on certain issues. Some 61% of countries were implementing stronger systems of early warning and response to cope with flooding, 43% for heatwaves and 32% for air quality. Although 48% of countries have assessed their public health risk to climate change 60% report that these findings have had little to no influence on the allocation of human and financial resources to meet their adaptation priorities for protecting health. Half of the countries surveyed have developed a national health and climate change strategy or plan. But less than 20% of countries reporting a high level of implementation. Along with financing, other common barriers included: human resource constraints and lack of capacity, lack of prioritization; lack of multisectoral collaboration and a lack of tools, information systems and evidence for decision-making. Only about 38% have national finances in place to even partially implement their national strategy of plan, and fewer than 10% have resources to implement it completely. In terms of accessing international climate finance, over 75% (35 of 46 respondents) reported a lack of information on opportunities, over 60% a lack of connection of health actors to the climate finance processes, and over 50% a lack of capacity to prepare proposals, the report found. Campbell-Lendrum noted that the efforts need to be made by both the climate and health sectors to close the gap. “The Green Climate Fund has identified health and well being as a focal area, they just haven’t funded any projects in that area yet. So we need to work from both sides to make sure that the countries have the technical back- up to prepare their plans and then we have to be met from the other side.” According to the UN Environment-hosted Climate and Clean Air Coalition, some countries have begun reporting on reductions of black carbon emissions – which are among the most health-harmful air pollutants – as part of their Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) to reducing climate change. Unlike carbon dioxide, which persists in the atmosphere for hundreds of ;years, black carbon particles that are heavily emitted by diesel generators and vehicles as well as by primitive wood and biomass stoves, only remain airborne for a few days or weeks, and therefore reducing emissions can lead to rapid reductions in concentrations in the atmosphere. Black carbon also comprises a significant portion of small particles, or PM2.5, regarded as one of the most health-harmful air pollutants. A 2018 report by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), underlined that reducing emissions of black carbon and other so-called short-lived climate pollutants, such as ozone and methane, could help slow down the pace of climate change, buying the world critical time to shift to cleaner energy technologies. However, many countries still lack the tools and awareness to clearly and quantitatively link their carbon reductions with reductions of black carbon and other air pollutants. Conversely, the so-called health co-benefits that may be derived from climate action are not typically factored into climate assessments and financing processes, which right now focus on quantifying carbon emission cuts, as such, without regard for savings in lives or related health costs. ________________________________________ This article was published as part of Covering Climate Now, a global journalistic collaboration to strengthen coverage of the climate story. Image Credits: DFID, WHO, E. Fletcher . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
First African Conference On Neglected Diseases Calls For Increased Efforts To Tackle The Challenges 06/12/2019 Fredrick Nzwili Nairobi, Kenya (6 December 2019) – An International Conference on Neglected Tropical Diseases (NTDs) ended in Nairobi on Friday with calls for increased research, resources and strengthened cross border partnerships to accelerate the elimination of the diseases. The three day inaugural conference in Africa brought together some 230 participants including scientists, researchers, policy makers and pharmaceutical companies from 19 countries. “I am absolutely happy, and extremely proud of the fact the meeting… has brought together African program implementers and researchers to discuss the neglected diseases. I think it was long time coming. It’s a great initiative,” Dr. Mwelecele Malecela, the director of he Department for the Control of Neglected Diseases at the World Health Organization (WHO) told Health Policy Watch at the end of the meeting. Preventative treatments for schistosomiasis and soil-transmitted helminths, two major NTDs, are distributed to children in Tanzania. WHO was one of the sponsors of the conference together with other organizations: The DRUID Project, The Foundation For Innovative New Diagnostics, WHO, The Drugs for Neglected Diseases Initiative, The End Fund, The Children’s Investment Fund Foundation, The Schistosomiasis Control Initiative and Evidence Action. Several participants at the conference said convening the meeting in Nairobi was most appropriate since the highest neglected diseases burden was in Africa. “We have been attending international conferences on NTDs in the USA, Europe and elsewhere. We have come back with a lot useful knowledge, but only a few us have been able to attend,” said Dr. Sultani Matendechero, head of the Division of Vector Borne and Neglected Tropical Diseases, Kenya Ministry of Health. But the paradox, he said, was that the highest NTDs disease burden is in Africa. “This is a big problem and the burden is huge. That is why we are want to give it visibility. It affects the poor who do not have the resources. This meeting will enable us move forward as required.” In plenary and scientific sessions, and under the theme; “Cross-border partnership towards achieving control and elimination of NTDs”, the participants focused discussion on strengthening government ownership, advocacy, coordination and partnerships. Connecting basic research and clinical trials for drugs vaccines, and diagnostic to control efforts, and translating research into advocacy into policy, advocacy and community engagement, were some of the other areas of focus. “The issues that have been discussed have an impact on all countries in Africa and relate to cross border issues. For example, people trying to eliminate diseases from either side of the border, but facing great obstacles which are linked to the fact that these diseases know no borders,” said Malecela. The official told the conference attendees it was great opportunity to hear what is happening in Africa and see the potential in the continent. “We have a critical mass of leaders in this field,” said Malecela. Many countries in Africa and the across the world are experiencing unprecedented outbreaks of diseases like leishmaniasis, Chikungunya, dengue and other haemorrhagic viruses, the conference attendees heard. These have the greatest impact on poor countries where resources and capacities are limited, according to various speakers at the conference. John Amuasi, the executive director for African Research Network for Neglected Tropical Diseases underlined the need to strengthen health systems and preparedness in countries to address both current and emerging challenges related to the NTDs. “Policy makers, pharmaceutical companies, and research & development institutions have not prioritized the diseases. As a result there are major unmet treatment needs for NTDs. Medicines are either unavailable or unaffordable for the patient,” said Amuasi, while underling that most of the NTDs’ victims were the poorest populations living in remote rural areas, urban slums or conflict zones. “The control and elimination (of NTDs) should be considered a health priority for the continent,” he said. Yet, NTDs research and advocacy has faced major challenges, according to speakers at the conference. Some include historically poor career pathways for scientists in Africa, acute lack of local funding for African institutions and governments and lack of infrastructure, especially modern equipment. “We do not have the capacity. When we sent people for training abroad, they do not come back. I think we need to build our capacity,” said Ahmed Musa, a professor at the Institute of Endemic Diseases at the University of Khartoum, Sudan. At the opening, Dr. Rashid Aman, the chief administrative secretary in Kenya’s Ministry of Health had told the conference that NTDs were a source of tremendous suffering because of their disfiguring, debilitating and sometimes have deadly impact. “They are called neglected since they have been eliminated in the developed world, but continue to persist in poor, marginalized and regions in conflict,” said Aman, while explaining that where the diseases occur social stigma is a consequence, in addition to causing physical and emotional suffering, hampering the people’s ability to work, keeping children out of school and retarding families and communities. Increased trade activities and interaction among communities living along national boundaries, according to Aman, have heightened the risk of cross –border transmission of the infections in East Africa. The border stretches have also experienced increased cases of major infectious and parasitic diseases, including HIV/AIDS and livestock related ones such schistosomiasis and the rhodesiense strain of African Trypanosomiasis – also known as sleeping sickness. According to Aman, Kenya in its aspiration to achieve Universal Health Coverage ( UHC) by 2022 was looking at Ministry of Health’s Division of Vector Borne & Neglected Tropical Diseases to play a great role in ensuring control, elimination and eventual eradication of the NTDs. At the same time, Malecela said WHO was currently working on 2020 road map and hoped everyone would align around road map in their country contexts. The road map, according to the official, focuses on better integrating the diseases in the health system, integrating the delivery in the health system, better collaboration and coordination with other multi-sectoral players, for example nutrition, animal health and water and sanitation, and finally just stronger country ownership of these programs. Attendees of the first African NTD Conference Image Credits: RTI Fights NTDs, Fredrick Nzwili/HP-Watch. Reducing Air Pollution Yields Health Benefits Within Weeks – Swedish Activist Greta Thunberg Arrives At Madrid Climate Conference 06/12/2019 Grace Ren and Elaine Ruth Fletcher Madrid, Spain – Heart attacks, respiratory illnesses, and asthma attacks dropped significantly in places as diverse as the United States, China and Europe after new policies reducing air pollution were adopted, and health benefits were sometimes evident in as little as one week after the new policies took effect, according to a new study in the Annals of the American Thoracic Society. The study Health Benefits of Air Pollution Reduction, was released to coincide with the COP25 Climate Conference in Madrid, where teenage activist Greta Thunberg arrived in Madrid on Friday, to carry her message about climate change’s looming impacts on the next generation to the thousands of delegates gathered here. After crossing the Atlantic by a catamaran to Lisbon, Portugal, and then reaching the Spanish capital via an overnight train, Thunberg made a surprise appearance at the COP25 conference center, before joining a planned climate march in the capital this evening. Greta Thunberg appears in Madrid with 8 year-old Licypriya Kangujam, 2019 World Children Peace Prize Laureate, holding a sign calling on Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi to act more assertively to confront climate change. Speaking at a press conference at a Madrid cultural center on Friday afternoon, Thunberg blasted politicians for dragging their feet. “We are getting bigger and bigger, and our voices are being heard more and more, but of course that does not translate into political action,” Thunberg said. “I sincerely hope that world leaders, that the people in power, grasp the urgency of the climate crisis because right now it doesn’t seem like they are.” The release of the new study on air pollution’s health impacts was timed to coincide with the COP25 conference, said lead author Dean Schraufnagel of the University of Illinois-Chicago, Department of Medicine, in an interview with Health Policy Watch. He said that the study underlines the immediate gains politicians can obtain if they cut air pollution, which also reduces climate emissions. “Air pollution and global warming are tightly linked, with common causes and interactive molecules and temperature, as we outline in the .. paper,” Schraufnagel said. “Our message is that air pollution is an avoidable health risk and we can expect good health outcomes in short periods (during a legislator’s term in office) if we enforce pollution standards.” While thousands of studies have demonstrated the close relationship between increased air pollution levels and a diverse range of health impacts, including more premature deaths from a range of non-communicable diseases, this study retrospectively at what actually happened – once improved policies took effect. The review looked at peer reviewed studies worldwide to compare findings on if air pollution reductions also reduced illnesses, which ones, and to what extent. “Within a few weeks, respiratory and irritation symptoms, such as shortness of breath, cough, phlegm, and sore throat, disappear; school absenteeism, clinic visits, hospitalizations, premature births, cardiovascular illness and death, and all-cause mortality decrease significantly,” the study’s author’s conclude. Students protest at the climate march in Madrid “We knew there were benefits from pollution control, but the magnitude and relatively short time duration to accomplish them were impressive,” Schraufnagel also said in a press release. “Sweeping policies affecting a whole country can reduce all-cause mortality within weeks. Local programs, such as reducing traffic, have also promptly improved many health measures.” While benefits of air pollution reductions have been more widely studied in the United States and Europe, studies from Asia where air pollution levels were traditionally much higher, also revealed the same set of relationships, Schraufnagel said, adding that in fact “there strong evidence that the interventions have a greater [health] impact when the pollution burden is greater.” As an example of how dramatic the results can be, one study found that a nation-wide smoking ban enacted in Ireland in 2004 led to a 13 percent drop in all-cause mortality, a 26 percent reduction in ischemic heart disease, a 32 percent reduction in stroke, and a 38 percent reduction in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) – with reductions starting in week 1 of the ban. The benefits were seen most dramatically in non-smokers and young children. Outside of direct health benefits, the researchers also found that better air quality was associated with lower school absenteeism, and clean air policies have economic benefits. For example, the review cites one study that estimated the Clean Air Act of 1970 has saved United States US$ 2 trillion since it was first enacted. In another case, the 13-month closure of a steel mill in Utah was associated with a 40 percent drop in school absenteeism in the surround city. Although the review cites some studies from China and Nigeria, data is lacking for many rapidly developing countries, where air pollution is becoming a more visible health problem. Just last month, a “public health emergency” was declared in Delhi, India, shutting down schools and workplaces for several days, as levels of dangerous small PM10 and PM2.5 particles soared to record-breaking heights. “it is important for countries to do their own research of the health effects of stopping a point source of pollution… They could stimulate the public and research community,” Schraufnagel told Health Policy Watch. “For example, Indian studies could have a powerful effect on policy in India… The studies would also take into account variations within countries; for example, if Delhi’s pollution mainly resulted from burning trash rather than automobiles, it would be most fruitful to stop the trash burning rather than ban cars,” he said. The World Health Organization estimates that 7 million deaths annually are directly attributable to outdoor and ambient air pollution. Following the WHO air quality guidelines, the study authors say, could lead to “prompt and substantial health gains.” “Air pollution is an avoidable health risk,” said Schraufnager. He added that “good health outcomes” could be seen even within a politician’s term in office if pollution standards are enforced and WHO air quality guidelines are followed. This story was published as part of Covering Climate Now, a global collaboration of more than 250 news outlets to strengthen coverage of the climate story. Image Credits: E Fletcher/HP-Watch, @LicypriyaK, FIRS . Creative Approaches To Improving Medicines Access – Lessons From The Hepatitis C Experience 06/12/2019 Elaine Ruth Fletcher The issues around access to medicines at affordable prices has galvanized civil society, the pharmaceutical industry, the research community, and politicians this year in oft-contentious debate that shows no sign of abating. A day-long session hosted by the Global Health Centre of Geneva’s Graduate Institute, and cosponsored by the Swiss Institute of Intellectual Property and the Federal Office of Public Health, sought to unwrap some of the thorny questions around the access issue by examining in detail the story around one important recent breakthrough in treatment for Hepatitis C (HCV). The discovery of sofosbuvir transformed the course of HCV treatment forever by offering a breakthrough cure for what had been a chronic and often deadly disease, affecting affects some 71 million people worldwide in high- and low-income countries alike. Cartoonist Caro van Leeuwen’s depiction of the complex set of issues raised at the GHC event on Creative Approaches to Improving Access to Medicines Globally. First approved for use in the United States in 2013, sofosbuvir was the first in a class of direct-acting anti-viral treatments that offered a 95% cure rate for an insidious disease; it rapidly caught the interest of health systems worldwide. The race to expand access to a drug that was initially priced at over US$ 80,000 in the United States by Gilead Pharmaceuticals was hectic and often unpredictable. Access to the patented drug known as Sovaldi® was expanded by Gilead to a wide range of countries through a series of voluntary licensing arrangements with manufacturers that reduced its price significantly. However, the drug remained unaffordable for many health systems and individuals. Egypt’s courts rejected the patent on sofosbuvir – paving the way for massive local production of a WHO-recommended generic combination, sofosbuvir/daclatasvir, which reduced prices ten- and then 100-fold in domestic markets. In 2017 Malaysia authorized importation of the Sofosbuvir/Daclatasvir generic, making use of TRIPS flexibilities in World Trade Organization rules regarding the rights of low- and middle-income countries to issue so-called “compulsory licenses” (called “government rights license in Malaysia) for importation or production by local pharma companies. Healthcare worker examines liver of hepatitis C patient in Thailand. Chronic liver disease is one of the main outcomes of HCV infections, which the new direct-acting antiviral drugs can cure. Moves in Egypt, South-East Asia and Latin America to produce and use generic drug versions have been strongly supported by civil society, including Drugs For Neglected Diseases Initiative (DNDi). DNDi has gone on to support development of yet another combination drug therapy of sofosbuvir/ravidasvir. Now in Phase II and III clinical trials, approval of yet another new HCV therapy should open the door to even greater expansion of treatment access. Elsewhere, affluent countries such as Australia negotiated procurement of drugs for a lump sum with no cap on the number of people treated – the so-called ‘Netflix’ model. And even countries, such as Switzerland, faced twin challenges in ramping up awareness and education about a disease for which few people had previously sought treatment, which naturally led to higher drug costs as well. The Geneva workshop convened experts and practitioners from industry, civil society and governments – including many who were on the frontlines of the Hepatitis C story – to take stock of the diverse approaches that have been used to improve access to the vital drug and see what lessons could be applied to the broader medicines access issue. Said Suerie Moon, co-director of the Global Health Centre, and a co-host of the event, “Necessity is the mother of invention, we have seen all sorts of companies, PDPs, and others try all sorts of different approaches was because the need was very urgent.” She noted that the key to success in the Hepatitis C story, as well, was innovation – “not just in terms of developing new medical technologies, but in figuring out how to solve these problems”. From this and other examples, she added, health policymakers might learn more about creative ways to “shift innovation models, tug and push and pull, to make them better serve the needs of society.” At the same time, however, the Hepatitis C story is also somewhat unique. The widespread prevalence of the disease not only in low income regions but also in high income countries such as Europe and Japan, means that the drug represented a profitable market for manufacturers of all kinds – unlike neglected diseases with a much smaller target groups of people mostly living in poor countries. HCV is also a disease where solutions can rely not only on drug treatment but also on greater public awareness and preventive behaviours, noted Vinh-Kim Nguyen, co-director of the Global Health Centre. “The medical community shares some of the responsibility for this epidemic because in the past it was driven by unsafe vaccination practices and needles used for intravenous purposes. So physicians have a special responsibility to respond.” (left-right)Nora Kronig Romero, Swiss Global Health Ambassador; WHO ADG Mariângela Simão; IFPMA DG Thomas Cueni; Pharco CEO Shirene Helmy; Fifa Rahman UNITAID board; Suerie Moon, Co-director, Global Health Centre, IHEID. Disruptive in the ‘Best and Worst’ Sense For industry, the HCV cure was disruptive “at its best and at its worst” observed Thomas Cueni, head of the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations. “Seven out of ten 10 Hep C patients developed liver disease and then we suddenly had a cure – that’s the kind of positive disruption patients and society waits for. But on the worst side, countries were not ready, it caused huge rifts in national budgets. And personally I believe that Gilead didn’t get enough credit,” he contended. Anticipating the surge of demand that would come from lower income countries, the company was aggressive in ensuring that they had “access programmes ready, the tech transfer programmes, the voluntary licensing deals, really trying to make sure that they could replicate what they had done in the HIV/AIDS field.” “But the shock was really in the developed countries and I think we learned from that in a number of areas,” he said. “I think that Gilead learned the hard way that trying to do the right thing in developing countries doesn’t absolve you…But on the other hand, the industry in many, many countries is now sitting down with Ministries of Health for talks about horizon scanning, talks about how can we prevent the next shock and how can we better plan in terms of budget impact?” “That is something that we haven’t quite coped with yet, but I think it would be interesting to talk about does this call for new models to finance this kind of disruptive innovation.” Is It the Innovation Model or the Finance Model that Needs Fixing? Cueni contended that the current model for drug innovation “works extremely well – although it has of course has some challenges.” The deeper challenge, he said is that “Innovation needs to be affordable and sustainable in terms of budget.” “Hep C is an example of the innovation model, in terms of bringing up transformative innovation, working very well. Rather than try to reinvent the wheel, we need to admit that this competitive innovation model works very well, and let’s focus on the research need where the model doesn’t work very well,” he said, noting that neglected research agendas for antibiotics, malaria and other neglected diseases are now being tackled by public private partnerships, such as Drugs for Neglected Diseases Initiative, Medicines for Malaria Venture and others. “We need to be careful that one side does not fit all. There were concerns that Hep C would break the bank, but because of competitive price pressures, the prices fell greatly.” “Switzerland spends about 2% of its healthcare budget on cancer drugs, and that is double that of 20 years ago. But 2% doesn’t break the bank… and 50% of cancers are also preventable so I regret that we haven’t got a cancer prevention plan,” he added, referring to rising concerns about the high prices of medicines for cancer and rare diseases. “Companies are increasingly sensitive about access to medicines in high and low- income countries. And there is increased willingness among industry to talk about differential pricing [for high, middle and low-income countries.]. We need to do more from our side…. but also governments, likewise need to do their part.” “Innovation systems as it stands (except neglected tropical disease and antibiotics) are delivering a stream of innovative medicines which results in us occasionally struggling to afford them, but overall, the system in terms of innovation works extremely well.” “We do need new antibiotics to fight AMR [antimicrobial resistance]. Thanks to push incentives – such as GARDP [Global Antibiotic Research & Development Partnership] in Geneva and CARB-X … we have a number of potentially truly novel antibiotics, but there is no one who picks them up through clinical development and brings them to markets,” Cueni added, noting that for that final stage of the process, industry skills are desperately needed. At the other side of the price spectrum, Cueni also noted that the access issues to low-cost drugs, many of which are no longer under patent, have to be addressed along with the issues posed by high-priced drugs. He observed that rich countries are increasingly outsourcing their drug procurement and thus have become very reliant on just a few suppliers in Asia or elsewhere for many critical drugs. That, in turn, is contributing to bottlenecks and serious shortages in critical supplies, as domestic manufacturers can no longer depend upon reliable, long-term purchase arrangements from national hospitals and health systems. That point was echoed by, Felix Addor, Deputy Director General, Swiss Federal Institute of Intellectual Property, who noted that, “Even a country like Switzerland has faced severe shortages for vaccines and antibiotics. In fact, in 2017, 81 essential medicines were not available, the majority of which are off-patent.” In many low- and middle-income countries, meanwhile, inexpensive drugs for hypertension and other chronic diseases are often unavailable – decades after their patents expired – reflecting the multi-faceted dimensions of the access issue, noted WHO’s Assistant Director-General Mariangelo Simão. Cartoonist depiction of the complex set of issues raced at the GHC event on Creative Approaches to Improving Access to Medicines Globally Finding The Balance; Access Issue By Issue Nora Kronig Romero, ambassador for Public Health, in the Swiss Federal Office of Public Health, echoed Cueni’s view that it is not the innovation system, per se, that is broken. “It’s good to leave the things that work, working, without having to change or draw lessons from it.” Access needs to be examined issue by issue, she said, in order to make incremental, but effective, adjustments that achieve “balance”. “When we look at access to medicines, it has 3 pillars – price, access to people, and sustainable financing – we have to discuss when we have imbalance between these 3 pillars – either the price is too high, or the access to people is not a given. How do we most effectively and sustainably use the limited resources we have? “There are also huge challenges with shortages. How are we going to act if we don’t get the right vaccine at the right time? And countries need to work together. The importance of international cooperation must be emphasized. Switzerland is a small country. When we talk about differential pricing, Switzerland doesn’t want to pay the same price as Egypt, but still how do we ever achieve the numbers that we want [in terms of purchase power]?” James Class, Innovation Policy Lead at Gilead Sciences, added, “There is a need to balance today’s cures with tomorrow’s cures. Having an innovation ecosystem will essentially spur market competition. A drug like sofosbuvir has resulted in permanent cost-savings for governments. There is value in it since it not only improves patients’ lives, but also results in long term savings for health systems. As many as 100 countries have voluntary licenses on [the patented version of Gilead’s] sofosbuvir. In 2018, more than 485,000 patients were treated, more than 250,000 in India alone. “Instead of trying to look at the fundamental architecture, let’s get into the system and find out where are the skewed incentives, and take them out and fix them. That, I think, it going to do a lot more for society.” (left-right) IP, James N. Class Value and Innovation Policy Lead at Gilead Sciences (replacing Rekha Ramesh); Victor Roy, Research Fellow, UCL; Bernard Pécoul Executive Director, DNDi; Lucas von Wattenwyl, Senior Advisor, Swiss Federal Insititute of IP. 25% of HCV infections In Countries Not Covered by Voluntary Licenses Still, despite the massive issuance by industry of voluntary licenses for production of the patented HCV drug formulation, some 25% of people infected with Hepatitis C treatments live in middle income countries that were not covered by such arrangements, noted Bernard Pécoul, Executive Director, Drugs for Neglected Diseases initiative. This has led to DNDi’s intervention to support clinical trials of yet another generic drug formulation of sofosbuvir/ravidasvir, developed with Egyptian manufacturer Pharco, in collaboration with Pharmaniaga in Malaysia and Chemo in Latin America. The sofosbuvir /ravidasvir combination has shown a 97% cure rate, comparable to the patented drug formulations, and DNDi hopes to register it in 2020. Due to the success of such global, publicly-supported R&D partnerships, complemented by an acceleration of local production in countries such as Egypt, the price of generic HCV cures has dropped by nearly 100% in Egypt, said Sherine Helmy, CEO, Pharco Pharmaceuticals. The new DNDi supported combination will hopefully come on the market in Malaysia at about $US 300 for a 12 week treatment. “Differential pricing is not a solution,” said Pécoul. “The pricing is defined by the company. Rather, reaching affordable prices also depends on the IP status of the drug, as well as government leadership in local R&D and manufacturing.” Pécoul said that he sees “open source innovation,” involving broad-based collaborations with industry and researchers such as those fostered by DNDi, as the wave of the future – “We are trying to promote as much as possible open source innovation, and we have some space to move and trying to work with companies, the future will be in this direction if we want to stimulate innovation at the early phase of discovery, there is this trend today and it is an important one.” Are Innovation Rewards Funding More Innovation – or Business Acquisitions? However, Victor Roy a research fellow at the UCL Institute for Innovation and Public Purpose contended that the Hep C story also illustrates more fundamental failings in the current system of innovation incentives. The system as it is designed today, he noted, makes use of public funding to generate new products, but then prioritizes corporate acquisitions and rewards to shareholders above expanded access to products or even investments in the next round of drug discoveries. “There is a misconception that the public sector funds only basic science,” he said. “But public investment essentially accelerated the momentum for the discovery of the (Hepatitis C) drug.” Public institutions act like venture capitalists “playing midwife” to biotech labs that are working on promising drug candidates – only to be acquired later by big pharmaceutical companies for huge sum of money. This “acquisition model of drug development” has driven up costs with large companies scouting out small biotech firms with promising innovations, which they believe can be marketed profitably to health systems. He cited examples of Gilead purchase of Pharmasset, the original innovators of an all-oral HCV regimen for $11 billion, among others. “It is a myth to some extent, that that a single firm develops a drug. It is more like a relay race with a number of financial intermediaries acting with a pricing horizon over the future,” said Roy. And once a drug has been successfully launched, not only the costs of the R&D as such, but of the company acquisitions, are reflected in the price tag. And finally, the monies earned from a blockbuster drug sales are often channeled into more expensive corporate acquisitions, or distribution to shareholders, before they are re-invested into the internal R&D innovation structure – “and that is how we arrive at high price points,” said Roy. “So there need to be alternative pathways to drug development which look at “how do we make ‘access’ an ex-ante design feature of evolving innovation models?” he asked. “My wish on innovation is to have political momentum to test alternative pathways to the shareholder model, particularly on antimicrobial resistance…we need more public investment, private sector would be there, to test to how we do drug development in a more affordable way.” One of those pathways should be “delinkage” of innovation incentives from patent monopolies with publicly supported funds that can also reward new discoveries, said Fifa Rahman, a Malaysian NGO delegate to the board of UNITAID. From the NGO perspective, she said, “The innovation system is not working – The price that was offered to Malaysia was US$ 36,000 for a a cure and average Malaysian household income is US$ 1,300 a month. That’s an unfair price. Gilead made US$ 19.2 billion in the second year of marketing [Solvadi]; it recouped its R&D costs in 4.5 days. And yet today many people still don’t have access to HCV drugs.” “We see these same problems with drugs such as delamanid (to treat drug resistant TB) not coming to the final stage because it is not profitable to bring this to the world. So what are we going to do? Are we going to turn to the DNDis of the world every time poor people need a drug? We need to think about delinkage – about a prize fund.” A cartoonist depiction of issues raised at the GHC event. Transparency of Prices in the Equation – How Hep C changed Everything While many of the problems in the current system have been attributed to the lack of transparency of costs in the R&D pipeline as well as a lack of transparency around pricing, Kronig noted that the transparency debate is multi-dimensional, involving R&D costs, clinical trials, prices and patents – “completely different areas, completely different ways in tackling the issues, completely different international frameworks.” “So let’s design the policies where you have the regulatory space, to find the right balance of quality of care, access to patients and health financing.” Still, the high cost of Hepatitis C drugs undeniably changed the nature of the discussion said, Mariângela Simão, WHO Assistant Director-General, and head of its medicines access activities. “It was disruptive globally because it came at such a high price,” she said, noting that at the time the breakthroughs occurred, she was a Brazilian representative on medicines access issues serving on a number of international boards. Before the Hepatitis C breakthrough, low and middle-income countries were already concerned about drug prices, “afterwards, you had rich countries concerned as well.” Ultimately, the HCV story was one of the factors that led to approval of the milestone transparency resolution in the World Health Assembly last May, said Simão. And the impacts are continuing with the recent vote in the French Parliament to require public disclosure of public funds used for R&D in new drug registrations. In terms of expanding access to costly treatments, she predicted that dilemmas similar to those experienced with Hepatitis C cure, will loom in coming years as more costly biotherapeutics, as well as cell and gene therapies come on the market to treat cancer, rare diseases and genetic diseases. And at the request of South Africa and other countries, the issue of access to high priced medicines, including drugs for orphan diseases, will be on the agenda of the WHO Executive Board in 2021, after being deferred this year. Added Pécoul, the government’s role is to exert a balancing influence on industry price demands, and the recent French Parliamentary resolution on price transparency is a reflection of growing political will to do that. “If we don’t know the cost of the investments, if we don’t know the part of public investment versus private investment, all of these elements have to be taken into consideration for defining the price of a final product. The issue of transparency is fundamental…it’s time to stop, to have some rebalance, some indicator of monitoring, and I think the French government is moving in this direction.” International cooperation is another avenue, emphasizes Kronig. “I am sure that there is on the part of government, quite a bit of potential in working between countries, exchanging best practices and ensuring how we can cooperate.” However, price is not the sole determinant of access, she adds. For instance, in the case of Hepatitis C, there remain challenges of preventing disease through better hygiene and investments in patient safety, on the one hand, as well as overcoming disease stigmatization to reach marginalized groups, on the other. “In terms of balance, it’s how do you get the right balance between the different pillars. How do we make sure we have innovation, we have access to the patients, and we have sustainable financing for the health system, is the balance we want to get. Finding the balance is the challenge, but we shouldn’t put one interest in front of the other. “ IP Is Neutral – Its How You Use It That Counts As for the role of IP in the system, Pécoul stressed that, “My concern with IP is more abuse of IP, I think there is a lot of abuse of IP. That is why it is so important that the government retains some control, some balance and some flexibility, imagine the TRIPS, to avoid this abuse of IP. When I think about abuse of IP, it is when there is a slight modification of a product that will bring another 12 years of IP protection.” “[In DNDi] We are trying to promote as much as possible open source innovation, and we have some space to move and we are trying to work with companies, and I think the future will be in this direction if we want to stimulate innovation, particularly at the early phase of discovery. There is this trend that is there today, and it is an important one. Said Class, “It is critical to preserve the intellectual property system. Intellectual property is providing certainty for a certain time… Instead of trying to look at the fundamental architecture, get into the system and look at the skewed incentives and do something about those.” But as the system exists today, add Roy, “The incentive is about more chronic treatments, it’s not about having breakthroughs. The science may be there, but I am not sure the finance is there. I am not sure Wall Street was so happy about the Hep C cure.” Concluded Addor, “Ultimately IP is a neutral tool, that can be tremendously important to the advancement of science. The issue is more about how policymakers use it.” “IP has really made a lot of innovations happen, because you have to reveal your innovation in the patent application, it also provides everybody with a cooking recipe to do then later on a repetition with the protected innovation, that they can imitate.” “And the bad side is that it gives a market monopoly, exclusivity on the market for some time, and in that way is anti-competitive. But I do hope that IP continues to play an important role. Because I think we tend to forget that you have to make your innovation public.” “And I hope we are not going in the direction of where you have undisclosed information, where we are forced to reinvent the wheel because I did not find the cooking recipe for the wheel that is already on the market. So having said this, I hope that IP is going to continue to flourish, having said that it doesn’t mean that we shouldn’t use our creativity to not just keep the system working as it is, but maybe enlarging the cake, and looking at creative, complementary alternatives, working as well, maybe less well or even better. “Nobody can simply work alone, we live in a globalized world, so we have to act together. Only if we recognize that we are mutually dependent then we can come together with solutions… I’m a mountaineer, I did climb and still do climb a lot and I once met a woman who was the first woman to climb mount Everest. I asked her what made you summit mount Everest, she said, ‘it’s these little steps – they add up.’” _______________________________________________________ Brief Summaries of the Country Experiences Introducing Hepatitis C drugs are excerpted below: (left-right) Philip Bruggmann, Chair, Swiss Hepatitis, University of Zurich; Noor Hisham Abdullah, Director General of Health, Ministry of Health, Malaysia; Heba Wanis Researcher, Third World Network; Gregory Dore;, Professor, Kirby Institute, University of New South Wales, Sydney; Martina Schwab, Co-head, Global Health Section, Swiss Federal Office of Public Health. Australia’s universal access strategy: the “Netflix model” – Gregory Dore, Professor, Kirby Institute, University of New South Wales, Sydney The Australian government negotiated a five-year (2016-2021) contract for purchase of the patented Hepatitis C drug formulation, with no cap on the number of people treated. There is an AUD 200-250 million cap on total annual expenditure for Hepatitis C treatment. While the full details of the Australian arrangement remain secret, the lump sum arrangement of USD 766 million was disclosed along with details of numbers of people treated. Previously published studies estimate that treatment costs were reduced to one-tenth of the $US 72,000 treatment cost in the United States, at the time the contract was signed. The lump-sum remuneration arrangement, dubbed the “Netflix model” was viewed as a way to expand the reach of treatment by making it more affordable to the public health system, and in the process reach marginalized populations who otherwise might not have received care, Dore said. “Civil society was very strong in their message – “access to medicines for all or none”, said Dore, noting that a broad range of stakeholders were involved as Australia worked to make HCV drugs available, including civil society, clinicians, patients and the industry. During the negotiations, the government was of the view that the final deal should ensure that more patients would be treated at a lower price. For the industry the choice was about generating revenues of AUD $ 3 billion over five years or AUD $ 1 billion over five years. Making a couple of hundred million dollars per year, as a result of this negotiation is not a small consideration. From the perspective of the government it was important to get clarity on the impact on the annual health budget. For that, getting epidemiological data that informed policy making was key. There was a need to build programs to address harm reduction such as in high risk groups including in prisons, among those living with HIV, among others. The target population is diverse and the solutions needed to be diverse as well, said Dore. Dore noted that “There was push back from the specialists, who were against the involvement of non-specialist primary care physicians, in administering the new treatment, but “it is important to develop models of care that reach people. One cannot expect high detection by assuming that patients will show up in tertiary health facilities.” Egypt Ramps Up of Local Production – Heba Wanis, Researcher, Third World Network The story of Egypt’s fight against Hepatitis C, includes a strong government and a political will to making drugs accessible. Egypt’s domestic approach included combining the efforts of the government and private sector to secure access to HCV treatment. The Plan of Action for the Prevention, Care and Treatment of Viral Hepatitis was developed and launched in October 2014 in addition to a national treatment programme. Negotiations resulted in providing new HCV treatment at USD 300 per box per month in 2014. In addition, high standards of patentability and rigorous internal examination, also resulted in the rejection of a patent for sofosbuvir. Egyptian Patent Office rejected the application on grounds of lack of novelty and inventiveness. As a consequence, the effect on generic competition in Egypt has resulted in the registration of 40 generics, Gilead’s Sovaldi is priced at USD 839, generics cost USD 51 – 150 per box. The absence of patent protection led to domestic production of low-cost generic DAAs, supported by fast-track registration. More than 2 million have been successfully treated on the back of comprehensive national testing and treatment, using nationwide treatment facilities. The Journey of Government Use Licenses on Hepatitis C: The Experience of Malaysia – Noor Hisham Abdullah, Director General of Health, Ministry of Health, Malaysia “The ‘Netflix model’ is too expensive for a country like Malaysia. One size does not fit all. It is important to continue to innovate to meet public health goals,” says Abdullah. Malaysia’s government made use of World Trade Organization’s TRIPS Article 31 as well as the Malaysian Patents Act 1983 that authorizes it to issue a compulsory licensing in order to provide access to essential medicines for public, non-commercial purposes. It did so after several negotiations between May 2016-2017 with patent holders of registered treatments had failed to reach an agreement. When the compulsory license was issued, intense pressures were applied to the Malaysian government by the Pharmaceutical Researchers and Manufacturers of America (PhRMA), and other US pharma groups, calling for Malaysia to be placed on the US Trade Representative’s Priority Foreign Countries watch list in its “Special 301 Report”. Even so, says Abdullah, “If we had not exercised a compulsory license, we would not have subsequently received voluntary licenses to access the drugs. There is a need to balance the pressures that a government faces, with the need for treatment by patients.” Switzerland – Adjusting to Disruption in a High-Income Country – Philip Bruggmann, Chair, Swiss Hepatitis C Association, University of Zurich “Switzerland was unprepared for the arrival of the golden pill,” said Bruggman. “Ertswhile standard medication against Hepatitis C – Interferon – was self-limiting due to lots of side effects and contraindications. When HCV direct-acting antivirals entered the market, it was very safe, very potent and very easy to apply. Suddenly, the potential HCV population that could profit from a treatment increased massively. It was expected that there would be a sharp rise in treatment uptake and a consequent explosion in health expenditure as a result of the high prices of drugs.” The laws governing the pricing procedure are designed for conventional drug development steps in Switzerland. Health authorities were unprepared both on price negotiation and having the epidemiological or clinical knowledge. Using a dedicated patient organization, initiating roundtables of medical experts, using health officials and having clear media communication and deploying awareness campaigns have helped. A “Buyers Club” offering access to treatment for those affected by the limitations and putting pressure on pharmaceutical industry to lower prices have also worked. Theoretically all patients have unrestricted access to medication since the direct-acting antivirals are covered by the compulsory health insurance. “But this does not mean that all get treated,” said Bruggman. “There are still gaps in detection and linkage to care that are relevant barriers in the access to medicines. ________________________________________________________________ Priti Patnaik contributed to reporting and writing of this story, including summaries of the country case study experiences. Image Credits: Suriyan Tanasri/DNDi, Graduate Institute of Geneva, Global Health Centre. Measles Deaths Rose To 140,000 In 2018; DRC Cases Account For One-Third Of 2019 Infections 05/12/2019 Grace Ren Measles deaths are on the rise for the second year in a row, killing more than 140,000 people worldwide in 2018 according to estimates released Thursday by the World Health Organization and the United States Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Also on Thursday, a massive measles vaccination campaign was announced in North Kivu, the Democratic Republic of the Congo – the country where a full one-third of the world’s reported measles cases have so far occurred in 2019. “Our finding is that in 2018, there has been an increase in both the cases and the deaths that have occurred from measles. In other words, we’re backsliding,” said WHO’s Director of Immunization, Vaccines and Biologicals Kate O’Brien. Total deaths in 2018 were 26,000 more than in 2017, where an estimated 124,000 people died, and 55 percent more than the 89,780 deaths reported in 2016. The number of measles cases also increased by more than 2 million between 2017 to 2018, with 9,769,400 estimated cases in 2018 as compared with 7,585,900 estimated cases in 2017, according to the WHO and CDC estimates. As in previous years, most deaths were among children under the age of 5, and the most highly impacted region was Sub-Saharan Africa. A health worker vaccinates a child against measles in the DRC. One of the worst afflicted countries, the DRC, has been concurrently battling a massive measles outbreak and deadly Ebola outbreak for over a year. It’s estimated that over 5000 people, mostly children have died in the current measles outbreak, more than double the number killed by Ebola over the past year. The DRC appears to account for about one-third of this year’s measles case load, WHO said, although the national data upon which that estimate has been made has yet to be validated. DRC, together with Liberia, Madagascar, Somalia, and Ukraine, accounted for almost half of all measles cases worldwide in 2018. Children in these countries persistently miss out on measles vaccination. “The fact that any child dies from a vaccine-preventable disease like measles is frankly an outrage and a collective failure to protect the world’s most vulnerable children,” said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreysus, Director-General of the World Health Organization in a press release. “To save lives, we must ensure everyone can benefit from vaccines – which means investing in immunization and quality health care as a right for all.” While low-income countries bear the brunt of the global burden of measles, it has also resurged in some wealthy countries, including some that had previously eliminated the disease. This year, the United States reported its highest number of cases in 25 years, while four countries in Europe – Albania, Czechia, Greece and the United Kingdom – lost their measles elimination status in 2018 following protracted outbreaks of the disease. Measles is a highly contagious virus, and outbreaks can occur when coverage of the vaccine is too low, leaving a proportion of the community unprotected. Some 95% of the population receive at least two doses of the measles vaccine in order to prevent outbreaks from occurring, according to WHO recommendations. In countries that have lost measles-elimination status, misinformation spread about the safety and efficacy of vaccines has contributed greatly to vaccine hesitancy, leading parents to forgo vaccinating their children. Global measles vaccination rates have stagnated for almost a decade. WHO and UNICEF estimate that 86% of children globally received the first dose of measles vaccine through their country’s routine vaccination services in 2018, and fewer than 70% received the second recommended dose. In 2019, as of mid-November, there have already been over 413,000 cases reported to the WHO globally, with an additional 250,000 cases in DRC reported through the national surveillance system. Together, this marks a three-fold increase compared with this same time period in 2018. 2.2 Million Children To Be Vaccinated Against Measles In North Kivu While the Ebola outbreak has captured international attention, the DRC is also currently experiencing the world’s largest and most severe measles epidemic, with an estimated 250,000 suspected cases and over 5000 deaths so far. Low rates of vaccination and high rates of malnutrition have contributed to the measles epidemic, and the high rate of mortality in the outbreak. “While the Ebola outbreak in the DRC has won the world’s attention and progress is being made in saving lives, we must not forget the other urgent health needs the country faces,” said WHO Regional Director for Africa Matshidiso Moeti in a press release by WHO’s African Regional Office. Launch of the vaccination campaign in North Kivu As part of a second phase of a country-wide preventative vaccination campaign, this specific surge aims to vaccinate an additional 2.2 million children in North Kivu province, a particularly challenging context, as it is the center of the Ebola outbreak and has been plagued with insecurity. Just last week, four Ebola responders were killed in a directed attack in Biakato Mines and Mangina. “In the context of North Kivu, where the population is highly mobile, it is imperative that we reach out to travelers and ensure that their children are also covered,” said Deo Nshimirimana, WHO acting representative in the DRC. The five-day campaign is being implemented by the Ministry of Health with the support of WHO and partners and is fully funded by Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance. North Kivu is the last province in the second phase of the country-wide preventative vaccination campaign, and will be followed by a third and final phase planned in 10 remaining provinces: Bas Uélé, Equateur, Haut Katanga, Haut Lomami, Haut Uélé, Kasai Oriental, Lualaba, Maniema, Mongala and Tshuapa. The campaign ultimately plans to reach 18.9 million children, with a particular focus on children who may have been missed by routine immunization. “Sadly, measles has claimed more Congolese lives this year than Ebola. We must do better at protecting the most vulnerable, who are often also the hardest to reach. This campaign is an important step in that direction,” said Thabani Maphosa, managing director of Country Programmes for Gavi. “For maximum impact, campaigns must be combined with the strengthening of routine immunization and health systems.” To date, US$ 27.5 million have been mobilized for the measles response; however, another estimated US$ 4.8 million are needed to complete the vaccination campaign and to strengthen other elements of response such as disease surveillance, case-management and communication. Image Credits: WHO/Kisimir Jonh Shim, WHO AFRO. Cancer Organizations Across Latin America Vow To Intensify Action Against Expected “Tsunami” Of New Cancer Deaths 05/12/2019 Editorial team For the first time ever, leading cancer organizations across Latin America have signed onto a joint declaration pledging to intensify action against millions of avoidable cancer deaths on the continent. The Bogota Statement on Leading BOLD Cancer Prevention into the Future was signed by leaders of cancer organizations and foundations from 8 Latin American countries, Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, El Salvador, Mexico, and Peru at a meeting in Bogota, Colombia, which ended Wednesday. The December 3-4 meeting was hosted by Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer and the US-based American Cancer Society, which pledged to support the Latin America initiative. “Meeting in Bogotá provided us with a great opportunity to discuss common challenges in addressing cancer risk factors and inequities that mean marginalized people suffer most,” said Sally Cowal, senior vice president of Global Cancer Control, American Cancer Society. “We agreed we have a significant opportunity to share our knowledge and experiences, and provide a strong voice for the growing evidence base in Latin America…We acknowledge we are stronger together and this meeting has provided new impetus for progressing work to prevent future cancer deaths.” Cancer is already the second-leading cause of death in Latin America. But if current trends continue, there could be a 91 percent increase in cancer incidence across the region between 2012 and 2035, to 1.8 million new cancer cases every year, and cancer deaths will double to around 1 million deaths annually, according to a 2018 study published in the International Journal of Cancer. Colombia’s Minister of Health and Social Protection, Dr. Juan Pablo Uribe Restrepo, and Vice Minister of Health and Social Protection, Dr. Iván Darío González, both expressed their support for the initiative at the meeting of some 20 leaders of cancer foundations, advocacy groups, and research centers from around the continent. Colombia’s Minister of Health and Social Protection, Dr. Juan Pablo Uribe Restrepo, speaking at the meeting. “We are working to improve the health of the population…We are strongly committed to reducing smoking and are working to reduce the number of tobacco users, especially among youth and students…Together with institutions like the Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer, we continue to fight against human papillomavirus,” said Minister Restrepo, noting that only 32% of eligible Colombians have so far received the vaccine that helps prevent cervical cancer. “Our goal is to reach 100 percent coverage,” he said. Cancer experts present at the conference called the projections for cancer’s rising disease and death toll a predicted “tsunami” that constitutes a “public health emergency which is exacerbating social, economic and health inequities.” To combat the growing threat of cancer, Cowal said that the Bogota Statement focuses on adopting a set of “best buys for cancer prevention.” Dr. Carlos Castro, medical and scientific director at the Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer, further clarified, “We must join forces to increase tobacco taxes as the most effective way to reduce tobacco consumption, regulate e-cigarettes, and increase vaccination against human papillomavirus, which causes cervical cancer. Those are our principal commitments against cancer included in the Bogotá Declaration.” It’s estimated that more than 30 percent of all cancer deaths are preventable. Tobacco is associated with more than 14 different cancers and causes more than 20 percent of cancer deaths, globally. Obesity and unhealthy diet is associated with 14 different cancers and alcohol with seven different cancers. Other risk factors associated with the most prevalent cancers across the region include inconsistency of vaccination programs and treatment of cervical, stomach and liver cancer infections. In signing the declaration, the cancer leaders, agreed to intensify their activities across a number of key, shared priorities, including the following: Support measures to increase tobacco taxes as the main tool to reduce tobacco consumption and prevent initiation in young people. Urge countries that have not yet signed or ratified the World Health Organization Framework Convention on Tobacco Control to be a party to this global treaty, the first international public health treaty which provides the guidelines for tobacco control worldwide Monitor and report corporate interference (especially from the tobacco, alcohol and ultra-processed foods industries) in public policy decision-making. Advocate for the regulation of electronic nicotine delivery systems (SEAN) and new devices. Actively participate in the elimination of cervical cancer through national human papillomavirus vaccination programs and strengthened early detection programs that use DNA-HPV testing. Support research and the eradication of Helicobacter Pylori infection to prevent gastric cancer. Promote the development of cancer prevention and early detection activities related to the main cancers in the region. Contribute to the dissemination of academic research that helps build cancer prevention policies. Act in conjunction with existing networks in the region to document and share successful experiences, lessons learned and communication strategies to achieve strong and sustainable progress. Underlying all the commitments made in the Bogota Declaration was the theme of shared learning. Gloria Inés Forero, president of the Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer, said that collaboration between the organizations, based on “experiences and lessons learned,” is the key to “countering the imminent advance of cancer in the region.” Signatories to the Bogota Statement.(Left-right back) Sebastian Jimenez, CEPREME, Ecuador; Luiz Augusto Maltoni Jr., presidente, Fundação do Câncer, Brasil; Dr. Jorge Jiménez de la Jara, presidente, Fundación Foro Nacional de Cáncer, Chile; Dr. Bill Cance, chief medical & scientific officer, American Cancer Society, USA; Diego Paonesa, chief executive officer, Liga Argentina de Lucha Contra el Cáncer, Argentina; Adolfo Dammert Ludowieg, presidente, La Liga contra el Cancer, Peru; Dr. Carlos José Castro, medical and scientific director, Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer(left-right front) Blanca Llorente, directora, Fundación Anáas, Colombia; Dr. Lisseth Ruíz de Campos, presidente, ASAPRECAN, El Salvador; Sally Cowal, senior vice president, Global Cancer Control, American Cancer Society, USA; Gloría Inés Forero de Ruíz, presidenta, Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer, Colombia; Diana Rivera, directora, Fundación Ellen Riegner de Casas, Colombia; Dr. Guadalupe Ponciano, Asociación Mexicana de Lucha contra el Cáncer, Mexico Gavi, The Vaccine Alliance Approves New Ebola Vaccine Stockpile Of 500,000 Doses 05/12/2019 Grace Ren Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance approved on Thursday an investment of US$178 million over the next five years to establish a global stockpile of 500,000 doses of Ebola vaccines that have been “pre-qualified” by the World Health Organization – WHO’s quality seal of approval that also makes vaccines and drugs eligible for preferential terms of purchase and use in countries. An additional US$11.6 million was allocated by the Gavi Board to fund three ongoing pilots for the world’s first malaria vaccine in Kenya, Ghana, and Malawi, to assess the feasibility of rolling out the vaccine more widely in Africa as part of national vaccine programmes. “Let me highlight two decisions: first is the… creation of a new Gavi Support for Ebola programme, which includes creation of a global stockpile of WHO-prequalified Ebola vaccines,” Gavi CEO Seth Berkley announced in a press conference following the Board meeting in Delhi, India on Thursday. “The second is the continuation of funding for the world’s first malaria vaccine, and this is funding for vaccine pilots that are taking place in Malawi, Ghana, and Kenya, vaccinating about 360,000 children per year,” he added. A healthcare worker gives a child a dose of the malaria vaccine, RTS,S. The moves represent new strategic directions for the international private-public partnership, which until recently had focused mostly on strengthening routine vaccination systems in low- and lower-middle-income countries. While the organization currently manages the global Yellow Fever vaccine stockpile for outbreak response, and supports vaccines for eight other diseases, Berkley noted that this is the first time the Board has supported creation of a stockpile for a brand-new vaccine for a disease such as Ebola, which will come with its own set of challenges. As of now, only one Ebola vaccine, Ervebo, which is produced by Merck & Co. and received regulatory approval by the European Medicines Agency just last month, followed by WHO prequalification approval , is eligible to be included in the global stockpile. But the stockpile, which will aim to hold at least 500,000 doses, may be expanded as new Ebola vaccines hit the market, Berkley said. There there are currently 7 other candidate vaccines for the Zaire strain of Ebola, the most common strain of the virus, Berkley noted. A second Ebola vaccine candidate, developed by Johnson & Johnson, recently began clinical trials in the Democratic Republic of Congo, which has been wracked by an Ebola outbreak that lasted for more than a year, killing over 2000 people. A second Board decision voted to continue Gavi’s support for landmark pilots of the world’s first malaria vaccine, RTS,S in Malawi, Kenya, and Ghana that began this year, aiming to assess the feasibility for rolling out the vaccine on a national scale in other African countries with a moderate- to high-malaria burden. The vaccine requires four separate doses, which can be difficult to deliver to populations with low access to health care. From 2021 to 2023, Gavi will allocate US $11.6 million towards funding these pilots, which represents approximately 50% of the total funding needs. The remaining 50% will be funded by the Global Fund for AIDS, Tuberculosis, and Malaria, and Unitaid. The two major decisions were made at the last meeting of the Gavi Board before the private-public partnership holds its next replenishment conference in London on June 4, 2020, hosted by the United Kingdom. The organization hopes to raise US $7.41 billion to fund its next cycle of activities from 2021-2023. Gavi’s Two-Part Ebola Support Program According to Berkley, Gavi’s new Ebola Support Program will be composed of two main components; managing a global stockpile of vaccine for future outbreaks, and looking into potential preventative use of the Ebola vaccine. Countries that are eligible for Gavi vaccine donations, will be able to access the stockpile free of charge and will also receive support for operational costs. Non-Gavi-eligible countries can still access the stockpile but will need to eventually pay Gavi back for the vaccines and cover their own operational costs. A health care worker preparing a dose of Ebola vaccine The organization will also be looking into ways the Ebola vaccine can be used outside of outbreak settings. There have been 29 outbreaks of Ebola virus on record since the virus was first identified, although only the West African 2014-2016 outbreak and the ongoing outbreak in the DRC have surpassed 400 cases. Thus, it is unclear whether huge outbreaks would be the norm in the future, and Gavi must be prepared to take an “active learning agenda” in establishing its new Ebola support program, especially with an eye towards learning how best to carry out preventative vaccination, says Berkley. Up until now, the candidate Ebola vaccines have only been used during the two recent big outbreaks, Berkley noted. The Merck vaccine, and now the Johnson&Johnson candidate, have been deployed under “compassionate-use” protocols, which allow new health products that have demonstrated safety and efficacy but may not have finished full regulatory processes, to be used in emergency settings. “The obvious countries [to consider for preventative vaccination] are those that have indigenous transmission of Ebola… We could also consider countries that have transmission of Ebola through travelers. We suspect it will include workers in hospitals, in front-line clinics, lab workers,” said Berkley. Front-line health workers bore the brunt of the brutal outbreak in West Africa from 2014-2016, where its estimated that health care workers had more than 21 times the risk of contracting Ebola than the average person. Berkley said that preliminary modelling done by Gavi suggests that preventative vaccination in 10% of the healthcare workforce, targeting those working in areas likely to see outbreaks, might help protect those most at risk in a future outbreak, although more work needs to be done to clearly outline a preventative vaccination strategy. Image Credits: WHO/M. Nieuwenhof, Twitter: @WHO. World Malaria Report 2019: Pregnant Women & Children Hit The Hardest As Global Progress Stalls 04/12/2019 Grace Ren Global progress against malaria continued to plateau in 2018 for the third year in a row, and the disease hit young children and pregnant women in Sub-Saharan Africa the hardest, according to the World Malaria Report 2019 released by the World Health Organization on Wednesday. Despite stalled progress at the global level, however, four new countries have successfully eliminated the disease in 2018 and 2019. “We’re seeing encouraging signs, but the burden of suffering and death caused by malaria is unacceptable, because it is largely preventable. The lack of improvement in the number of cases and deaths from malaria is deeply troubling,” said WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus in a press release. “Pregnant women and children are the most vulnerable to malaria, and we cannot make progress without focusing on these two groups.” A village malaria worker is testing a young child for malaria in Battambang Province, Cambodia. In 2018, WHO estimates that there were 228 million cases of malaria globally, causing 405 000 deaths, as compared to 231 million cases and 435 000 deaths in 2017. A dramatic reduction in malaria incidence and mortality was seen through 2010 to 2015, but global progress against the disease has stalled since then. The report underlines that malaria continues to strike particularly hard at pregnant women and children in Sub-Saharan Africa,, with an estimated 11 million pregnant women infected in 38 countries with moderate-to-high malaria transmission in that region alone in 2018. Malaria infection in pregnancy can cause a variety of complications, including malaria-related anemia, low birth weight, and even maternal death. An estimated 24 million children in the region were infected last year with the deadliest strain of malaria – P. falciparum – with at least half experiencing moderate anemia and 1.8 million experiencing severe anemia. Malaria-related severe anemia is still a major contributor to child mortality in Sub-Saharan Africa. Funding for malaria control and elimination 2010-2018, by source of funds (constant 2018 US$) The plateau in progress may in part be caused by the shortfall in malaria funding – the report estimates that funding towards malaria control and prevention fell to US$2.7 billion last year with governments of malaria-endemic countries contributing an estimated 30% of the pool, falling far short of the US$5 billion needed to fully fund WHO’s Global technical strategy for malaria 2016 – 2030. On the flip side, a handful of low-burden countries have seen progress. In 2018, WHO certified that endemic malaria was successfully eliminated Paraguay and Uzbekistan. Algeria and Argentina were recognized for eliminating endemic malaria in early 2019, and China, El Salvador, Iran, Malaysia, and Timor-Leste reported zero indigenous cases. Progress to achieve a global milestone to certify at least 10 countries for the elimination of malaria by 2020 is also on track. Large reductions in malaria were also seen in WHO’s Southeast Asian region, said Dr Abdisalan Noor, lead author of the report and team leader of the Surveillance Unit in WHO’s Global Malaria Programme, in a press conference. Significant reductions in India, which had 2.6 million fewer malaria cases than the previous year, accounted for a large share of the success. Progress has also been made in the Greater Mekong sub-region – an important strategic area as resistance to antimalarial medications has historically been traced back to the region. Protecting Pregnant Women and Young Children Coverage of pregnant women and children by malaria treatment and prevention interventions has increased in Africa, but these two groups continue to be the hardest hit by malaria. “We have brought back the focus to the key populations at risk that suffer and carry the brunt of malaria; pregnant women and young children in Africa. And by highlighting this space, we also signal that they must become our number one priority in the fight against malaria,” said Dr Pedro Alonso, director of WHO’s Global Malaria Programme. The WHO report estimates that in 2018, 67% of all malaria-related deaths occurred in children under 5, and malaria continues to be a leading cause of infection-related maternal mortality in Sub-Saharan Africa. “Now, [another] one of the consequences of malaria in pregnancy is children that are born with low birth weight, less than 2500 grams at birth,” Dr Noor clarified. Low birth weight is not only an immediate problem for the growth of the child, but is also “a significant predictor of early infant death,” he added. The WHO report estimates that of the 11 million cases of malaria in pregnancy in Sub-Saharan Africa in 2018, 872,000 children were born with low birth weight. This is despite the fact that the number of pregnant women and children sleeping under insecticide-treated bed nets and receiving preventative medicine for malaria has increased in recent years. An estimated 61% of pregnant women and children in sub-Saharan Africa slept under an insecticide-treated net in 2018 compared to 26% in 2010. Among pregnant women in the region, coverage of the recommended 3 or more doses of intermittent preventative malaria treatment, delivered during antenatal care visits, increased from an estimated 22% in 2017 to 31% in 2018. Some 72% of eligible children received seasonal malaria prevention medication in 2018. A new WHO-recommended strategy to prevent malaria in infants – intermittent preventative treatment for infants (IPTi) – recommends delivering anti-malarials to very young children through the immunization programme, and is being piloted in Sierra Leone. “IPTi offers a tremendous opportunity to keep small children alive and healthy,” said Dr Alonso. “WHO welcomes Unitaid’s new drive, announced today, to accelerate the adoption and scale-up of IPTi in other malaria-endemic countries in sub-Saharan Africa.” Some “Elimination by 2020” Targets May Be in Sight Despite little progress being made on the global scale, certain regions and countries are inching closer to eliminating malaria, defined as completely stopping endemic transmission within national or territorial borders. Globally, a total of 38 countries and territories have been certified malaria-free by WHO, with Paraguay, Uzbekistan, Algeria, and Argentina just added to that list between 2018 to 2019. WHO grants the malaria-free certification when a country proves, beyond a reasonable doubt, that the chain of indigenous transmission of malaria has been interrupted for at least 3 consecutive years. At least 10 countries that are part of WHO’s “E-2020 initiative” are on track to reach the 2020 elimination milestone of the global strategy. P. Falciparum cases in the Greater Mekong Subregion, 2010- 2018 The six countries of the Greater Mekong sub-region – Cambodia, China, Laos, Myanmar, Thailand, and Vietnam – have made significant progress. Across the subregion, there was an impressive 76% reduction in malaria cases and a 95% drop in deaths between 2010 and 2018. This includes a steep decline in cases of P. falciparum malaria, a primary target in view of the ongoing threat of antimalarial drug resistance. Some 11 African countries and India account for approximately 70% of the world’s malaria burden – Burkina Faso, Cameroon, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Ghana, India, Mali, Mozambique, Niger, Nigeria, Uganda and the United Republic of Tanzania. The WHO and Roll Back Malaria Partnership launched a “high burden high impact” (HBHI) approach in these countries in 2018. By November 2019, the HBHI approach had been initiated in nine high burden countries in Africa. Image Credits: WHO/ V. Sokhin, WHO/World Malaria Report 2019. Global Temperatures Already 1.1°C Above Pre-Industrial Levels; Last Ten Years Appear To Be Hottest On Record, Says WMO 03/12/2019 Editorial team Madrid – Exceptional global heat waves, retreating ice sheets and record sea levels – all driven by rising concentrations of atmospheric greenhouse gases – are the hallmark of the past decade as 2019 draws to a close, said the World Metereological Organization (WMO) on Tuesday. The global average temperature in 2019 (January to October) was about 1.1°C above pre-industrial levels. Average temperatures for the past ten years (2010-2019) are “almost certain” to be the highest on record, WMO Secretary-General Petteri Taalas said in a press conference here on the second day of the UN Climate Conference (COP25). And 2019 is on course to be the second or third warmest year ever on record. His remarks were based upon a WMO provisional statement on the State of the Global Climate, released simultaneously. Sea level rise has accelerated since the start of satellite measurements in 1993, because of the melting of ice sheets in Greenland and Antarctica, according to the report. The ocean, which acts as a buffer by absorbing heat and carbon dioxide, is paying a heavy price. Ocean heat is at record levels and there have been widespread marine heatwaves. Sea water is 26 percent more acidic than at the start of the industrial era. Vital marine ecosystems are being degraded, the WMO report finds. The daily Arctic sea-ice extent minimum in September 2019 was the second lowest in the satellite record and October has seen further record low extents. In Antarctica, 2019 saw record low ice extents in some months. All of these trends are directly linked to record levels of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere, which hit levels of 407.8 parts per million in 2018 and continued to rise in 2019. CO2 persists in the atmosphere for centuries, and for even longer in ocean waters, thus perpetuating temperature rise. “If we do not take urgent climate action now, then we are heading for a temperature increase of more than 3°C by the end of the century, with ever more harmful impacts on human well-being,” said Taalas, in a press release that accompanied the report. “We are nowhere near on track to meet the Paris Agreement target.” Record Carbon Dioxide Levels Causing More Floods, Heatwaves & Wildfires “On a day-to-day basis, the impacts of climate change play out through extreme and “abnormal” weather. And, once again in 2019, weather and climate related risks hit hard. Heatwaves and floods which used to be “once in a century” events are becoming more regular occurrences. Countries ranging from the Bahamas to Japan to Mozambique suffered the effect of devastating tropical cyclones. Wildfires swept through the Arctic and Australia,” Taalas added. “One of the main impacts of climate change is more erratic rainfall patterns. This poses a threat to crop yields and, combined with population increase, will mean considerable food security challenges for vulnerable countries in the future,” he said. The report gives extensive attention to the impacts of warming trends on human health, food security, migration, ecosystems and marine life, based on inputs from the World Health Organization, Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO), International Organization for Migration (IOM), and other United Nations partners. Extreme heat conditions are taking an increasing toll on human health and health systems with greater impacts where there are aging populations, urbanization, urban heat island effects, and health inequities. In 2018, a record 220 million more heatwave exposures by vulnerable persons over the age of 65 occurred, compared with the average for the baseline of 1986-2005. Climate variability and extreme weather events are among the key drivers of the recent rise in global hunger and one of the leading causes of severe crises, according to the WMO report. After a decade of steady decline, hunger is on the rise – with over 820 million people suffering from hunger in 2018. Among 33 countries affected by food crises in 2018, climate variability and weather extremes are the leading driver in 12 of the 26 countries at risk, and a compounding factor together with economic shocks and conflict in the other countries. More than 10 million new internal displacements were recorded between January and June 2019, 7 million being triggered by events such as Cyclone Idai in southeast Africa, Cyclone Fani in south Asia, Hurricane Dorian in the Caribbean, flooding in Iran, the Philippines and Ethiopia, generating acute humanitarian and protection needs. Detailed excerpts of impacts on health, food security and displacement are provided below, along with details of key climate and weather indicators of the broader trends. Impacts on Health, Agriculture & Migration In terms of inputs from other UN agencies, the WHO reports that in 2019, record-setting high temperatures from Australia, India, Japan, and Europe led to significant heat-related deaths and illness. In Japan, a major heat wave event affected the country in late July to early August 2019 resulting in over 100 deaths and 18,000 hospitalizations. Two heatwaves hit much of Europe in the summer of 2019, affecting southwestern to central Europe in June, followed by an even more powerful episode in late July, which affected much of central and western Europe. In the Netherlands, the heatwave was associated with 2 964 deaths, nearly 400 more deaths than during an average summer week. Changes in climatic conditions since 1950 are also making it easier for the Aedes mosquito species to transmit dengue virus. The global incidence of dengue has grown dramatically in recent decades, and about half of the world population is now at risk of infection. In 2019, the world experienced a large increase in dengue cases, compared with the same time period in 2018. In terms of agriculture, FAO reports that the start of the seasonal rains was delayed in Southern Africa, and there were extensive dry periods. As a result, regional cereal output is forecast to be about 8% below the five-year average with 12.5 million people in the region expected to experience severe food insecurity up until March 2020, an increase of more than 10% from the previous year. Food security has also been deteriorating in several areas of Ethiopia, Somalia, Kenya and Uganda due to a poor rainy season. Overall, about 12.3 million people are food insecure in the Horn of Africa region. Between October and November 2019, Somalia was further affected by intense flooding. In Afghanistan, some 13.5 million people are food insecure following severe flooding in March 2019, the worst such episode in a decade, This follows a period of severe drought in 2018 from which 22 out of 34 provinces are still recovering. More than 10 million new weather and climate-related internal displacements were recorded between January and June 2019, the IOM reports, Of those, 7 million people were displaced by disasters such as Cyclone Idai in Southeast Africa, Cyclone Fani in South Asia, Hurricane Dorian in the Caribbean, as well as by flooding in Iran, the Philippines and Ethiopia. Overall, floods were the most commonly cited natural hazard contributing to displacement, followed by storms and droughts. Asia and the Pacific remains the world’s most disaster displacement-prone region due to both sudden and slow-onset disasters. The number of new displacements associated with weather extremes could more than triple to around 22 million by the end of 2019, the IOM predicts. Ice Loss, Ocean Temperatures & Acidification The report provides detailed data on temperatures both at land as well as at sea. It notes that global mean temperature for the period January to October 2019 was 1.1 ± 0.1 °C above pre-industrial conditions (1850-1900). 2019 is expected to be the second or third warmest year on record. 2016, which began with an exceptionally strong El Niño, remains the warmest year. Since the 1980s, each successive decade has been warmer than the last. In terms of the world’s major land masses, most land areas were warmer than the recent average, including South America, Europe, Africa, Asia and Oceania, and the Arctic, with the U.S. state of Alaska was registering exceptionally warm temperatures in 2019. However, a large area of North America has been colder than the recent average. In October 2019, the global mean sea level reached its highest value since the beginning of the high-precision records in the 1990s. More than 90% of the excess energy accumulating in the climate system as a result of increased concentrations of greenhouse gases goes into the ocean. In the decade 2009-2018, the ocean absorbed around 22% of the annual emissions of CO2, which helps to attenuate climate change. But ocean temperatures also are rising. In 2019, ocean heat content continued at record or near-record levels, with the average for the year so far exceeding the previous record highs set in 2018. In 2019, the ocean has until now, on average, experienced around 1.5 months of unusually warm temperatures. More of the ocean had a marine heatwave classified as “Strong” (38%) than “Moderate” (28%). In the north-east Pacific, large areas reached a marine heatwave category of “Severe”. A corresponding, continued long term decline of Arctic sea ice was confirmed in September 2019, where the monthly average extent of ice (usually the lowest of the year) was the third lowest on record. Until 2016, Antarctic sea ice extent had shown a small long-term increase. In late 2016 this was interrupted by a sudden drop in extent to extreme values. Since then, Antarctic sea-ice extent has remained at relatively low levels. Total ice Mass Balance (TMB) for the Greenland Ice Sheet gives a net ice loss for September 2018 to August 2019 of 329 Gigatonnes (Gt). Increasing CO2 concentrations also affect the chemistry of the ocean, accelerating acidification. Ocean observations have shown a decrease in the average global surface ocean pH at a rate of 0.017–0.027 pH units per decade since the late 1980s, as reported previously by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. That is equivalent to an increase in acidity of 26% since the beginning of the industrial revolution. High impact events – Floods, Droughts, Heatwaves & Wildfires The 12-month rainfall averaged over the contiguous United States for the period for July 2018 to June 2019 (962 mm) was the highest on record. The onset and withdrawal of the Indian Monsoon were delayed, causing a large precipitation deficit in June but an excess of precipitation in the following months. Very wet conditions affected parts of South America in January. There was major flooding in northern Argentina, Uruguay and southern Brazil, with losses in Argentina and Uruguay estimated at US$2.5 billion. The Islamic Republic of Iran was badly affected by flooding in late March and early April. Major flooding affected many hitherto drought-affected parts of east Africa in October and early November. At the same time, drought affected many parts of southeast Asia and the southwest Pacific in 2019, associated in many cases with the strong positive phase of the Indian Ocean Dipole. Exceptionally dry conditions prevailed from mid-year onwards in Indonesia and neighbouring countries, as well as parts of the Mekong basin further north. Long-term drought conditions which had affected many parts of inland eastern Australia in 2017 and 2018 expanded and intensified in 2019. Averaged over Australia as a whole, January-October was the driest since 1902. Dry conditions affected many parts of Central America. It was substantially drier than normal in Honduras, Guatemala, Nicaragua and El Salvador, until heavy rains in October. Central Chile also had an exceptionally dry year, with rainfall for the year to 20 November at Santiago only 82 mm, less than 25% of the long-term average. Heatwaves Two major heatwaves occurred in Europe in late June and late July. according to the report. In France, a national record of 46.0°C (1.9°C above the previous record) was set on 28 June. National records were also set in Germany (42.6°C), the Netherlands (40.7°C), Belgium (41.8°C), Luxembourg (40.8°C) and the United Kingdom (38.7°C), with the heat also extending into the Nordic countries, where Helsinki had its highest temperature on record (33.2°C on 28 July). Australia had an exceptionally hot summer. The mean summer temperature was the highest on record by almost 1°C, and January was Australia’s hottest month on record. The heat was most notable for its persistence but there were also significant individual extremes, including 46.6°C at Adelaide on 24 January, the city’s highest temperature on record In terms of forest fires, several high-latitude regions saw above-average activity, including Siberia (Russian Federation) and Alaska (US). There were wildfires in some parts of the Arctic – previously extremely rare events. In South-East Asia, a severe drought in Indonesia and neighbouring countries led to the most significant fire season since 2015. The number of reported fires in Brazil’s Amazonia region was only slightly above the 10-year average, but total fire activity in South America was the highest since 2010, with Bolivia and Venezuela among the countries with particularly active fire years. Tropical cyclones Tropical cyclone activity globally in 2019 was slightly above average. The Northern Hemisphere, to date, has had 66 tropical cyclones, compared with the average at this time of year of 56, although accumulated cyclone energy (ACE) was only 2% above average. The 2018-19 Southern Hemisphere season was also above average, with 27 cyclones. Tropical Cyclone Idai made landfall in Mozambique on 15 March as one of the strongest known on the east coast of Africa, resulting in many casualties and widespread devastation. Idai contributed to the complete destruction of close to 780 000 ha of crops in Malawi, Mozambique, and Zimbabwe, further undermining a precarious food security situation in the region. The cyclone also resulted in at least 50 905 displaced persons in Zimbabwe, 53 237 in southern Malawi and 77 019 in Mozambique. One of the year’s most intense tropical cyclones was Dorian, which made landfall with category 5 intensity in the Bahamas. The destruction was exacerbated as the cyclone was exceptionally slow-moving, remaining near-stationary for about 24 hours. Typhoon Hagibis made landfall west of Tokyo on 12 October, causing severe flooding. The final State of the Climate report, with complete 2019 data, will be published in March 2020. See video about the report here. This article was published as part of Covering Climate Now, a global journalistic collaboration to strengthen coverage of the climate story. Countries Exposed, But Lack Support To Address Climate-Related Health Risks Says WHO Report 03/12/2019 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Madrid, Spain – Countries lack capacity and even more important, the money, to incorporate health factors into their climate action strategies – even though increased disease and deaths are one of the most immediate outcomes of climate change. This is the key finding of a first-ever report by the World Health Organization that looks at how national health systems are responding to climate-related health threats that are affecting countries more frequently and with greater intensity, including food-borne and water-borne as well as vector-borne infectious diseases, as well as heat stress and extreme weather events. Female solar engineers in India bring solar power to communities. Clean energy generates a double benefit for climate and health in terms of less air pollution. The report, The WHO Health and Climate Change Survey Report – Tracking Global Progress – surveyed 101 countries, from high- to low-income economies across all regions of the world. The findings show that while nearly half of the countries surveyed had developed a national health and climate change strategy or plan, less than one-fifth reported a high level of plan implementation, and fewer than 10% of countries said that they had resources to fully implement their plans. “Countries are exposed to climate risks, they are vulnerable to health impacts and they are not receiving the support they need in order to protect people’s health,” said WHO’s Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum, speaking at a press conference here on Tuesday, the second day of the UN Climate Conference in Madrid (COP25). In addition to the direct impacts of climate change, Campbell-Lendrum noted that some 7 million people annually die from air pollution every year, “roughly the whole population of Madrid” and those deaths are “very closely linked to the climate crisis, as about two-thirds of the outdoor air pollution we experience is from fossil fuel combustion.” WHO has estimated that cutting carbon emissions to meet the climate goals of the 2015 Paris Climate Agreement could save about a million lives a year worldwide by 2050 through reductions in air pollution alone. And the economic benefits of the health gains would be more than twice that of the costs of carbon reductions, he said. “Climate change is not only racking up a bill for future generations to pay, it’s a price that people are paying for now with their health,” said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, Director-General of the World Health Organization, in a press release on the new report. “It is a moral imperative that countries have the resources they need to act against climate change and safeguard health now and in the future.” Among the countries that did conduct a climate and health assessment, the most common climate-sensitive health risks were identified by countries as heat stress, injury or death from extreme weather events, as well as food-, water- and vector-borne diseases (such as cholera, dengue or malaria). However, about 60% of countries responding reported that their assessment findings have had little or no influence on the allocation of human and financial resources needed to protect health from climate change. Biggest Barrier is Finance The biggest barrier, the survey found, was that countries have difficulties in accessing international climate finance for health-related climate plans and projects. Over 75% of the national health systems that responded to the survey, reported that they lacked information on climate finance opportunities. Over 60% said that health actors were disconnected from climate finance processes, and over 50% said that health systems lacked capacity to even prepare proposals. In terms of preventing future climate change, the report also notes that few countries have been able to take advantage of the synergies that exist between reducing carbon emission and reducing environmental contamination that harms health, particularly air pollution. Fewer than 25% of countries surveyed reporting having clear collaborations between health sectors and other key sectors driving climate change, such as transport, power generation and domestic heat and power production. Potential Health Gains of Climate Mitigation Rarely Counted Potential health gains that would result from cutting carbon emissions are rarely reflected in national climate commitments, with only one-fifth of Nationally Determined Commitments (NDCs) mentioning health in the context of emissions reductions and 1 in 10 NDCs specifically mentioning expected health gains. The so-called “Nationally Determined Commitments,” the voluntary targets to which countries commit, are in fact the backbone of the 2015 Paris Climate Agreement that aims to keep climate change below 2°C and 1.5°C, if at all possible. While two-thirds of countries’ NDCs mention health in general terms, and the health sector is among the five sectors most often described as vulnerable to climate change, when it comes to concrete action, health is just not factored into the equation, the WHO report concludes. “For the Paris Agreement to be effective to protect people’s health, all levels of government need to prioritize building health system resilience to climate change, and a growing number of national governments are clearly headed in that direction,” said Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of the Department of Environment, Climate Change and Health, in the press release. “By systematically including health in Nationally Determined Contributions – as well as National Adaptation Plans, climate finance pledges, and other National Communications to the UNFCCC [United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change] — the Paris Agreement could become the strongest international health agreement of the century.” Speaking at the press conference, Neira said that countries need to ensure that the health sector is included in climate change processes and that health ministries have the capacity and support to access the finance they need. “The fact that the health impact is already felt by the countries but the finance is not reaching them,” said Neira, speaking at the press conference. She added that the health sector was also calling on governments ” to be much more ambitious on tackling the causes of climate change because our health is at risk and our health is paying the price of not taking action on climate.” From left-right, Jessica Beagley (Lancet Commission Countdown); Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum & Maria Neira (WHO). Health Sector Involvement in Climate Response Collaboration on health and climate policy was greatest between the health sector and the water, sanitation and wastewater sector (45 out of 101 respondents), followed by agriculture (31 out of 101 respondents) and social services (26 out of 101 respondents). A quarter or less of countries reported having an agreement in place between the health sector and the transportation, electricity generation or household energy sectors. While only 8 our of 45 countries reported a high level of implementation of national health and climate change strategies or plans, countries were being more proactive on certain issues. Some 61% of countries were implementing stronger systems of early warning and response to cope with flooding, 43% for heatwaves and 32% for air quality. Although 48% of countries have assessed their public health risk to climate change 60% report that these findings have had little to no influence on the allocation of human and financial resources to meet their adaptation priorities for protecting health. Half of the countries surveyed have developed a national health and climate change strategy or plan. But less than 20% of countries reporting a high level of implementation. Along with financing, other common barriers included: human resource constraints and lack of capacity, lack of prioritization; lack of multisectoral collaboration and a lack of tools, information systems and evidence for decision-making. Only about 38% have national finances in place to even partially implement their national strategy of plan, and fewer than 10% have resources to implement it completely. In terms of accessing international climate finance, over 75% (35 of 46 respondents) reported a lack of information on opportunities, over 60% a lack of connection of health actors to the climate finance processes, and over 50% a lack of capacity to prepare proposals, the report found. Campbell-Lendrum noted that the efforts need to be made by both the climate and health sectors to close the gap. “The Green Climate Fund has identified health and well being as a focal area, they just haven’t funded any projects in that area yet. So we need to work from both sides to make sure that the countries have the technical back- up to prepare their plans and then we have to be met from the other side.” According to the UN Environment-hosted Climate and Clean Air Coalition, some countries have begun reporting on reductions of black carbon emissions – which are among the most health-harmful air pollutants – as part of their Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) to reducing climate change. Unlike carbon dioxide, which persists in the atmosphere for hundreds of ;years, black carbon particles that are heavily emitted by diesel generators and vehicles as well as by primitive wood and biomass stoves, only remain airborne for a few days or weeks, and therefore reducing emissions can lead to rapid reductions in concentrations in the atmosphere. Black carbon also comprises a significant portion of small particles, or PM2.5, regarded as one of the most health-harmful air pollutants. A 2018 report by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), underlined that reducing emissions of black carbon and other so-called short-lived climate pollutants, such as ozone and methane, could help slow down the pace of climate change, buying the world critical time to shift to cleaner energy technologies. However, many countries still lack the tools and awareness to clearly and quantitatively link their carbon reductions with reductions of black carbon and other air pollutants. Conversely, the so-called health co-benefits that may be derived from climate action are not typically factored into climate assessments and financing processes, which right now focus on quantifying carbon emission cuts, as such, without regard for savings in lives or related health costs. ________________________________________ This article was published as part of Covering Climate Now, a global journalistic collaboration to strengthen coverage of the climate story. Image Credits: DFID, WHO, E. Fletcher . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Reducing Air Pollution Yields Health Benefits Within Weeks – Swedish Activist Greta Thunberg Arrives At Madrid Climate Conference 06/12/2019 Grace Ren and Elaine Ruth Fletcher Madrid, Spain – Heart attacks, respiratory illnesses, and asthma attacks dropped significantly in places as diverse as the United States, China and Europe after new policies reducing air pollution were adopted, and health benefits were sometimes evident in as little as one week after the new policies took effect, according to a new study in the Annals of the American Thoracic Society. The study Health Benefits of Air Pollution Reduction, was released to coincide with the COP25 Climate Conference in Madrid, where teenage activist Greta Thunberg arrived in Madrid on Friday, to carry her message about climate change’s looming impacts on the next generation to the thousands of delegates gathered here. After crossing the Atlantic by a catamaran to Lisbon, Portugal, and then reaching the Spanish capital via an overnight train, Thunberg made a surprise appearance at the COP25 conference center, before joining a planned climate march in the capital this evening. Greta Thunberg appears in Madrid with 8 year-old Licypriya Kangujam, 2019 World Children Peace Prize Laureate, holding a sign calling on Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi to act more assertively to confront climate change. Speaking at a press conference at a Madrid cultural center on Friday afternoon, Thunberg blasted politicians for dragging their feet. “We are getting bigger and bigger, and our voices are being heard more and more, but of course that does not translate into political action,” Thunberg said. “I sincerely hope that world leaders, that the people in power, grasp the urgency of the climate crisis because right now it doesn’t seem like they are.” The release of the new study on air pollution’s health impacts was timed to coincide with the COP25 conference, said lead author Dean Schraufnagel of the University of Illinois-Chicago, Department of Medicine, in an interview with Health Policy Watch. He said that the study underlines the immediate gains politicians can obtain if they cut air pollution, which also reduces climate emissions. “Air pollution and global warming are tightly linked, with common causes and interactive molecules and temperature, as we outline in the .. paper,” Schraufnagel said. “Our message is that air pollution is an avoidable health risk and we can expect good health outcomes in short periods (during a legislator’s term in office) if we enforce pollution standards.” While thousands of studies have demonstrated the close relationship between increased air pollution levels and a diverse range of health impacts, including more premature deaths from a range of non-communicable diseases, this study retrospectively at what actually happened – once improved policies took effect. The review looked at peer reviewed studies worldwide to compare findings on if air pollution reductions also reduced illnesses, which ones, and to what extent. “Within a few weeks, respiratory and irritation symptoms, such as shortness of breath, cough, phlegm, and sore throat, disappear; school absenteeism, clinic visits, hospitalizations, premature births, cardiovascular illness and death, and all-cause mortality decrease significantly,” the study’s author’s conclude. Students protest at the climate march in Madrid “We knew there were benefits from pollution control, but the magnitude and relatively short time duration to accomplish them were impressive,” Schraufnagel also said in a press release. “Sweeping policies affecting a whole country can reduce all-cause mortality within weeks. Local programs, such as reducing traffic, have also promptly improved many health measures.” While benefits of air pollution reductions have been more widely studied in the United States and Europe, studies from Asia where air pollution levels were traditionally much higher, also revealed the same set of relationships, Schraufnagel said, adding that in fact “there strong evidence that the interventions have a greater [health] impact when the pollution burden is greater.” As an example of how dramatic the results can be, one study found that a nation-wide smoking ban enacted in Ireland in 2004 led to a 13 percent drop in all-cause mortality, a 26 percent reduction in ischemic heart disease, a 32 percent reduction in stroke, and a 38 percent reduction in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) – with reductions starting in week 1 of the ban. The benefits were seen most dramatically in non-smokers and young children. Outside of direct health benefits, the researchers also found that better air quality was associated with lower school absenteeism, and clean air policies have economic benefits. For example, the review cites one study that estimated the Clean Air Act of 1970 has saved United States US$ 2 trillion since it was first enacted. In another case, the 13-month closure of a steel mill in Utah was associated with a 40 percent drop in school absenteeism in the surround city. Although the review cites some studies from China and Nigeria, data is lacking for many rapidly developing countries, where air pollution is becoming a more visible health problem. Just last month, a “public health emergency” was declared in Delhi, India, shutting down schools and workplaces for several days, as levels of dangerous small PM10 and PM2.5 particles soared to record-breaking heights. “it is important for countries to do their own research of the health effects of stopping a point source of pollution… They could stimulate the public and research community,” Schraufnagel told Health Policy Watch. “For example, Indian studies could have a powerful effect on policy in India… The studies would also take into account variations within countries; for example, if Delhi’s pollution mainly resulted from burning trash rather than automobiles, it would be most fruitful to stop the trash burning rather than ban cars,” he said. The World Health Organization estimates that 7 million deaths annually are directly attributable to outdoor and ambient air pollution. Following the WHO air quality guidelines, the study authors say, could lead to “prompt and substantial health gains.” “Air pollution is an avoidable health risk,” said Schraufnager. He added that “good health outcomes” could be seen even within a politician’s term in office if pollution standards are enforced and WHO air quality guidelines are followed. This story was published as part of Covering Climate Now, a global collaboration of more than 250 news outlets to strengthen coverage of the climate story. Image Credits: E Fletcher/HP-Watch, @LicypriyaK, FIRS . Creative Approaches To Improving Medicines Access – Lessons From The Hepatitis C Experience 06/12/2019 Elaine Ruth Fletcher The issues around access to medicines at affordable prices has galvanized civil society, the pharmaceutical industry, the research community, and politicians this year in oft-contentious debate that shows no sign of abating. A day-long session hosted by the Global Health Centre of Geneva’s Graduate Institute, and cosponsored by the Swiss Institute of Intellectual Property and the Federal Office of Public Health, sought to unwrap some of the thorny questions around the access issue by examining in detail the story around one important recent breakthrough in treatment for Hepatitis C (HCV). The discovery of sofosbuvir transformed the course of HCV treatment forever by offering a breakthrough cure for what had been a chronic and often deadly disease, affecting affects some 71 million people worldwide in high- and low-income countries alike. Cartoonist Caro van Leeuwen’s depiction of the complex set of issues raised at the GHC event on Creative Approaches to Improving Access to Medicines Globally. First approved for use in the United States in 2013, sofosbuvir was the first in a class of direct-acting anti-viral treatments that offered a 95% cure rate for an insidious disease; it rapidly caught the interest of health systems worldwide. The race to expand access to a drug that was initially priced at over US$ 80,000 in the United States by Gilead Pharmaceuticals was hectic and often unpredictable. Access to the patented drug known as Sovaldi® was expanded by Gilead to a wide range of countries through a series of voluntary licensing arrangements with manufacturers that reduced its price significantly. However, the drug remained unaffordable for many health systems and individuals. Egypt’s courts rejected the patent on sofosbuvir – paving the way for massive local production of a WHO-recommended generic combination, sofosbuvir/daclatasvir, which reduced prices ten- and then 100-fold in domestic markets. In 2017 Malaysia authorized importation of the Sofosbuvir/Daclatasvir generic, making use of TRIPS flexibilities in World Trade Organization rules regarding the rights of low- and middle-income countries to issue so-called “compulsory licenses” (called “government rights license in Malaysia) for importation or production by local pharma companies. Healthcare worker examines liver of hepatitis C patient in Thailand. Chronic liver disease is one of the main outcomes of HCV infections, which the new direct-acting antiviral drugs can cure. Moves in Egypt, South-East Asia and Latin America to produce and use generic drug versions have been strongly supported by civil society, including Drugs For Neglected Diseases Initiative (DNDi). DNDi has gone on to support development of yet another combination drug therapy of sofosbuvir/ravidasvir. Now in Phase II and III clinical trials, approval of yet another new HCV therapy should open the door to even greater expansion of treatment access. Elsewhere, affluent countries such as Australia negotiated procurement of drugs for a lump sum with no cap on the number of people treated – the so-called ‘Netflix’ model. And even countries, such as Switzerland, faced twin challenges in ramping up awareness and education about a disease for which few people had previously sought treatment, which naturally led to higher drug costs as well. The Geneva workshop convened experts and practitioners from industry, civil society and governments – including many who were on the frontlines of the Hepatitis C story – to take stock of the diverse approaches that have been used to improve access to the vital drug and see what lessons could be applied to the broader medicines access issue. Said Suerie Moon, co-director of the Global Health Centre, and a co-host of the event, “Necessity is the mother of invention, we have seen all sorts of companies, PDPs, and others try all sorts of different approaches was because the need was very urgent.” She noted that the key to success in the Hepatitis C story, as well, was innovation – “not just in terms of developing new medical technologies, but in figuring out how to solve these problems”. From this and other examples, she added, health policymakers might learn more about creative ways to “shift innovation models, tug and push and pull, to make them better serve the needs of society.” At the same time, however, the Hepatitis C story is also somewhat unique. The widespread prevalence of the disease not only in low income regions but also in high income countries such as Europe and Japan, means that the drug represented a profitable market for manufacturers of all kinds – unlike neglected diseases with a much smaller target groups of people mostly living in poor countries. HCV is also a disease where solutions can rely not only on drug treatment but also on greater public awareness and preventive behaviours, noted Vinh-Kim Nguyen, co-director of the Global Health Centre. “The medical community shares some of the responsibility for this epidemic because in the past it was driven by unsafe vaccination practices and needles used for intravenous purposes. So physicians have a special responsibility to respond.” (left-right)Nora Kronig Romero, Swiss Global Health Ambassador; WHO ADG Mariângela Simão; IFPMA DG Thomas Cueni; Pharco CEO Shirene Helmy; Fifa Rahman UNITAID board; Suerie Moon, Co-director, Global Health Centre, IHEID. Disruptive in the ‘Best and Worst’ Sense For industry, the HCV cure was disruptive “at its best and at its worst” observed Thomas Cueni, head of the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations. “Seven out of ten 10 Hep C patients developed liver disease and then we suddenly had a cure – that’s the kind of positive disruption patients and society waits for. But on the worst side, countries were not ready, it caused huge rifts in national budgets. And personally I believe that Gilead didn’t get enough credit,” he contended. Anticipating the surge of demand that would come from lower income countries, the company was aggressive in ensuring that they had “access programmes ready, the tech transfer programmes, the voluntary licensing deals, really trying to make sure that they could replicate what they had done in the HIV/AIDS field.” “But the shock was really in the developed countries and I think we learned from that in a number of areas,” he said. “I think that Gilead learned the hard way that trying to do the right thing in developing countries doesn’t absolve you…But on the other hand, the industry in many, many countries is now sitting down with Ministries of Health for talks about horizon scanning, talks about how can we prevent the next shock and how can we better plan in terms of budget impact?” “That is something that we haven’t quite coped with yet, but I think it would be interesting to talk about does this call for new models to finance this kind of disruptive innovation.” Is It the Innovation Model or the Finance Model that Needs Fixing? Cueni contended that the current model for drug innovation “works extremely well – although it has of course has some challenges.” The deeper challenge, he said is that “Innovation needs to be affordable and sustainable in terms of budget.” “Hep C is an example of the innovation model, in terms of bringing up transformative innovation, working very well. Rather than try to reinvent the wheel, we need to admit that this competitive innovation model works very well, and let’s focus on the research need where the model doesn’t work very well,” he said, noting that neglected research agendas for antibiotics, malaria and other neglected diseases are now being tackled by public private partnerships, such as Drugs for Neglected Diseases Initiative, Medicines for Malaria Venture and others. “We need to be careful that one side does not fit all. There were concerns that Hep C would break the bank, but because of competitive price pressures, the prices fell greatly.” “Switzerland spends about 2% of its healthcare budget on cancer drugs, and that is double that of 20 years ago. But 2% doesn’t break the bank… and 50% of cancers are also preventable so I regret that we haven’t got a cancer prevention plan,” he added, referring to rising concerns about the high prices of medicines for cancer and rare diseases. “Companies are increasingly sensitive about access to medicines in high and low- income countries. And there is increased willingness among industry to talk about differential pricing [for high, middle and low-income countries.]. We need to do more from our side…. but also governments, likewise need to do their part.” “Innovation systems as it stands (except neglected tropical disease and antibiotics) are delivering a stream of innovative medicines which results in us occasionally struggling to afford them, but overall, the system in terms of innovation works extremely well.” “We do need new antibiotics to fight AMR [antimicrobial resistance]. Thanks to push incentives – such as GARDP [Global Antibiotic Research & Development Partnership] in Geneva and CARB-X … we have a number of potentially truly novel antibiotics, but there is no one who picks them up through clinical development and brings them to markets,” Cueni added, noting that for that final stage of the process, industry skills are desperately needed. At the other side of the price spectrum, Cueni also noted that the access issues to low-cost drugs, many of which are no longer under patent, have to be addressed along with the issues posed by high-priced drugs. He observed that rich countries are increasingly outsourcing their drug procurement and thus have become very reliant on just a few suppliers in Asia or elsewhere for many critical drugs. That, in turn, is contributing to bottlenecks and serious shortages in critical supplies, as domestic manufacturers can no longer depend upon reliable, long-term purchase arrangements from national hospitals and health systems. That point was echoed by, Felix Addor, Deputy Director General, Swiss Federal Institute of Intellectual Property, who noted that, “Even a country like Switzerland has faced severe shortages for vaccines and antibiotics. In fact, in 2017, 81 essential medicines were not available, the majority of which are off-patent.” In many low- and middle-income countries, meanwhile, inexpensive drugs for hypertension and other chronic diseases are often unavailable – decades after their patents expired – reflecting the multi-faceted dimensions of the access issue, noted WHO’s Assistant Director-General Mariangelo Simão. Cartoonist depiction of the complex set of issues raced at the GHC event on Creative Approaches to Improving Access to Medicines Globally Finding The Balance; Access Issue By Issue Nora Kronig Romero, ambassador for Public Health, in the Swiss Federal Office of Public Health, echoed Cueni’s view that it is not the innovation system, per se, that is broken. “It’s good to leave the things that work, working, without having to change or draw lessons from it.” Access needs to be examined issue by issue, she said, in order to make incremental, but effective, adjustments that achieve “balance”. “When we look at access to medicines, it has 3 pillars – price, access to people, and sustainable financing – we have to discuss when we have imbalance between these 3 pillars – either the price is too high, or the access to people is not a given. How do we most effectively and sustainably use the limited resources we have? “There are also huge challenges with shortages. How are we going to act if we don’t get the right vaccine at the right time? And countries need to work together. The importance of international cooperation must be emphasized. Switzerland is a small country. When we talk about differential pricing, Switzerland doesn’t want to pay the same price as Egypt, but still how do we ever achieve the numbers that we want [in terms of purchase power]?” James Class, Innovation Policy Lead at Gilead Sciences, added, “There is a need to balance today’s cures with tomorrow’s cures. Having an innovation ecosystem will essentially spur market competition. A drug like sofosbuvir has resulted in permanent cost-savings for governments. There is value in it since it not only improves patients’ lives, but also results in long term savings for health systems. As many as 100 countries have voluntary licenses on [the patented version of Gilead’s] sofosbuvir. In 2018, more than 485,000 patients were treated, more than 250,000 in India alone. “Instead of trying to look at the fundamental architecture, let’s get into the system and find out where are the skewed incentives, and take them out and fix them. That, I think, it going to do a lot more for society.” (left-right) IP, James N. Class Value and Innovation Policy Lead at Gilead Sciences (replacing Rekha Ramesh); Victor Roy, Research Fellow, UCL; Bernard Pécoul Executive Director, DNDi; Lucas von Wattenwyl, Senior Advisor, Swiss Federal Insititute of IP. 25% of HCV infections In Countries Not Covered by Voluntary Licenses Still, despite the massive issuance by industry of voluntary licenses for production of the patented HCV drug formulation, some 25% of people infected with Hepatitis C treatments live in middle income countries that were not covered by such arrangements, noted Bernard Pécoul, Executive Director, Drugs for Neglected Diseases initiative. This has led to DNDi’s intervention to support clinical trials of yet another generic drug formulation of sofosbuvir/ravidasvir, developed with Egyptian manufacturer Pharco, in collaboration with Pharmaniaga in Malaysia and Chemo in Latin America. The sofosbuvir /ravidasvir combination has shown a 97% cure rate, comparable to the patented drug formulations, and DNDi hopes to register it in 2020. Due to the success of such global, publicly-supported R&D partnerships, complemented by an acceleration of local production in countries such as Egypt, the price of generic HCV cures has dropped by nearly 100% in Egypt, said Sherine Helmy, CEO, Pharco Pharmaceuticals. The new DNDi supported combination will hopefully come on the market in Malaysia at about $US 300 for a 12 week treatment. “Differential pricing is not a solution,” said Pécoul. “The pricing is defined by the company. Rather, reaching affordable prices also depends on the IP status of the drug, as well as government leadership in local R&D and manufacturing.” Pécoul said that he sees “open source innovation,” involving broad-based collaborations with industry and researchers such as those fostered by DNDi, as the wave of the future – “We are trying to promote as much as possible open source innovation, and we have some space to move and trying to work with companies, the future will be in this direction if we want to stimulate innovation at the early phase of discovery, there is this trend today and it is an important one.” Are Innovation Rewards Funding More Innovation – or Business Acquisitions? However, Victor Roy a research fellow at the UCL Institute for Innovation and Public Purpose contended that the Hep C story also illustrates more fundamental failings in the current system of innovation incentives. The system as it is designed today, he noted, makes use of public funding to generate new products, but then prioritizes corporate acquisitions and rewards to shareholders above expanded access to products or even investments in the next round of drug discoveries. “There is a misconception that the public sector funds only basic science,” he said. “But public investment essentially accelerated the momentum for the discovery of the (Hepatitis C) drug.” Public institutions act like venture capitalists “playing midwife” to biotech labs that are working on promising drug candidates – only to be acquired later by big pharmaceutical companies for huge sum of money. This “acquisition model of drug development” has driven up costs with large companies scouting out small biotech firms with promising innovations, which they believe can be marketed profitably to health systems. He cited examples of Gilead purchase of Pharmasset, the original innovators of an all-oral HCV regimen for $11 billion, among others. “It is a myth to some extent, that that a single firm develops a drug. It is more like a relay race with a number of financial intermediaries acting with a pricing horizon over the future,” said Roy. And once a drug has been successfully launched, not only the costs of the R&D as such, but of the company acquisitions, are reflected in the price tag. And finally, the monies earned from a blockbuster drug sales are often channeled into more expensive corporate acquisitions, or distribution to shareholders, before they are re-invested into the internal R&D innovation structure – “and that is how we arrive at high price points,” said Roy. “So there need to be alternative pathways to drug development which look at “how do we make ‘access’ an ex-ante design feature of evolving innovation models?” he asked. “My wish on innovation is to have political momentum to test alternative pathways to the shareholder model, particularly on antimicrobial resistance…we need more public investment, private sector would be there, to test to how we do drug development in a more affordable way.” One of those pathways should be “delinkage” of innovation incentives from patent monopolies with publicly supported funds that can also reward new discoveries, said Fifa Rahman, a Malaysian NGO delegate to the board of UNITAID. From the NGO perspective, she said, “The innovation system is not working – The price that was offered to Malaysia was US$ 36,000 for a a cure and average Malaysian household income is US$ 1,300 a month. That’s an unfair price. Gilead made US$ 19.2 billion in the second year of marketing [Solvadi]; it recouped its R&D costs in 4.5 days. And yet today many people still don’t have access to HCV drugs.” “We see these same problems with drugs such as delamanid (to treat drug resistant TB) not coming to the final stage because it is not profitable to bring this to the world. So what are we going to do? Are we going to turn to the DNDis of the world every time poor people need a drug? We need to think about delinkage – about a prize fund.” A cartoonist depiction of issues raised at the GHC event. Transparency of Prices in the Equation – How Hep C changed Everything While many of the problems in the current system have been attributed to the lack of transparency of costs in the R&D pipeline as well as a lack of transparency around pricing, Kronig noted that the transparency debate is multi-dimensional, involving R&D costs, clinical trials, prices and patents – “completely different areas, completely different ways in tackling the issues, completely different international frameworks.” “So let’s design the policies where you have the regulatory space, to find the right balance of quality of care, access to patients and health financing.” Still, the high cost of Hepatitis C drugs undeniably changed the nature of the discussion said, Mariângela Simão, WHO Assistant Director-General, and head of its medicines access activities. “It was disruptive globally because it came at such a high price,” she said, noting that at the time the breakthroughs occurred, she was a Brazilian representative on medicines access issues serving on a number of international boards. Before the Hepatitis C breakthrough, low and middle-income countries were already concerned about drug prices, “afterwards, you had rich countries concerned as well.” Ultimately, the HCV story was one of the factors that led to approval of the milestone transparency resolution in the World Health Assembly last May, said Simão. And the impacts are continuing with the recent vote in the French Parliament to require public disclosure of public funds used for R&D in new drug registrations. In terms of expanding access to costly treatments, she predicted that dilemmas similar to those experienced with Hepatitis C cure, will loom in coming years as more costly biotherapeutics, as well as cell and gene therapies come on the market to treat cancer, rare diseases and genetic diseases. And at the request of South Africa and other countries, the issue of access to high priced medicines, including drugs for orphan diseases, will be on the agenda of the WHO Executive Board in 2021, after being deferred this year. Added Pécoul, the government’s role is to exert a balancing influence on industry price demands, and the recent French Parliamentary resolution on price transparency is a reflection of growing political will to do that. “If we don’t know the cost of the investments, if we don’t know the part of public investment versus private investment, all of these elements have to be taken into consideration for defining the price of a final product. The issue of transparency is fundamental…it’s time to stop, to have some rebalance, some indicator of monitoring, and I think the French government is moving in this direction.” International cooperation is another avenue, emphasizes Kronig. “I am sure that there is on the part of government, quite a bit of potential in working between countries, exchanging best practices and ensuring how we can cooperate.” However, price is not the sole determinant of access, she adds. For instance, in the case of Hepatitis C, there remain challenges of preventing disease through better hygiene and investments in patient safety, on the one hand, as well as overcoming disease stigmatization to reach marginalized groups, on the other. “In terms of balance, it’s how do you get the right balance between the different pillars. How do we make sure we have innovation, we have access to the patients, and we have sustainable financing for the health system, is the balance we want to get. Finding the balance is the challenge, but we shouldn’t put one interest in front of the other. “ IP Is Neutral – Its How You Use It That Counts As for the role of IP in the system, Pécoul stressed that, “My concern with IP is more abuse of IP, I think there is a lot of abuse of IP. That is why it is so important that the government retains some control, some balance and some flexibility, imagine the TRIPS, to avoid this abuse of IP. When I think about abuse of IP, it is when there is a slight modification of a product that will bring another 12 years of IP protection.” “[In DNDi] We are trying to promote as much as possible open source innovation, and we have some space to move and we are trying to work with companies, and I think the future will be in this direction if we want to stimulate innovation, particularly at the early phase of discovery. There is this trend that is there today, and it is an important one. Said Class, “It is critical to preserve the intellectual property system. Intellectual property is providing certainty for a certain time… Instead of trying to look at the fundamental architecture, get into the system and look at the skewed incentives and do something about those.” But as the system exists today, add Roy, “The incentive is about more chronic treatments, it’s not about having breakthroughs. The science may be there, but I am not sure the finance is there. I am not sure Wall Street was so happy about the Hep C cure.” Concluded Addor, “Ultimately IP is a neutral tool, that can be tremendously important to the advancement of science. The issue is more about how policymakers use it.” “IP has really made a lot of innovations happen, because you have to reveal your innovation in the patent application, it also provides everybody with a cooking recipe to do then later on a repetition with the protected innovation, that they can imitate.” “And the bad side is that it gives a market monopoly, exclusivity on the market for some time, and in that way is anti-competitive. But I do hope that IP continues to play an important role. Because I think we tend to forget that you have to make your innovation public.” “And I hope we are not going in the direction of where you have undisclosed information, where we are forced to reinvent the wheel because I did not find the cooking recipe for the wheel that is already on the market. So having said this, I hope that IP is going to continue to flourish, having said that it doesn’t mean that we shouldn’t use our creativity to not just keep the system working as it is, but maybe enlarging the cake, and looking at creative, complementary alternatives, working as well, maybe less well or even better. “Nobody can simply work alone, we live in a globalized world, so we have to act together. Only if we recognize that we are mutually dependent then we can come together with solutions… I’m a mountaineer, I did climb and still do climb a lot and I once met a woman who was the first woman to climb mount Everest. I asked her what made you summit mount Everest, she said, ‘it’s these little steps – they add up.’” _______________________________________________________ Brief Summaries of the Country Experiences Introducing Hepatitis C drugs are excerpted below: (left-right) Philip Bruggmann, Chair, Swiss Hepatitis, University of Zurich; Noor Hisham Abdullah, Director General of Health, Ministry of Health, Malaysia; Heba Wanis Researcher, Third World Network; Gregory Dore;, Professor, Kirby Institute, University of New South Wales, Sydney; Martina Schwab, Co-head, Global Health Section, Swiss Federal Office of Public Health. Australia’s universal access strategy: the “Netflix model” – Gregory Dore, Professor, Kirby Institute, University of New South Wales, Sydney The Australian government negotiated a five-year (2016-2021) contract for purchase of the patented Hepatitis C drug formulation, with no cap on the number of people treated. There is an AUD 200-250 million cap on total annual expenditure for Hepatitis C treatment. While the full details of the Australian arrangement remain secret, the lump sum arrangement of USD 766 million was disclosed along with details of numbers of people treated. Previously published studies estimate that treatment costs were reduced to one-tenth of the $US 72,000 treatment cost in the United States, at the time the contract was signed. The lump-sum remuneration arrangement, dubbed the “Netflix model” was viewed as a way to expand the reach of treatment by making it more affordable to the public health system, and in the process reach marginalized populations who otherwise might not have received care, Dore said. “Civil society was very strong in their message – “access to medicines for all or none”, said Dore, noting that a broad range of stakeholders were involved as Australia worked to make HCV drugs available, including civil society, clinicians, patients and the industry. During the negotiations, the government was of the view that the final deal should ensure that more patients would be treated at a lower price. For the industry the choice was about generating revenues of AUD $ 3 billion over five years or AUD $ 1 billion over five years. Making a couple of hundred million dollars per year, as a result of this negotiation is not a small consideration. From the perspective of the government it was important to get clarity on the impact on the annual health budget. For that, getting epidemiological data that informed policy making was key. There was a need to build programs to address harm reduction such as in high risk groups including in prisons, among those living with HIV, among others. The target population is diverse and the solutions needed to be diverse as well, said Dore. Dore noted that “There was push back from the specialists, who were against the involvement of non-specialist primary care physicians, in administering the new treatment, but “it is important to develop models of care that reach people. One cannot expect high detection by assuming that patients will show up in tertiary health facilities.” Egypt Ramps Up of Local Production – Heba Wanis, Researcher, Third World Network The story of Egypt’s fight against Hepatitis C, includes a strong government and a political will to making drugs accessible. Egypt’s domestic approach included combining the efforts of the government and private sector to secure access to HCV treatment. The Plan of Action for the Prevention, Care and Treatment of Viral Hepatitis was developed and launched in October 2014 in addition to a national treatment programme. Negotiations resulted in providing new HCV treatment at USD 300 per box per month in 2014. In addition, high standards of patentability and rigorous internal examination, also resulted in the rejection of a patent for sofosbuvir. Egyptian Patent Office rejected the application on grounds of lack of novelty and inventiveness. As a consequence, the effect on generic competition in Egypt has resulted in the registration of 40 generics, Gilead’s Sovaldi is priced at USD 839, generics cost USD 51 – 150 per box. The absence of patent protection led to domestic production of low-cost generic DAAs, supported by fast-track registration. More than 2 million have been successfully treated on the back of comprehensive national testing and treatment, using nationwide treatment facilities. The Journey of Government Use Licenses on Hepatitis C: The Experience of Malaysia – Noor Hisham Abdullah, Director General of Health, Ministry of Health, Malaysia “The ‘Netflix model’ is too expensive for a country like Malaysia. One size does not fit all. It is important to continue to innovate to meet public health goals,” says Abdullah. Malaysia’s government made use of World Trade Organization’s TRIPS Article 31 as well as the Malaysian Patents Act 1983 that authorizes it to issue a compulsory licensing in order to provide access to essential medicines for public, non-commercial purposes. It did so after several negotiations between May 2016-2017 with patent holders of registered treatments had failed to reach an agreement. When the compulsory license was issued, intense pressures were applied to the Malaysian government by the Pharmaceutical Researchers and Manufacturers of America (PhRMA), and other US pharma groups, calling for Malaysia to be placed on the US Trade Representative’s Priority Foreign Countries watch list in its “Special 301 Report”. Even so, says Abdullah, “If we had not exercised a compulsory license, we would not have subsequently received voluntary licenses to access the drugs. There is a need to balance the pressures that a government faces, with the need for treatment by patients.” Switzerland – Adjusting to Disruption in a High-Income Country – Philip Bruggmann, Chair, Swiss Hepatitis C Association, University of Zurich “Switzerland was unprepared for the arrival of the golden pill,” said Bruggman. “Ertswhile standard medication against Hepatitis C – Interferon – was self-limiting due to lots of side effects and contraindications. When HCV direct-acting antivirals entered the market, it was very safe, very potent and very easy to apply. Suddenly, the potential HCV population that could profit from a treatment increased massively. It was expected that there would be a sharp rise in treatment uptake and a consequent explosion in health expenditure as a result of the high prices of drugs.” The laws governing the pricing procedure are designed for conventional drug development steps in Switzerland. Health authorities were unprepared both on price negotiation and having the epidemiological or clinical knowledge. Using a dedicated patient organization, initiating roundtables of medical experts, using health officials and having clear media communication and deploying awareness campaigns have helped. A “Buyers Club” offering access to treatment for those affected by the limitations and putting pressure on pharmaceutical industry to lower prices have also worked. Theoretically all patients have unrestricted access to medication since the direct-acting antivirals are covered by the compulsory health insurance. “But this does not mean that all get treated,” said Bruggman. “There are still gaps in detection and linkage to care that are relevant barriers in the access to medicines. ________________________________________________________________ Priti Patnaik contributed to reporting and writing of this story, including summaries of the country case study experiences. Image Credits: Suriyan Tanasri/DNDi, Graduate Institute of Geneva, Global Health Centre. Measles Deaths Rose To 140,000 In 2018; DRC Cases Account For One-Third Of 2019 Infections 05/12/2019 Grace Ren Measles deaths are on the rise for the second year in a row, killing more than 140,000 people worldwide in 2018 according to estimates released Thursday by the World Health Organization and the United States Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Also on Thursday, a massive measles vaccination campaign was announced in North Kivu, the Democratic Republic of the Congo – the country where a full one-third of the world’s reported measles cases have so far occurred in 2019. “Our finding is that in 2018, there has been an increase in both the cases and the deaths that have occurred from measles. In other words, we’re backsliding,” said WHO’s Director of Immunization, Vaccines and Biologicals Kate O’Brien. Total deaths in 2018 were 26,000 more than in 2017, where an estimated 124,000 people died, and 55 percent more than the 89,780 deaths reported in 2016. The number of measles cases also increased by more than 2 million between 2017 to 2018, with 9,769,400 estimated cases in 2018 as compared with 7,585,900 estimated cases in 2017, according to the WHO and CDC estimates. As in previous years, most deaths were among children under the age of 5, and the most highly impacted region was Sub-Saharan Africa. A health worker vaccinates a child against measles in the DRC. One of the worst afflicted countries, the DRC, has been concurrently battling a massive measles outbreak and deadly Ebola outbreak for over a year. It’s estimated that over 5000 people, mostly children have died in the current measles outbreak, more than double the number killed by Ebola over the past year. The DRC appears to account for about one-third of this year’s measles case load, WHO said, although the national data upon which that estimate has been made has yet to be validated. DRC, together with Liberia, Madagascar, Somalia, and Ukraine, accounted for almost half of all measles cases worldwide in 2018. Children in these countries persistently miss out on measles vaccination. “The fact that any child dies from a vaccine-preventable disease like measles is frankly an outrage and a collective failure to protect the world’s most vulnerable children,” said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreysus, Director-General of the World Health Organization in a press release. “To save lives, we must ensure everyone can benefit from vaccines – which means investing in immunization and quality health care as a right for all.” While low-income countries bear the brunt of the global burden of measles, it has also resurged in some wealthy countries, including some that had previously eliminated the disease. This year, the United States reported its highest number of cases in 25 years, while four countries in Europe – Albania, Czechia, Greece and the United Kingdom – lost their measles elimination status in 2018 following protracted outbreaks of the disease. Measles is a highly contagious virus, and outbreaks can occur when coverage of the vaccine is too low, leaving a proportion of the community unprotected. Some 95% of the population receive at least two doses of the measles vaccine in order to prevent outbreaks from occurring, according to WHO recommendations. In countries that have lost measles-elimination status, misinformation spread about the safety and efficacy of vaccines has contributed greatly to vaccine hesitancy, leading parents to forgo vaccinating their children. Global measles vaccination rates have stagnated for almost a decade. WHO and UNICEF estimate that 86% of children globally received the first dose of measles vaccine through their country’s routine vaccination services in 2018, and fewer than 70% received the second recommended dose. In 2019, as of mid-November, there have already been over 413,000 cases reported to the WHO globally, with an additional 250,000 cases in DRC reported through the national surveillance system. Together, this marks a three-fold increase compared with this same time period in 2018. 2.2 Million Children To Be Vaccinated Against Measles In North Kivu While the Ebola outbreak has captured international attention, the DRC is also currently experiencing the world’s largest and most severe measles epidemic, with an estimated 250,000 suspected cases and over 5000 deaths so far. Low rates of vaccination and high rates of malnutrition have contributed to the measles epidemic, and the high rate of mortality in the outbreak. “While the Ebola outbreak in the DRC has won the world’s attention and progress is being made in saving lives, we must not forget the other urgent health needs the country faces,” said WHO Regional Director for Africa Matshidiso Moeti in a press release by WHO’s African Regional Office. Launch of the vaccination campaign in North Kivu As part of a second phase of a country-wide preventative vaccination campaign, this specific surge aims to vaccinate an additional 2.2 million children in North Kivu province, a particularly challenging context, as it is the center of the Ebola outbreak and has been plagued with insecurity. Just last week, four Ebola responders were killed in a directed attack in Biakato Mines and Mangina. “In the context of North Kivu, where the population is highly mobile, it is imperative that we reach out to travelers and ensure that their children are also covered,” said Deo Nshimirimana, WHO acting representative in the DRC. The five-day campaign is being implemented by the Ministry of Health with the support of WHO and partners and is fully funded by Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance. North Kivu is the last province in the second phase of the country-wide preventative vaccination campaign, and will be followed by a third and final phase planned in 10 remaining provinces: Bas Uélé, Equateur, Haut Katanga, Haut Lomami, Haut Uélé, Kasai Oriental, Lualaba, Maniema, Mongala and Tshuapa. The campaign ultimately plans to reach 18.9 million children, with a particular focus on children who may have been missed by routine immunization. “Sadly, measles has claimed more Congolese lives this year than Ebola. We must do better at protecting the most vulnerable, who are often also the hardest to reach. This campaign is an important step in that direction,” said Thabani Maphosa, managing director of Country Programmes for Gavi. “For maximum impact, campaigns must be combined with the strengthening of routine immunization and health systems.” To date, US$ 27.5 million have been mobilized for the measles response; however, another estimated US$ 4.8 million are needed to complete the vaccination campaign and to strengthen other elements of response such as disease surveillance, case-management and communication. Image Credits: WHO/Kisimir Jonh Shim, WHO AFRO. Cancer Organizations Across Latin America Vow To Intensify Action Against Expected “Tsunami” Of New Cancer Deaths 05/12/2019 Editorial team For the first time ever, leading cancer organizations across Latin America have signed onto a joint declaration pledging to intensify action against millions of avoidable cancer deaths on the continent. The Bogota Statement on Leading BOLD Cancer Prevention into the Future was signed by leaders of cancer organizations and foundations from 8 Latin American countries, Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, El Salvador, Mexico, and Peru at a meeting in Bogota, Colombia, which ended Wednesday. The December 3-4 meeting was hosted by Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer and the US-based American Cancer Society, which pledged to support the Latin America initiative. “Meeting in Bogotá provided us with a great opportunity to discuss common challenges in addressing cancer risk factors and inequities that mean marginalized people suffer most,” said Sally Cowal, senior vice president of Global Cancer Control, American Cancer Society. “We agreed we have a significant opportunity to share our knowledge and experiences, and provide a strong voice for the growing evidence base in Latin America…We acknowledge we are stronger together and this meeting has provided new impetus for progressing work to prevent future cancer deaths.” Cancer is already the second-leading cause of death in Latin America. But if current trends continue, there could be a 91 percent increase in cancer incidence across the region between 2012 and 2035, to 1.8 million new cancer cases every year, and cancer deaths will double to around 1 million deaths annually, according to a 2018 study published in the International Journal of Cancer. Colombia’s Minister of Health and Social Protection, Dr. Juan Pablo Uribe Restrepo, and Vice Minister of Health and Social Protection, Dr. Iván Darío González, both expressed their support for the initiative at the meeting of some 20 leaders of cancer foundations, advocacy groups, and research centers from around the continent. Colombia’s Minister of Health and Social Protection, Dr. Juan Pablo Uribe Restrepo, speaking at the meeting. “We are working to improve the health of the population…We are strongly committed to reducing smoking and are working to reduce the number of tobacco users, especially among youth and students…Together with institutions like the Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer, we continue to fight against human papillomavirus,” said Minister Restrepo, noting that only 32% of eligible Colombians have so far received the vaccine that helps prevent cervical cancer. “Our goal is to reach 100 percent coverage,” he said. Cancer experts present at the conference called the projections for cancer’s rising disease and death toll a predicted “tsunami” that constitutes a “public health emergency which is exacerbating social, economic and health inequities.” To combat the growing threat of cancer, Cowal said that the Bogota Statement focuses on adopting a set of “best buys for cancer prevention.” Dr. Carlos Castro, medical and scientific director at the Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer, further clarified, “We must join forces to increase tobacco taxes as the most effective way to reduce tobacco consumption, regulate e-cigarettes, and increase vaccination against human papillomavirus, which causes cervical cancer. Those are our principal commitments against cancer included in the Bogotá Declaration.” It’s estimated that more than 30 percent of all cancer deaths are preventable. Tobacco is associated with more than 14 different cancers and causes more than 20 percent of cancer deaths, globally. Obesity and unhealthy diet is associated with 14 different cancers and alcohol with seven different cancers. Other risk factors associated with the most prevalent cancers across the region include inconsistency of vaccination programs and treatment of cervical, stomach and liver cancer infections. In signing the declaration, the cancer leaders, agreed to intensify their activities across a number of key, shared priorities, including the following: Support measures to increase tobacco taxes as the main tool to reduce tobacco consumption and prevent initiation in young people. Urge countries that have not yet signed or ratified the World Health Organization Framework Convention on Tobacco Control to be a party to this global treaty, the first international public health treaty which provides the guidelines for tobacco control worldwide Monitor and report corporate interference (especially from the tobacco, alcohol and ultra-processed foods industries) in public policy decision-making. Advocate for the regulation of electronic nicotine delivery systems (SEAN) and new devices. Actively participate in the elimination of cervical cancer through national human papillomavirus vaccination programs and strengthened early detection programs that use DNA-HPV testing. Support research and the eradication of Helicobacter Pylori infection to prevent gastric cancer. Promote the development of cancer prevention and early detection activities related to the main cancers in the region. Contribute to the dissemination of academic research that helps build cancer prevention policies. Act in conjunction with existing networks in the region to document and share successful experiences, lessons learned and communication strategies to achieve strong and sustainable progress. Underlying all the commitments made in the Bogota Declaration was the theme of shared learning. Gloria Inés Forero, president of the Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer, said that collaboration between the organizations, based on “experiences and lessons learned,” is the key to “countering the imminent advance of cancer in the region.” Signatories to the Bogota Statement.(Left-right back) Sebastian Jimenez, CEPREME, Ecuador; Luiz Augusto Maltoni Jr., presidente, Fundação do Câncer, Brasil; Dr. Jorge Jiménez de la Jara, presidente, Fundación Foro Nacional de Cáncer, Chile; Dr. Bill Cance, chief medical & scientific officer, American Cancer Society, USA; Diego Paonesa, chief executive officer, Liga Argentina de Lucha Contra el Cáncer, Argentina; Adolfo Dammert Ludowieg, presidente, La Liga contra el Cancer, Peru; Dr. Carlos José Castro, medical and scientific director, Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer(left-right front) Blanca Llorente, directora, Fundación Anáas, Colombia; Dr. Lisseth Ruíz de Campos, presidente, ASAPRECAN, El Salvador; Sally Cowal, senior vice president, Global Cancer Control, American Cancer Society, USA; Gloría Inés Forero de Ruíz, presidenta, Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer, Colombia; Diana Rivera, directora, Fundación Ellen Riegner de Casas, Colombia; Dr. Guadalupe Ponciano, Asociación Mexicana de Lucha contra el Cáncer, Mexico Gavi, The Vaccine Alliance Approves New Ebola Vaccine Stockpile Of 500,000 Doses 05/12/2019 Grace Ren Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance approved on Thursday an investment of US$178 million over the next five years to establish a global stockpile of 500,000 doses of Ebola vaccines that have been “pre-qualified” by the World Health Organization – WHO’s quality seal of approval that also makes vaccines and drugs eligible for preferential terms of purchase and use in countries. An additional US$11.6 million was allocated by the Gavi Board to fund three ongoing pilots for the world’s first malaria vaccine in Kenya, Ghana, and Malawi, to assess the feasibility of rolling out the vaccine more widely in Africa as part of national vaccine programmes. “Let me highlight two decisions: first is the… creation of a new Gavi Support for Ebola programme, which includes creation of a global stockpile of WHO-prequalified Ebola vaccines,” Gavi CEO Seth Berkley announced in a press conference following the Board meeting in Delhi, India on Thursday. “The second is the continuation of funding for the world’s first malaria vaccine, and this is funding for vaccine pilots that are taking place in Malawi, Ghana, and Kenya, vaccinating about 360,000 children per year,” he added. A healthcare worker gives a child a dose of the malaria vaccine, RTS,S. The moves represent new strategic directions for the international private-public partnership, which until recently had focused mostly on strengthening routine vaccination systems in low- and lower-middle-income countries. While the organization currently manages the global Yellow Fever vaccine stockpile for outbreak response, and supports vaccines for eight other diseases, Berkley noted that this is the first time the Board has supported creation of a stockpile for a brand-new vaccine for a disease such as Ebola, which will come with its own set of challenges. As of now, only one Ebola vaccine, Ervebo, which is produced by Merck & Co. and received regulatory approval by the European Medicines Agency just last month, followed by WHO prequalification approval , is eligible to be included in the global stockpile. But the stockpile, which will aim to hold at least 500,000 doses, may be expanded as new Ebola vaccines hit the market, Berkley said. There there are currently 7 other candidate vaccines for the Zaire strain of Ebola, the most common strain of the virus, Berkley noted. A second Ebola vaccine candidate, developed by Johnson & Johnson, recently began clinical trials in the Democratic Republic of Congo, which has been wracked by an Ebola outbreak that lasted for more than a year, killing over 2000 people. A second Board decision voted to continue Gavi’s support for landmark pilots of the world’s first malaria vaccine, RTS,S in Malawi, Kenya, and Ghana that began this year, aiming to assess the feasibility for rolling out the vaccine on a national scale in other African countries with a moderate- to high-malaria burden. The vaccine requires four separate doses, which can be difficult to deliver to populations with low access to health care. From 2021 to 2023, Gavi will allocate US $11.6 million towards funding these pilots, which represents approximately 50% of the total funding needs. The remaining 50% will be funded by the Global Fund for AIDS, Tuberculosis, and Malaria, and Unitaid. The two major decisions were made at the last meeting of the Gavi Board before the private-public partnership holds its next replenishment conference in London on June 4, 2020, hosted by the United Kingdom. The organization hopes to raise US $7.41 billion to fund its next cycle of activities from 2021-2023. Gavi’s Two-Part Ebola Support Program According to Berkley, Gavi’s new Ebola Support Program will be composed of two main components; managing a global stockpile of vaccine for future outbreaks, and looking into potential preventative use of the Ebola vaccine. Countries that are eligible for Gavi vaccine donations, will be able to access the stockpile free of charge and will also receive support for operational costs. Non-Gavi-eligible countries can still access the stockpile but will need to eventually pay Gavi back for the vaccines and cover their own operational costs. A health care worker preparing a dose of Ebola vaccine The organization will also be looking into ways the Ebola vaccine can be used outside of outbreak settings. There have been 29 outbreaks of Ebola virus on record since the virus was first identified, although only the West African 2014-2016 outbreak and the ongoing outbreak in the DRC have surpassed 400 cases. Thus, it is unclear whether huge outbreaks would be the norm in the future, and Gavi must be prepared to take an “active learning agenda” in establishing its new Ebola support program, especially with an eye towards learning how best to carry out preventative vaccination, says Berkley. Up until now, the candidate Ebola vaccines have only been used during the two recent big outbreaks, Berkley noted. The Merck vaccine, and now the Johnson&Johnson candidate, have been deployed under “compassionate-use” protocols, which allow new health products that have demonstrated safety and efficacy but may not have finished full regulatory processes, to be used in emergency settings. “The obvious countries [to consider for preventative vaccination] are those that have indigenous transmission of Ebola… We could also consider countries that have transmission of Ebola through travelers. We suspect it will include workers in hospitals, in front-line clinics, lab workers,” said Berkley. Front-line health workers bore the brunt of the brutal outbreak in West Africa from 2014-2016, where its estimated that health care workers had more than 21 times the risk of contracting Ebola than the average person. Berkley said that preliminary modelling done by Gavi suggests that preventative vaccination in 10% of the healthcare workforce, targeting those working in areas likely to see outbreaks, might help protect those most at risk in a future outbreak, although more work needs to be done to clearly outline a preventative vaccination strategy. Image Credits: WHO/M. Nieuwenhof, Twitter: @WHO. World Malaria Report 2019: Pregnant Women & Children Hit The Hardest As Global Progress Stalls 04/12/2019 Grace Ren Global progress against malaria continued to plateau in 2018 for the third year in a row, and the disease hit young children and pregnant women in Sub-Saharan Africa the hardest, according to the World Malaria Report 2019 released by the World Health Organization on Wednesday. Despite stalled progress at the global level, however, four new countries have successfully eliminated the disease in 2018 and 2019. “We’re seeing encouraging signs, but the burden of suffering and death caused by malaria is unacceptable, because it is largely preventable. The lack of improvement in the number of cases and deaths from malaria is deeply troubling,” said WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus in a press release. “Pregnant women and children are the most vulnerable to malaria, and we cannot make progress without focusing on these two groups.” A village malaria worker is testing a young child for malaria in Battambang Province, Cambodia. In 2018, WHO estimates that there were 228 million cases of malaria globally, causing 405 000 deaths, as compared to 231 million cases and 435 000 deaths in 2017. A dramatic reduction in malaria incidence and mortality was seen through 2010 to 2015, but global progress against the disease has stalled since then. The report underlines that malaria continues to strike particularly hard at pregnant women and children in Sub-Saharan Africa,, with an estimated 11 million pregnant women infected in 38 countries with moderate-to-high malaria transmission in that region alone in 2018. Malaria infection in pregnancy can cause a variety of complications, including malaria-related anemia, low birth weight, and even maternal death. An estimated 24 million children in the region were infected last year with the deadliest strain of malaria – P. falciparum – with at least half experiencing moderate anemia and 1.8 million experiencing severe anemia. Malaria-related severe anemia is still a major contributor to child mortality in Sub-Saharan Africa. Funding for malaria control and elimination 2010-2018, by source of funds (constant 2018 US$) The plateau in progress may in part be caused by the shortfall in malaria funding – the report estimates that funding towards malaria control and prevention fell to US$2.7 billion last year with governments of malaria-endemic countries contributing an estimated 30% of the pool, falling far short of the US$5 billion needed to fully fund WHO’s Global technical strategy for malaria 2016 – 2030. On the flip side, a handful of low-burden countries have seen progress. In 2018, WHO certified that endemic malaria was successfully eliminated Paraguay and Uzbekistan. Algeria and Argentina were recognized for eliminating endemic malaria in early 2019, and China, El Salvador, Iran, Malaysia, and Timor-Leste reported zero indigenous cases. Progress to achieve a global milestone to certify at least 10 countries for the elimination of malaria by 2020 is also on track. Large reductions in malaria were also seen in WHO’s Southeast Asian region, said Dr Abdisalan Noor, lead author of the report and team leader of the Surveillance Unit in WHO’s Global Malaria Programme, in a press conference. Significant reductions in India, which had 2.6 million fewer malaria cases than the previous year, accounted for a large share of the success. Progress has also been made in the Greater Mekong sub-region – an important strategic area as resistance to antimalarial medications has historically been traced back to the region. Protecting Pregnant Women and Young Children Coverage of pregnant women and children by malaria treatment and prevention interventions has increased in Africa, but these two groups continue to be the hardest hit by malaria. “We have brought back the focus to the key populations at risk that suffer and carry the brunt of malaria; pregnant women and young children in Africa. And by highlighting this space, we also signal that they must become our number one priority in the fight against malaria,” said Dr Pedro Alonso, director of WHO’s Global Malaria Programme. The WHO report estimates that in 2018, 67% of all malaria-related deaths occurred in children under 5, and malaria continues to be a leading cause of infection-related maternal mortality in Sub-Saharan Africa. “Now, [another] one of the consequences of malaria in pregnancy is children that are born with low birth weight, less than 2500 grams at birth,” Dr Noor clarified. Low birth weight is not only an immediate problem for the growth of the child, but is also “a significant predictor of early infant death,” he added. The WHO report estimates that of the 11 million cases of malaria in pregnancy in Sub-Saharan Africa in 2018, 872,000 children were born with low birth weight. This is despite the fact that the number of pregnant women and children sleeping under insecticide-treated bed nets and receiving preventative medicine for malaria has increased in recent years. An estimated 61% of pregnant women and children in sub-Saharan Africa slept under an insecticide-treated net in 2018 compared to 26% in 2010. Among pregnant women in the region, coverage of the recommended 3 or more doses of intermittent preventative malaria treatment, delivered during antenatal care visits, increased from an estimated 22% in 2017 to 31% in 2018. Some 72% of eligible children received seasonal malaria prevention medication in 2018. A new WHO-recommended strategy to prevent malaria in infants – intermittent preventative treatment for infants (IPTi) – recommends delivering anti-malarials to very young children through the immunization programme, and is being piloted in Sierra Leone. “IPTi offers a tremendous opportunity to keep small children alive and healthy,” said Dr Alonso. “WHO welcomes Unitaid’s new drive, announced today, to accelerate the adoption and scale-up of IPTi in other malaria-endemic countries in sub-Saharan Africa.” Some “Elimination by 2020” Targets May Be in Sight Despite little progress being made on the global scale, certain regions and countries are inching closer to eliminating malaria, defined as completely stopping endemic transmission within national or territorial borders. Globally, a total of 38 countries and territories have been certified malaria-free by WHO, with Paraguay, Uzbekistan, Algeria, and Argentina just added to that list between 2018 to 2019. WHO grants the malaria-free certification when a country proves, beyond a reasonable doubt, that the chain of indigenous transmission of malaria has been interrupted for at least 3 consecutive years. At least 10 countries that are part of WHO’s “E-2020 initiative” are on track to reach the 2020 elimination milestone of the global strategy. P. Falciparum cases in the Greater Mekong Subregion, 2010- 2018 The six countries of the Greater Mekong sub-region – Cambodia, China, Laos, Myanmar, Thailand, and Vietnam – have made significant progress. Across the subregion, there was an impressive 76% reduction in malaria cases and a 95% drop in deaths between 2010 and 2018. This includes a steep decline in cases of P. falciparum malaria, a primary target in view of the ongoing threat of antimalarial drug resistance. Some 11 African countries and India account for approximately 70% of the world’s malaria burden – Burkina Faso, Cameroon, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Ghana, India, Mali, Mozambique, Niger, Nigeria, Uganda and the United Republic of Tanzania. The WHO and Roll Back Malaria Partnership launched a “high burden high impact” (HBHI) approach in these countries in 2018. By November 2019, the HBHI approach had been initiated in nine high burden countries in Africa. Image Credits: WHO/ V. Sokhin, WHO/World Malaria Report 2019. Global Temperatures Already 1.1°C Above Pre-Industrial Levels; Last Ten Years Appear To Be Hottest On Record, Says WMO 03/12/2019 Editorial team Madrid – Exceptional global heat waves, retreating ice sheets and record sea levels – all driven by rising concentrations of atmospheric greenhouse gases – are the hallmark of the past decade as 2019 draws to a close, said the World Metereological Organization (WMO) on Tuesday. The global average temperature in 2019 (January to October) was about 1.1°C above pre-industrial levels. Average temperatures for the past ten years (2010-2019) are “almost certain” to be the highest on record, WMO Secretary-General Petteri Taalas said in a press conference here on the second day of the UN Climate Conference (COP25). And 2019 is on course to be the second or third warmest year ever on record. His remarks were based upon a WMO provisional statement on the State of the Global Climate, released simultaneously. Sea level rise has accelerated since the start of satellite measurements in 1993, because of the melting of ice sheets in Greenland and Antarctica, according to the report. The ocean, which acts as a buffer by absorbing heat and carbon dioxide, is paying a heavy price. Ocean heat is at record levels and there have been widespread marine heatwaves. Sea water is 26 percent more acidic than at the start of the industrial era. Vital marine ecosystems are being degraded, the WMO report finds. The daily Arctic sea-ice extent minimum in September 2019 was the second lowest in the satellite record and October has seen further record low extents. In Antarctica, 2019 saw record low ice extents in some months. All of these trends are directly linked to record levels of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere, which hit levels of 407.8 parts per million in 2018 and continued to rise in 2019. CO2 persists in the atmosphere for centuries, and for even longer in ocean waters, thus perpetuating temperature rise. “If we do not take urgent climate action now, then we are heading for a temperature increase of more than 3°C by the end of the century, with ever more harmful impacts on human well-being,” said Taalas, in a press release that accompanied the report. “We are nowhere near on track to meet the Paris Agreement target.” Record Carbon Dioxide Levels Causing More Floods, Heatwaves & Wildfires “On a day-to-day basis, the impacts of climate change play out through extreme and “abnormal” weather. And, once again in 2019, weather and climate related risks hit hard. Heatwaves and floods which used to be “once in a century” events are becoming more regular occurrences. Countries ranging from the Bahamas to Japan to Mozambique suffered the effect of devastating tropical cyclones. Wildfires swept through the Arctic and Australia,” Taalas added. “One of the main impacts of climate change is more erratic rainfall patterns. This poses a threat to crop yields and, combined with population increase, will mean considerable food security challenges for vulnerable countries in the future,” he said. The report gives extensive attention to the impacts of warming trends on human health, food security, migration, ecosystems and marine life, based on inputs from the World Health Organization, Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO), International Organization for Migration (IOM), and other United Nations partners. Extreme heat conditions are taking an increasing toll on human health and health systems with greater impacts where there are aging populations, urbanization, urban heat island effects, and health inequities. In 2018, a record 220 million more heatwave exposures by vulnerable persons over the age of 65 occurred, compared with the average for the baseline of 1986-2005. Climate variability and extreme weather events are among the key drivers of the recent rise in global hunger and one of the leading causes of severe crises, according to the WMO report. After a decade of steady decline, hunger is on the rise – with over 820 million people suffering from hunger in 2018. Among 33 countries affected by food crises in 2018, climate variability and weather extremes are the leading driver in 12 of the 26 countries at risk, and a compounding factor together with economic shocks and conflict in the other countries. More than 10 million new internal displacements were recorded between January and June 2019, 7 million being triggered by events such as Cyclone Idai in southeast Africa, Cyclone Fani in south Asia, Hurricane Dorian in the Caribbean, flooding in Iran, the Philippines and Ethiopia, generating acute humanitarian and protection needs. Detailed excerpts of impacts on health, food security and displacement are provided below, along with details of key climate and weather indicators of the broader trends. Impacts on Health, Agriculture & Migration In terms of inputs from other UN agencies, the WHO reports that in 2019, record-setting high temperatures from Australia, India, Japan, and Europe led to significant heat-related deaths and illness. In Japan, a major heat wave event affected the country in late July to early August 2019 resulting in over 100 deaths and 18,000 hospitalizations. Two heatwaves hit much of Europe in the summer of 2019, affecting southwestern to central Europe in June, followed by an even more powerful episode in late July, which affected much of central and western Europe. In the Netherlands, the heatwave was associated with 2 964 deaths, nearly 400 more deaths than during an average summer week. Changes in climatic conditions since 1950 are also making it easier for the Aedes mosquito species to transmit dengue virus. The global incidence of dengue has grown dramatically in recent decades, and about half of the world population is now at risk of infection. In 2019, the world experienced a large increase in dengue cases, compared with the same time period in 2018. In terms of agriculture, FAO reports that the start of the seasonal rains was delayed in Southern Africa, and there were extensive dry periods. As a result, regional cereal output is forecast to be about 8% below the five-year average with 12.5 million people in the region expected to experience severe food insecurity up until March 2020, an increase of more than 10% from the previous year. Food security has also been deteriorating in several areas of Ethiopia, Somalia, Kenya and Uganda due to a poor rainy season. Overall, about 12.3 million people are food insecure in the Horn of Africa region. Between October and November 2019, Somalia was further affected by intense flooding. In Afghanistan, some 13.5 million people are food insecure following severe flooding in March 2019, the worst such episode in a decade, This follows a period of severe drought in 2018 from which 22 out of 34 provinces are still recovering. More than 10 million new weather and climate-related internal displacements were recorded between January and June 2019, the IOM reports, Of those, 7 million people were displaced by disasters such as Cyclone Idai in Southeast Africa, Cyclone Fani in South Asia, Hurricane Dorian in the Caribbean, as well as by flooding in Iran, the Philippines and Ethiopia. Overall, floods were the most commonly cited natural hazard contributing to displacement, followed by storms and droughts. Asia and the Pacific remains the world’s most disaster displacement-prone region due to both sudden and slow-onset disasters. The number of new displacements associated with weather extremes could more than triple to around 22 million by the end of 2019, the IOM predicts. Ice Loss, Ocean Temperatures & Acidification The report provides detailed data on temperatures both at land as well as at sea. It notes that global mean temperature for the period January to October 2019 was 1.1 ± 0.1 °C above pre-industrial conditions (1850-1900). 2019 is expected to be the second or third warmest year on record. 2016, which began with an exceptionally strong El Niño, remains the warmest year. Since the 1980s, each successive decade has been warmer than the last. In terms of the world’s major land masses, most land areas were warmer than the recent average, including South America, Europe, Africa, Asia and Oceania, and the Arctic, with the U.S. state of Alaska was registering exceptionally warm temperatures in 2019. However, a large area of North America has been colder than the recent average. In October 2019, the global mean sea level reached its highest value since the beginning of the high-precision records in the 1990s. More than 90% of the excess energy accumulating in the climate system as a result of increased concentrations of greenhouse gases goes into the ocean. In the decade 2009-2018, the ocean absorbed around 22% of the annual emissions of CO2, which helps to attenuate climate change. But ocean temperatures also are rising. In 2019, ocean heat content continued at record or near-record levels, with the average for the year so far exceeding the previous record highs set in 2018. In 2019, the ocean has until now, on average, experienced around 1.5 months of unusually warm temperatures. More of the ocean had a marine heatwave classified as “Strong” (38%) than “Moderate” (28%). In the north-east Pacific, large areas reached a marine heatwave category of “Severe”. A corresponding, continued long term decline of Arctic sea ice was confirmed in September 2019, where the monthly average extent of ice (usually the lowest of the year) was the third lowest on record. Until 2016, Antarctic sea ice extent had shown a small long-term increase. In late 2016 this was interrupted by a sudden drop in extent to extreme values. Since then, Antarctic sea-ice extent has remained at relatively low levels. Total ice Mass Balance (TMB) for the Greenland Ice Sheet gives a net ice loss for September 2018 to August 2019 of 329 Gigatonnes (Gt). Increasing CO2 concentrations also affect the chemistry of the ocean, accelerating acidification. Ocean observations have shown a decrease in the average global surface ocean pH at a rate of 0.017–0.027 pH units per decade since the late 1980s, as reported previously by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. That is equivalent to an increase in acidity of 26% since the beginning of the industrial revolution. High impact events – Floods, Droughts, Heatwaves & Wildfires The 12-month rainfall averaged over the contiguous United States for the period for July 2018 to June 2019 (962 mm) was the highest on record. The onset and withdrawal of the Indian Monsoon were delayed, causing a large precipitation deficit in June but an excess of precipitation in the following months. Very wet conditions affected parts of South America in January. There was major flooding in northern Argentina, Uruguay and southern Brazil, with losses in Argentina and Uruguay estimated at US$2.5 billion. The Islamic Republic of Iran was badly affected by flooding in late March and early April. Major flooding affected many hitherto drought-affected parts of east Africa in October and early November. At the same time, drought affected many parts of southeast Asia and the southwest Pacific in 2019, associated in many cases with the strong positive phase of the Indian Ocean Dipole. Exceptionally dry conditions prevailed from mid-year onwards in Indonesia and neighbouring countries, as well as parts of the Mekong basin further north. Long-term drought conditions which had affected many parts of inland eastern Australia in 2017 and 2018 expanded and intensified in 2019. Averaged over Australia as a whole, January-October was the driest since 1902. Dry conditions affected many parts of Central America. It was substantially drier than normal in Honduras, Guatemala, Nicaragua and El Salvador, until heavy rains in October. Central Chile also had an exceptionally dry year, with rainfall for the year to 20 November at Santiago only 82 mm, less than 25% of the long-term average. Heatwaves Two major heatwaves occurred in Europe in late June and late July. according to the report. In France, a national record of 46.0°C (1.9°C above the previous record) was set on 28 June. National records were also set in Germany (42.6°C), the Netherlands (40.7°C), Belgium (41.8°C), Luxembourg (40.8°C) and the United Kingdom (38.7°C), with the heat also extending into the Nordic countries, where Helsinki had its highest temperature on record (33.2°C on 28 July). Australia had an exceptionally hot summer. The mean summer temperature was the highest on record by almost 1°C, and January was Australia’s hottest month on record. The heat was most notable for its persistence but there were also significant individual extremes, including 46.6°C at Adelaide on 24 January, the city’s highest temperature on record In terms of forest fires, several high-latitude regions saw above-average activity, including Siberia (Russian Federation) and Alaska (US). There were wildfires in some parts of the Arctic – previously extremely rare events. In South-East Asia, a severe drought in Indonesia and neighbouring countries led to the most significant fire season since 2015. The number of reported fires in Brazil’s Amazonia region was only slightly above the 10-year average, but total fire activity in South America was the highest since 2010, with Bolivia and Venezuela among the countries with particularly active fire years. Tropical cyclones Tropical cyclone activity globally in 2019 was slightly above average. The Northern Hemisphere, to date, has had 66 tropical cyclones, compared with the average at this time of year of 56, although accumulated cyclone energy (ACE) was only 2% above average. The 2018-19 Southern Hemisphere season was also above average, with 27 cyclones. Tropical Cyclone Idai made landfall in Mozambique on 15 March as one of the strongest known on the east coast of Africa, resulting in many casualties and widespread devastation. Idai contributed to the complete destruction of close to 780 000 ha of crops in Malawi, Mozambique, and Zimbabwe, further undermining a precarious food security situation in the region. The cyclone also resulted in at least 50 905 displaced persons in Zimbabwe, 53 237 in southern Malawi and 77 019 in Mozambique. One of the year’s most intense tropical cyclones was Dorian, which made landfall with category 5 intensity in the Bahamas. The destruction was exacerbated as the cyclone was exceptionally slow-moving, remaining near-stationary for about 24 hours. Typhoon Hagibis made landfall west of Tokyo on 12 October, causing severe flooding. The final State of the Climate report, with complete 2019 data, will be published in March 2020. See video about the report here. This article was published as part of Covering Climate Now, a global journalistic collaboration to strengthen coverage of the climate story. Countries Exposed, But Lack Support To Address Climate-Related Health Risks Says WHO Report 03/12/2019 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Madrid, Spain – Countries lack capacity and even more important, the money, to incorporate health factors into their climate action strategies – even though increased disease and deaths are one of the most immediate outcomes of climate change. This is the key finding of a first-ever report by the World Health Organization that looks at how national health systems are responding to climate-related health threats that are affecting countries more frequently and with greater intensity, including food-borne and water-borne as well as vector-borne infectious diseases, as well as heat stress and extreme weather events. Female solar engineers in India bring solar power to communities. Clean energy generates a double benefit for climate and health in terms of less air pollution. The report, The WHO Health and Climate Change Survey Report – Tracking Global Progress – surveyed 101 countries, from high- to low-income economies across all regions of the world. The findings show that while nearly half of the countries surveyed had developed a national health and climate change strategy or plan, less than one-fifth reported a high level of plan implementation, and fewer than 10% of countries said that they had resources to fully implement their plans. “Countries are exposed to climate risks, they are vulnerable to health impacts and they are not receiving the support they need in order to protect people’s health,” said WHO’s Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum, speaking at a press conference here on Tuesday, the second day of the UN Climate Conference in Madrid (COP25). In addition to the direct impacts of climate change, Campbell-Lendrum noted that some 7 million people annually die from air pollution every year, “roughly the whole population of Madrid” and those deaths are “very closely linked to the climate crisis, as about two-thirds of the outdoor air pollution we experience is from fossil fuel combustion.” WHO has estimated that cutting carbon emissions to meet the climate goals of the 2015 Paris Climate Agreement could save about a million lives a year worldwide by 2050 through reductions in air pollution alone. And the economic benefits of the health gains would be more than twice that of the costs of carbon reductions, he said. “Climate change is not only racking up a bill for future generations to pay, it’s a price that people are paying for now with their health,” said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, Director-General of the World Health Organization, in a press release on the new report. “It is a moral imperative that countries have the resources they need to act against climate change and safeguard health now and in the future.” Among the countries that did conduct a climate and health assessment, the most common climate-sensitive health risks were identified by countries as heat stress, injury or death from extreme weather events, as well as food-, water- and vector-borne diseases (such as cholera, dengue or malaria). However, about 60% of countries responding reported that their assessment findings have had little or no influence on the allocation of human and financial resources needed to protect health from climate change. Biggest Barrier is Finance The biggest barrier, the survey found, was that countries have difficulties in accessing international climate finance for health-related climate plans and projects. Over 75% of the national health systems that responded to the survey, reported that they lacked information on climate finance opportunities. Over 60% said that health actors were disconnected from climate finance processes, and over 50% said that health systems lacked capacity to even prepare proposals. In terms of preventing future climate change, the report also notes that few countries have been able to take advantage of the synergies that exist between reducing carbon emission and reducing environmental contamination that harms health, particularly air pollution. Fewer than 25% of countries surveyed reporting having clear collaborations between health sectors and other key sectors driving climate change, such as transport, power generation and domestic heat and power production. Potential Health Gains of Climate Mitigation Rarely Counted Potential health gains that would result from cutting carbon emissions are rarely reflected in national climate commitments, with only one-fifth of Nationally Determined Commitments (NDCs) mentioning health in the context of emissions reductions and 1 in 10 NDCs specifically mentioning expected health gains. The so-called “Nationally Determined Commitments,” the voluntary targets to which countries commit, are in fact the backbone of the 2015 Paris Climate Agreement that aims to keep climate change below 2°C and 1.5°C, if at all possible. While two-thirds of countries’ NDCs mention health in general terms, and the health sector is among the five sectors most often described as vulnerable to climate change, when it comes to concrete action, health is just not factored into the equation, the WHO report concludes. “For the Paris Agreement to be effective to protect people’s health, all levels of government need to prioritize building health system resilience to climate change, and a growing number of national governments are clearly headed in that direction,” said Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of the Department of Environment, Climate Change and Health, in the press release. “By systematically including health in Nationally Determined Contributions – as well as National Adaptation Plans, climate finance pledges, and other National Communications to the UNFCCC [United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change] — the Paris Agreement could become the strongest international health agreement of the century.” Speaking at the press conference, Neira said that countries need to ensure that the health sector is included in climate change processes and that health ministries have the capacity and support to access the finance they need. “The fact that the health impact is already felt by the countries but the finance is not reaching them,” said Neira, speaking at the press conference. She added that the health sector was also calling on governments ” to be much more ambitious on tackling the causes of climate change because our health is at risk and our health is paying the price of not taking action on climate.” From left-right, Jessica Beagley (Lancet Commission Countdown); Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum & Maria Neira (WHO). Health Sector Involvement in Climate Response Collaboration on health and climate policy was greatest between the health sector and the water, sanitation and wastewater sector (45 out of 101 respondents), followed by agriculture (31 out of 101 respondents) and social services (26 out of 101 respondents). A quarter or less of countries reported having an agreement in place between the health sector and the transportation, electricity generation or household energy sectors. While only 8 our of 45 countries reported a high level of implementation of national health and climate change strategies or plans, countries were being more proactive on certain issues. Some 61% of countries were implementing stronger systems of early warning and response to cope with flooding, 43% for heatwaves and 32% for air quality. Although 48% of countries have assessed their public health risk to climate change 60% report that these findings have had little to no influence on the allocation of human and financial resources to meet their adaptation priorities for protecting health. Half of the countries surveyed have developed a national health and climate change strategy or plan. But less than 20% of countries reporting a high level of implementation. Along with financing, other common barriers included: human resource constraints and lack of capacity, lack of prioritization; lack of multisectoral collaboration and a lack of tools, information systems and evidence for decision-making. Only about 38% have national finances in place to even partially implement their national strategy of plan, and fewer than 10% have resources to implement it completely. In terms of accessing international climate finance, over 75% (35 of 46 respondents) reported a lack of information on opportunities, over 60% a lack of connection of health actors to the climate finance processes, and over 50% a lack of capacity to prepare proposals, the report found. Campbell-Lendrum noted that the efforts need to be made by both the climate and health sectors to close the gap. “The Green Climate Fund has identified health and well being as a focal area, they just haven’t funded any projects in that area yet. So we need to work from both sides to make sure that the countries have the technical back- up to prepare their plans and then we have to be met from the other side.” According to the UN Environment-hosted Climate and Clean Air Coalition, some countries have begun reporting on reductions of black carbon emissions – which are among the most health-harmful air pollutants – as part of their Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) to reducing climate change. Unlike carbon dioxide, which persists in the atmosphere for hundreds of ;years, black carbon particles that are heavily emitted by diesel generators and vehicles as well as by primitive wood and biomass stoves, only remain airborne for a few days or weeks, and therefore reducing emissions can lead to rapid reductions in concentrations in the atmosphere. Black carbon also comprises a significant portion of small particles, or PM2.5, regarded as one of the most health-harmful air pollutants. A 2018 report by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), underlined that reducing emissions of black carbon and other so-called short-lived climate pollutants, such as ozone and methane, could help slow down the pace of climate change, buying the world critical time to shift to cleaner energy technologies. However, many countries still lack the tools and awareness to clearly and quantitatively link their carbon reductions with reductions of black carbon and other air pollutants. Conversely, the so-called health co-benefits that may be derived from climate action are not typically factored into climate assessments and financing processes, which right now focus on quantifying carbon emission cuts, as such, without regard for savings in lives or related health costs. ________________________________________ This article was published as part of Covering Climate Now, a global journalistic collaboration to strengthen coverage of the climate story. Image Credits: DFID, WHO, E. Fletcher . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Creative Approaches To Improving Medicines Access – Lessons From The Hepatitis C Experience 06/12/2019 Elaine Ruth Fletcher The issues around access to medicines at affordable prices has galvanized civil society, the pharmaceutical industry, the research community, and politicians this year in oft-contentious debate that shows no sign of abating. A day-long session hosted by the Global Health Centre of Geneva’s Graduate Institute, and cosponsored by the Swiss Institute of Intellectual Property and the Federal Office of Public Health, sought to unwrap some of the thorny questions around the access issue by examining in detail the story around one important recent breakthrough in treatment for Hepatitis C (HCV). The discovery of sofosbuvir transformed the course of HCV treatment forever by offering a breakthrough cure for what had been a chronic and often deadly disease, affecting affects some 71 million people worldwide in high- and low-income countries alike. Cartoonist Caro van Leeuwen’s depiction of the complex set of issues raised at the GHC event on Creative Approaches to Improving Access to Medicines Globally. First approved for use in the United States in 2013, sofosbuvir was the first in a class of direct-acting anti-viral treatments that offered a 95% cure rate for an insidious disease; it rapidly caught the interest of health systems worldwide. The race to expand access to a drug that was initially priced at over US$ 80,000 in the United States by Gilead Pharmaceuticals was hectic and often unpredictable. Access to the patented drug known as Sovaldi® was expanded by Gilead to a wide range of countries through a series of voluntary licensing arrangements with manufacturers that reduced its price significantly. However, the drug remained unaffordable for many health systems and individuals. Egypt’s courts rejected the patent on sofosbuvir – paving the way for massive local production of a WHO-recommended generic combination, sofosbuvir/daclatasvir, which reduced prices ten- and then 100-fold in domestic markets. In 2017 Malaysia authorized importation of the Sofosbuvir/Daclatasvir generic, making use of TRIPS flexibilities in World Trade Organization rules regarding the rights of low- and middle-income countries to issue so-called “compulsory licenses” (called “government rights license in Malaysia) for importation or production by local pharma companies. Healthcare worker examines liver of hepatitis C patient in Thailand. Chronic liver disease is one of the main outcomes of HCV infections, which the new direct-acting antiviral drugs can cure. Moves in Egypt, South-East Asia and Latin America to produce and use generic drug versions have been strongly supported by civil society, including Drugs For Neglected Diseases Initiative (DNDi). DNDi has gone on to support development of yet another combination drug therapy of sofosbuvir/ravidasvir. Now in Phase II and III clinical trials, approval of yet another new HCV therapy should open the door to even greater expansion of treatment access. Elsewhere, affluent countries such as Australia negotiated procurement of drugs for a lump sum with no cap on the number of people treated – the so-called ‘Netflix’ model. And even countries, such as Switzerland, faced twin challenges in ramping up awareness and education about a disease for which few people had previously sought treatment, which naturally led to higher drug costs as well. The Geneva workshop convened experts and practitioners from industry, civil society and governments – including many who were on the frontlines of the Hepatitis C story – to take stock of the diverse approaches that have been used to improve access to the vital drug and see what lessons could be applied to the broader medicines access issue. Said Suerie Moon, co-director of the Global Health Centre, and a co-host of the event, “Necessity is the mother of invention, we have seen all sorts of companies, PDPs, and others try all sorts of different approaches was because the need was very urgent.” She noted that the key to success in the Hepatitis C story, as well, was innovation – “not just in terms of developing new medical technologies, but in figuring out how to solve these problems”. From this and other examples, she added, health policymakers might learn more about creative ways to “shift innovation models, tug and push and pull, to make them better serve the needs of society.” At the same time, however, the Hepatitis C story is also somewhat unique. The widespread prevalence of the disease not only in low income regions but also in high income countries such as Europe and Japan, means that the drug represented a profitable market for manufacturers of all kinds – unlike neglected diseases with a much smaller target groups of people mostly living in poor countries. HCV is also a disease where solutions can rely not only on drug treatment but also on greater public awareness and preventive behaviours, noted Vinh-Kim Nguyen, co-director of the Global Health Centre. “The medical community shares some of the responsibility for this epidemic because in the past it was driven by unsafe vaccination practices and needles used for intravenous purposes. So physicians have a special responsibility to respond.” (left-right)Nora Kronig Romero, Swiss Global Health Ambassador; WHO ADG Mariângela Simão; IFPMA DG Thomas Cueni; Pharco CEO Shirene Helmy; Fifa Rahman UNITAID board; Suerie Moon, Co-director, Global Health Centre, IHEID. Disruptive in the ‘Best and Worst’ Sense For industry, the HCV cure was disruptive “at its best and at its worst” observed Thomas Cueni, head of the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations. “Seven out of ten 10 Hep C patients developed liver disease and then we suddenly had a cure – that’s the kind of positive disruption patients and society waits for. But on the worst side, countries were not ready, it caused huge rifts in national budgets. And personally I believe that Gilead didn’t get enough credit,” he contended. Anticipating the surge of demand that would come from lower income countries, the company was aggressive in ensuring that they had “access programmes ready, the tech transfer programmes, the voluntary licensing deals, really trying to make sure that they could replicate what they had done in the HIV/AIDS field.” “But the shock was really in the developed countries and I think we learned from that in a number of areas,” he said. “I think that Gilead learned the hard way that trying to do the right thing in developing countries doesn’t absolve you…But on the other hand, the industry in many, many countries is now sitting down with Ministries of Health for talks about horizon scanning, talks about how can we prevent the next shock and how can we better plan in terms of budget impact?” “That is something that we haven’t quite coped with yet, but I think it would be interesting to talk about does this call for new models to finance this kind of disruptive innovation.” Is It the Innovation Model or the Finance Model that Needs Fixing? Cueni contended that the current model for drug innovation “works extremely well – although it has of course has some challenges.” The deeper challenge, he said is that “Innovation needs to be affordable and sustainable in terms of budget.” “Hep C is an example of the innovation model, in terms of bringing up transformative innovation, working very well. Rather than try to reinvent the wheel, we need to admit that this competitive innovation model works very well, and let’s focus on the research need where the model doesn’t work very well,” he said, noting that neglected research agendas for antibiotics, malaria and other neglected diseases are now being tackled by public private partnerships, such as Drugs for Neglected Diseases Initiative, Medicines for Malaria Venture and others. “We need to be careful that one side does not fit all. There were concerns that Hep C would break the bank, but because of competitive price pressures, the prices fell greatly.” “Switzerland spends about 2% of its healthcare budget on cancer drugs, and that is double that of 20 years ago. But 2% doesn’t break the bank… and 50% of cancers are also preventable so I regret that we haven’t got a cancer prevention plan,” he added, referring to rising concerns about the high prices of medicines for cancer and rare diseases. “Companies are increasingly sensitive about access to medicines in high and low- income countries. And there is increased willingness among industry to talk about differential pricing [for high, middle and low-income countries.]. We need to do more from our side…. but also governments, likewise need to do their part.” “Innovation systems as it stands (except neglected tropical disease and antibiotics) are delivering a stream of innovative medicines which results in us occasionally struggling to afford them, but overall, the system in terms of innovation works extremely well.” “We do need new antibiotics to fight AMR [antimicrobial resistance]. Thanks to push incentives – such as GARDP [Global Antibiotic Research & Development Partnership] in Geneva and CARB-X … we have a number of potentially truly novel antibiotics, but there is no one who picks them up through clinical development and brings them to markets,” Cueni added, noting that for that final stage of the process, industry skills are desperately needed. At the other side of the price spectrum, Cueni also noted that the access issues to low-cost drugs, many of which are no longer under patent, have to be addressed along with the issues posed by high-priced drugs. He observed that rich countries are increasingly outsourcing their drug procurement and thus have become very reliant on just a few suppliers in Asia or elsewhere for many critical drugs. That, in turn, is contributing to bottlenecks and serious shortages in critical supplies, as domestic manufacturers can no longer depend upon reliable, long-term purchase arrangements from national hospitals and health systems. That point was echoed by, Felix Addor, Deputy Director General, Swiss Federal Institute of Intellectual Property, who noted that, “Even a country like Switzerland has faced severe shortages for vaccines and antibiotics. In fact, in 2017, 81 essential medicines were not available, the majority of which are off-patent.” In many low- and middle-income countries, meanwhile, inexpensive drugs for hypertension and other chronic diseases are often unavailable – decades after their patents expired – reflecting the multi-faceted dimensions of the access issue, noted WHO’s Assistant Director-General Mariangelo Simão. Cartoonist depiction of the complex set of issues raced at the GHC event on Creative Approaches to Improving Access to Medicines Globally Finding The Balance; Access Issue By Issue Nora Kronig Romero, ambassador for Public Health, in the Swiss Federal Office of Public Health, echoed Cueni’s view that it is not the innovation system, per se, that is broken. “It’s good to leave the things that work, working, without having to change or draw lessons from it.” Access needs to be examined issue by issue, she said, in order to make incremental, but effective, adjustments that achieve “balance”. “When we look at access to medicines, it has 3 pillars – price, access to people, and sustainable financing – we have to discuss when we have imbalance between these 3 pillars – either the price is too high, or the access to people is not a given. How do we most effectively and sustainably use the limited resources we have? “There are also huge challenges with shortages. How are we going to act if we don’t get the right vaccine at the right time? And countries need to work together. The importance of international cooperation must be emphasized. Switzerland is a small country. When we talk about differential pricing, Switzerland doesn’t want to pay the same price as Egypt, but still how do we ever achieve the numbers that we want [in terms of purchase power]?” James Class, Innovation Policy Lead at Gilead Sciences, added, “There is a need to balance today’s cures with tomorrow’s cures. Having an innovation ecosystem will essentially spur market competition. A drug like sofosbuvir has resulted in permanent cost-savings for governments. There is value in it since it not only improves patients’ lives, but also results in long term savings for health systems. As many as 100 countries have voluntary licenses on [the patented version of Gilead’s] sofosbuvir. In 2018, more than 485,000 patients were treated, more than 250,000 in India alone. “Instead of trying to look at the fundamental architecture, let’s get into the system and find out where are the skewed incentives, and take them out and fix them. That, I think, it going to do a lot more for society.” (left-right) IP, James N. Class Value and Innovation Policy Lead at Gilead Sciences (replacing Rekha Ramesh); Victor Roy, Research Fellow, UCL; Bernard Pécoul Executive Director, DNDi; Lucas von Wattenwyl, Senior Advisor, Swiss Federal Insititute of IP. 25% of HCV infections In Countries Not Covered by Voluntary Licenses Still, despite the massive issuance by industry of voluntary licenses for production of the patented HCV drug formulation, some 25% of people infected with Hepatitis C treatments live in middle income countries that were not covered by such arrangements, noted Bernard Pécoul, Executive Director, Drugs for Neglected Diseases initiative. This has led to DNDi’s intervention to support clinical trials of yet another generic drug formulation of sofosbuvir/ravidasvir, developed with Egyptian manufacturer Pharco, in collaboration with Pharmaniaga in Malaysia and Chemo in Latin America. The sofosbuvir /ravidasvir combination has shown a 97% cure rate, comparable to the patented drug formulations, and DNDi hopes to register it in 2020. Due to the success of such global, publicly-supported R&D partnerships, complemented by an acceleration of local production in countries such as Egypt, the price of generic HCV cures has dropped by nearly 100% in Egypt, said Sherine Helmy, CEO, Pharco Pharmaceuticals. The new DNDi supported combination will hopefully come on the market in Malaysia at about $US 300 for a 12 week treatment. “Differential pricing is not a solution,” said Pécoul. “The pricing is defined by the company. Rather, reaching affordable prices also depends on the IP status of the drug, as well as government leadership in local R&D and manufacturing.” Pécoul said that he sees “open source innovation,” involving broad-based collaborations with industry and researchers such as those fostered by DNDi, as the wave of the future – “We are trying to promote as much as possible open source innovation, and we have some space to move and trying to work with companies, the future will be in this direction if we want to stimulate innovation at the early phase of discovery, there is this trend today and it is an important one.” Are Innovation Rewards Funding More Innovation – or Business Acquisitions? However, Victor Roy a research fellow at the UCL Institute for Innovation and Public Purpose contended that the Hep C story also illustrates more fundamental failings in the current system of innovation incentives. The system as it is designed today, he noted, makes use of public funding to generate new products, but then prioritizes corporate acquisitions and rewards to shareholders above expanded access to products or even investments in the next round of drug discoveries. “There is a misconception that the public sector funds only basic science,” he said. “But public investment essentially accelerated the momentum for the discovery of the (Hepatitis C) drug.” Public institutions act like venture capitalists “playing midwife” to biotech labs that are working on promising drug candidates – only to be acquired later by big pharmaceutical companies for huge sum of money. This “acquisition model of drug development” has driven up costs with large companies scouting out small biotech firms with promising innovations, which they believe can be marketed profitably to health systems. He cited examples of Gilead purchase of Pharmasset, the original innovators of an all-oral HCV regimen for $11 billion, among others. “It is a myth to some extent, that that a single firm develops a drug. It is more like a relay race with a number of financial intermediaries acting with a pricing horizon over the future,” said Roy. And once a drug has been successfully launched, not only the costs of the R&D as such, but of the company acquisitions, are reflected in the price tag. And finally, the monies earned from a blockbuster drug sales are often channeled into more expensive corporate acquisitions, or distribution to shareholders, before they are re-invested into the internal R&D innovation structure – “and that is how we arrive at high price points,” said Roy. “So there need to be alternative pathways to drug development which look at “how do we make ‘access’ an ex-ante design feature of evolving innovation models?” he asked. “My wish on innovation is to have political momentum to test alternative pathways to the shareholder model, particularly on antimicrobial resistance…we need more public investment, private sector would be there, to test to how we do drug development in a more affordable way.” One of those pathways should be “delinkage” of innovation incentives from patent monopolies with publicly supported funds that can also reward new discoveries, said Fifa Rahman, a Malaysian NGO delegate to the board of UNITAID. From the NGO perspective, she said, “The innovation system is not working – The price that was offered to Malaysia was US$ 36,000 for a a cure and average Malaysian household income is US$ 1,300 a month. That’s an unfair price. Gilead made US$ 19.2 billion in the second year of marketing [Solvadi]; it recouped its R&D costs in 4.5 days. And yet today many people still don’t have access to HCV drugs.” “We see these same problems with drugs such as delamanid (to treat drug resistant TB) not coming to the final stage because it is not profitable to bring this to the world. So what are we going to do? Are we going to turn to the DNDis of the world every time poor people need a drug? We need to think about delinkage – about a prize fund.” A cartoonist depiction of issues raised at the GHC event. Transparency of Prices in the Equation – How Hep C changed Everything While many of the problems in the current system have been attributed to the lack of transparency of costs in the R&D pipeline as well as a lack of transparency around pricing, Kronig noted that the transparency debate is multi-dimensional, involving R&D costs, clinical trials, prices and patents – “completely different areas, completely different ways in tackling the issues, completely different international frameworks.” “So let’s design the policies where you have the regulatory space, to find the right balance of quality of care, access to patients and health financing.” Still, the high cost of Hepatitis C drugs undeniably changed the nature of the discussion said, Mariângela Simão, WHO Assistant Director-General, and head of its medicines access activities. “It was disruptive globally because it came at such a high price,” she said, noting that at the time the breakthroughs occurred, she was a Brazilian representative on medicines access issues serving on a number of international boards. Before the Hepatitis C breakthrough, low and middle-income countries were already concerned about drug prices, “afterwards, you had rich countries concerned as well.” Ultimately, the HCV story was one of the factors that led to approval of the milestone transparency resolution in the World Health Assembly last May, said Simão. And the impacts are continuing with the recent vote in the French Parliament to require public disclosure of public funds used for R&D in new drug registrations. In terms of expanding access to costly treatments, she predicted that dilemmas similar to those experienced with Hepatitis C cure, will loom in coming years as more costly biotherapeutics, as well as cell and gene therapies come on the market to treat cancer, rare diseases and genetic diseases. And at the request of South Africa and other countries, the issue of access to high priced medicines, including drugs for orphan diseases, will be on the agenda of the WHO Executive Board in 2021, after being deferred this year. Added Pécoul, the government’s role is to exert a balancing influence on industry price demands, and the recent French Parliamentary resolution on price transparency is a reflection of growing political will to do that. “If we don’t know the cost of the investments, if we don’t know the part of public investment versus private investment, all of these elements have to be taken into consideration for defining the price of a final product. The issue of transparency is fundamental…it’s time to stop, to have some rebalance, some indicator of monitoring, and I think the French government is moving in this direction.” International cooperation is another avenue, emphasizes Kronig. “I am sure that there is on the part of government, quite a bit of potential in working between countries, exchanging best practices and ensuring how we can cooperate.” However, price is not the sole determinant of access, she adds. For instance, in the case of Hepatitis C, there remain challenges of preventing disease through better hygiene and investments in patient safety, on the one hand, as well as overcoming disease stigmatization to reach marginalized groups, on the other. “In terms of balance, it’s how do you get the right balance between the different pillars. How do we make sure we have innovation, we have access to the patients, and we have sustainable financing for the health system, is the balance we want to get. Finding the balance is the challenge, but we shouldn’t put one interest in front of the other. “ IP Is Neutral – Its How You Use It That Counts As for the role of IP in the system, Pécoul stressed that, “My concern with IP is more abuse of IP, I think there is a lot of abuse of IP. That is why it is so important that the government retains some control, some balance and some flexibility, imagine the TRIPS, to avoid this abuse of IP. When I think about abuse of IP, it is when there is a slight modification of a product that will bring another 12 years of IP protection.” “[In DNDi] We are trying to promote as much as possible open source innovation, and we have some space to move and we are trying to work with companies, and I think the future will be in this direction if we want to stimulate innovation, particularly at the early phase of discovery. There is this trend that is there today, and it is an important one. Said Class, “It is critical to preserve the intellectual property system. Intellectual property is providing certainty for a certain time… Instead of trying to look at the fundamental architecture, get into the system and look at the skewed incentives and do something about those.” But as the system exists today, add Roy, “The incentive is about more chronic treatments, it’s not about having breakthroughs. The science may be there, but I am not sure the finance is there. I am not sure Wall Street was so happy about the Hep C cure.” Concluded Addor, “Ultimately IP is a neutral tool, that can be tremendously important to the advancement of science. The issue is more about how policymakers use it.” “IP has really made a lot of innovations happen, because you have to reveal your innovation in the patent application, it also provides everybody with a cooking recipe to do then later on a repetition with the protected innovation, that they can imitate.” “And the bad side is that it gives a market monopoly, exclusivity on the market for some time, and in that way is anti-competitive. But I do hope that IP continues to play an important role. Because I think we tend to forget that you have to make your innovation public.” “And I hope we are not going in the direction of where you have undisclosed information, where we are forced to reinvent the wheel because I did not find the cooking recipe for the wheel that is already on the market. So having said this, I hope that IP is going to continue to flourish, having said that it doesn’t mean that we shouldn’t use our creativity to not just keep the system working as it is, but maybe enlarging the cake, and looking at creative, complementary alternatives, working as well, maybe less well or even better. “Nobody can simply work alone, we live in a globalized world, so we have to act together. Only if we recognize that we are mutually dependent then we can come together with solutions… I’m a mountaineer, I did climb and still do climb a lot and I once met a woman who was the first woman to climb mount Everest. I asked her what made you summit mount Everest, she said, ‘it’s these little steps – they add up.’” _______________________________________________________ Brief Summaries of the Country Experiences Introducing Hepatitis C drugs are excerpted below: (left-right) Philip Bruggmann, Chair, Swiss Hepatitis, University of Zurich; Noor Hisham Abdullah, Director General of Health, Ministry of Health, Malaysia; Heba Wanis Researcher, Third World Network; Gregory Dore;, Professor, Kirby Institute, University of New South Wales, Sydney; Martina Schwab, Co-head, Global Health Section, Swiss Federal Office of Public Health. Australia’s universal access strategy: the “Netflix model” – Gregory Dore, Professor, Kirby Institute, University of New South Wales, Sydney The Australian government negotiated a five-year (2016-2021) contract for purchase of the patented Hepatitis C drug formulation, with no cap on the number of people treated. There is an AUD 200-250 million cap on total annual expenditure for Hepatitis C treatment. While the full details of the Australian arrangement remain secret, the lump sum arrangement of USD 766 million was disclosed along with details of numbers of people treated. Previously published studies estimate that treatment costs were reduced to one-tenth of the $US 72,000 treatment cost in the United States, at the time the contract was signed. The lump-sum remuneration arrangement, dubbed the “Netflix model” was viewed as a way to expand the reach of treatment by making it more affordable to the public health system, and in the process reach marginalized populations who otherwise might not have received care, Dore said. “Civil society was very strong in their message – “access to medicines for all or none”, said Dore, noting that a broad range of stakeholders were involved as Australia worked to make HCV drugs available, including civil society, clinicians, patients and the industry. During the negotiations, the government was of the view that the final deal should ensure that more patients would be treated at a lower price. For the industry the choice was about generating revenues of AUD $ 3 billion over five years or AUD $ 1 billion over five years. Making a couple of hundred million dollars per year, as a result of this negotiation is not a small consideration. From the perspective of the government it was important to get clarity on the impact on the annual health budget. For that, getting epidemiological data that informed policy making was key. There was a need to build programs to address harm reduction such as in high risk groups including in prisons, among those living with HIV, among others. The target population is diverse and the solutions needed to be diverse as well, said Dore. Dore noted that “There was push back from the specialists, who were against the involvement of non-specialist primary care physicians, in administering the new treatment, but “it is important to develop models of care that reach people. One cannot expect high detection by assuming that patients will show up in tertiary health facilities.” Egypt Ramps Up of Local Production – Heba Wanis, Researcher, Third World Network The story of Egypt’s fight against Hepatitis C, includes a strong government and a political will to making drugs accessible. Egypt’s domestic approach included combining the efforts of the government and private sector to secure access to HCV treatment. The Plan of Action for the Prevention, Care and Treatment of Viral Hepatitis was developed and launched in October 2014 in addition to a national treatment programme. Negotiations resulted in providing new HCV treatment at USD 300 per box per month in 2014. In addition, high standards of patentability and rigorous internal examination, also resulted in the rejection of a patent for sofosbuvir. Egyptian Patent Office rejected the application on grounds of lack of novelty and inventiveness. As a consequence, the effect on generic competition in Egypt has resulted in the registration of 40 generics, Gilead’s Sovaldi is priced at USD 839, generics cost USD 51 – 150 per box. The absence of patent protection led to domestic production of low-cost generic DAAs, supported by fast-track registration. More than 2 million have been successfully treated on the back of comprehensive national testing and treatment, using nationwide treatment facilities. The Journey of Government Use Licenses on Hepatitis C: The Experience of Malaysia – Noor Hisham Abdullah, Director General of Health, Ministry of Health, Malaysia “The ‘Netflix model’ is too expensive for a country like Malaysia. One size does not fit all. It is important to continue to innovate to meet public health goals,” says Abdullah. Malaysia’s government made use of World Trade Organization’s TRIPS Article 31 as well as the Malaysian Patents Act 1983 that authorizes it to issue a compulsory licensing in order to provide access to essential medicines for public, non-commercial purposes. It did so after several negotiations between May 2016-2017 with patent holders of registered treatments had failed to reach an agreement. When the compulsory license was issued, intense pressures were applied to the Malaysian government by the Pharmaceutical Researchers and Manufacturers of America (PhRMA), and other US pharma groups, calling for Malaysia to be placed on the US Trade Representative’s Priority Foreign Countries watch list in its “Special 301 Report”. Even so, says Abdullah, “If we had not exercised a compulsory license, we would not have subsequently received voluntary licenses to access the drugs. There is a need to balance the pressures that a government faces, with the need for treatment by patients.” Switzerland – Adjusting to Disruption in a High-Income Country – Philip Bruggmann, Chair, Swiss Hepatitis C Association, University of Zurich “Switzerland was unprepared for the arrival of the golden pill,” said Bruggman. “Ertswhile standard medication against Hepatitis C – Interferon – was self-limiting due to lots of side effects and contraindications. When HCV direct-acting antivirals entered the market, it was very safe, very potent and very easy to apply. Suddenly, the potential HCV population that could profit from a treatment increased massively. It was expected that there would be a sharp rise in treatment uptake and a consequent explosion in health expenditure as a result of the high prices of drugs.” The laws governing the pricing procedure are designed for conventional drug development steps in Switzerland. Health authorities were unprepared both on price negotiation and having the epidemiological or clinical knowledge. Using a dedicated patient organization, initiating roundtables of medical experts, using health officials and having clear media communication and deploying awareness campaigns have helped. A “Buyers Club” offering access to treatment for those affected by the limitations and putting pressure on pharmaceutical industry to lower prices have also worked. Theoretically all patients have unrestricted access to medication since the direct-acting antivirals are covered by the compulsory health insurance. “But this does not mean that all get treated,” said Bruggman. “There are still gaps in detection and linkage to care that are relevant barriers in the access to medicines. ________________________________________________________________ Priti Patnaik contributed to reporting and writing of this story, including summaries of the country case study experiences. Image Credits: Suriyan Tanasri/DNDi, Graduate Institute of Geneva, Global Health Centre. Measles Deaths Rose To 140,000 In 2018; DRC Cases Account For One-Third Of 2019 Infections 05/12/2019 Grace Ren Measles deaths are on the rise for the second year in a row, killing more than 140,000 people worldwide in 2018 according to estimates released Thursday by the World Health Organization and the United States Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Also on Thursday, a massive measles vaccination campaign was announced in North Kivu, the Democratic Republic of the Congo – the country where a full one-third of the world’s reported measles cases have so far occurred in 2019. “Our finding is that in 2018, there has been an increase in both the cases and the deaths that have occurred from measles. In other words, we’re backsliding,” said WHO’s Director of Immunization, Vaccines and Biologicals Kate O’Brien. Total deaths in 2018 were 26,000 more than in 2017, where an estimated 124,000 people died, and 55 percent more than the 89,780 deaths reported in 2016. The number of measles cases also increased by more than 2 million between 2017 to 2018, with 9,769,400 estimated cases in 2018 as compared with 7,585,900 estimated cases in 2017, according to the WHO and CDC estimates. As in previous years, most deaths were among children under the age of 5, and the most highly impacted region was Sub-Saharan Africa. A health worker vaccinates a child against measles in the DRC. One of the worst afflicted countries, the DRC, has been concurrently battling a massive measles outbreak and deadly Ebola outbreak for over a year. It’s estimated that over 5000 people, mostly children have died in the current measles outbreak, more than double the number killed by Ebola over the past year. The DRC appears to account for about one-third of this year’s measles case load, WHO said, although the national data upon which that estimate has been made has yet to be validated. DRC, together with Liberia, Madagascar, Somalia, and Ukraine, accounted for almost half of all measles cases worldwide in 2018. Children in these countries persistently miss out on measles vaccination. “The fact that any child dies from a vaccine-preventable disease like measles is frankly an outrage and a collective failure to protect the world’s most vulnerable children,” said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreysus, Director-General of the World Health Organization in a press release. “To save lives, we must ensure everyone can benefit from vaccines – which means investing in immunization and quality health care as a right for all.” While low-income countries bear the brunt of the global burden of measles, it has also resurged in some wealthy countries, including some that had previously eliminated the disease. This year, the United States reported its highest number of cases in 25 years, while four countries in Europe – Albania, Czechia, Greece and the United Kingdom – lost their measles elimination status in 2018 following protracted outbreaks of the disease. Measles is a highly contagious virus, and outbreaks can occur when coverage of the vaccine is too low, leaving a proportion of the community unprotected. Some 95% of the population receive at least two doses of the measles vaccine in order to prevent outbreaks from occurring, according to WHO recommendations. In countries that have lost measles-elimination status, misinformation spread about the safety and efficacy of vaccines has contributed greatly to vaccine hesitancy, leading parents to forgo vaccinating their children. Global measles vaccination rates have stagnated for almost a decade. WHO and UNICEF estimate that 86% of children globally received the first dose of measles vaccine through their country’s routine vaccination services in 2018, and fewer than 70% received the second recommended dose. In 2019, as of mid-November, there have already been over 413,000 cases reported to the WHO globally, with an additional 250,000 cases in DRC reported through the national surveillance system. Together, this marks a three-fold increase compared with this same time period in 2018. 2.2 Million Children To Be Vaccinated Against Measles In North Kivu While the Ebola outbreak has captured international attention, the DRC is also currently experiencing the world’s largest and most severe measles epidemic, with an estimated 250,000 suspected cases and over 5000 deaths so far. Low rates of vaccination and high rates of malnutrition have contributed to the measles epidemic, and the high rate of mortality in the outbreak. “While the Ebola outbreak in the DRC has won the world’s attention and progress is being made in saving lives, we must not forget the other urgent health needs the country faces,” said WHO Regional Director for Africa Matshidiso Moeti in a press release by WHO’s African Regional Office. Launch of the vaccination campaign in North Kivu As part of a second phase of a country-wide preventative vaccination campaign, this specific surge aims to vaccinate an additional 2.2 million children in North Kivu province, a particularly challenging context, as it is the center of the Ebola outbreak and has been plagued with insecurity. Just last week, four Ebola responders were killed in a directed attack in Biakato Mines and Mangina. “In the context of North Kivu, where the population is highly mobile, it is imperative that we reach out to travelers and ensure that their children are also covered,” said Deo Nshimirimana, WHO acting representative in the DRC. The five-day campaign is being implemented by the Ministry of Health with the support of WHO and partners and is fully funded by Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance. North Kivu is the last province in the second phase of the country-wide preventative vaccination campaign, and will be followed by a third and final phase planned in 10 remaining provinces: Bas Uélé, Equateur, Haut Katanga, Haut Lomami, Haut Uélé, Kasai Oriental, Lualaba, Maniema, Mongala and Tshuapa. The campaign ultimately plans to reach 18.9 million children, with a particular focus on children who may have been missed by routine immunization. “Sadly, measles has claimed more Congolese lives this year than Ebola. We must do better at protecting the most vulnerable, who are often also the hardest to reach. This campaign is an important step in that direction,” said Thabani Maphosa, managing director of Country Programmes for Gavi. “For maximum impact, campaigns must be combined with the strengthening of routine immunization and health systems.” To date, US$ 27.5 million have been mobilized for the measles response; however, another estimated US$ 4.8 million are needed to complete the vaccination campaign and to strengthen other elements of response such as disease surveillance, case-management and communication. Image Credits: WHO/Kisimir Jonh Shim, WHO AFRO. Cancer Organizations Across Latin America Vow To Intensify Action Against Expected “Tsunami” Of New Cancer Deaths 05/12/2019 Editorial team For the first time ever, leading cancer organizations across Latin America have signed onto a joint declaration pledging to intensify action against millions of avoidable cancer deaths on the continent. The Bogota Statement on Leading BOLD Cancer Prevention into the Future was signed by leaders of cancer organizations and foundations from 8 Latin American countries, Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, El Salvador, Mexico, and Peru at a meeting in Bogota, Colombia, which ended Wednesday. The December 3-4 meeting was hosted by Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer and the US-based American Cancer Society, which pledged to support the Latin America initiative. “Meeting in Bogotá provided us with a great opportunity to discuss common challenges in addressing cancer risk factors and inequities that mean marginalized people suffer most,” said Sally Cowal, senior vice president of Global Cancer Control, American Cancer Society. “We agreed we have a significant opportunity to share our knowledge and experiences, and provide a strong voice for the growing evidence base in Latin America…We acknowledge we are stronger together and this meeting has provided new impetus for progressing work to prevent future cancer deaths.” Cancer is already the second-leading cause of death in Latin America. But if current trends continue, there could be a 91 percent increase in cancer incidence across the region between 2012 and 2035, to 1.8 million new cancer cases every year, and cancer deaths will double to around 1 million deaths annually, according to a 2018 study published in the International Journal of Cancer. Colombia’s Minister of Health and Social Protection, Dr. Juan Pablo Uribe Restrepo, and Vice Minister of Health and Social Protection, Dr. Iván Darío González, both expressed their support for the initiative at the meeting of some 20 leaders of cancer foundations, advocacy groups, and research centers from around the continent. Colombia’s Minister of Health and Social Protection, Dr. Juan Pablo Uribe Restrepo, speaking at the meeting. “We are working to improve the health of the population…We are strongly committed to reducing smoking and are working to reduce the number of tobacco users, especially among youth and students…Together with institutions like the Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer, we continue to fight against human papillomavirus,” said Minister Restrepo, noting that only 32% of eligible Colombians have so far received the vaccine that helps prevent cervical cancer. “Our goal is to reach 100 percent coverage,” he said. Cancer experts present at the conference called the projections for cancer’s rising disease and death toll a predicted “tsunami” that constitutes a “public health emergency which is exacerbating social, economic and health inequities.” To combat the growing threat of cancer, Cowal said that the Bogota Statement focuses on adopting a set of “best buys for cancer prevention.” Dr. Carlos Castro, medical and scientific director at the Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer, further clarified, “We must join forces to increase tobacco taxes as the most effective way to reduce tobacco consumption, regulate e-cigarettes, and increase vaccination against human papillomavirus, which causes cervical cancer. Those are our principal commitments against cancer included in the Bogotá Declaration.” It’s estimated that more than 30 percent of all cancer deaths are preventable. Tobacco is associated with more than 14 different cancers and causes more than 20 percent of cancer deaths, globally. Obesity and unhealthy diet is associated with 14 different cancers and alcohol with seven different cancers. Other risk factors associated with the most prevalent cancers across the region include inconsistency of vaccination programs and treatment of cervical, stomach and liver cancer infections. In signing the declaration, the cancer leaders, agreed to intensify their activities across a number of key, shared priorities, including the following: Support measures to increase tobacco taxes as the main tool to reduce tobacco consumption and prevent initiation in young people. Urge countries that have not yet signed or ratified the World Health Organization Framework Convention on Tobacco Control to be a party to this global treaty, the first international public health treaty which provides the guidelines for tobacco control worldwide Monitor and report corporate interference (especially from the tobacco, alcohol and ultra-processed foods industries) in public policy decision-making. Advocate for the regulation of electronic nicotine delivery systems (SEAN) and new devices. Actively participate in the elimination of cervical cancer through national human papillomavirus vaccination programs and strengthened early detection programs that use DNA-HPV testing. Support research and the eradication of Helicobacter Pylori infection to prevent gastric cancer. Promote the development of cancer prevention and early detection activities related to the main cancers in the region. Contribute to the dissemination of academic research that helps build cancer prevention policies. Act in conjunction with existing networks in the region to document and share successful experiences, lessons learned and communication strategies to achieve strong and sustainable progress. Underlying all the commitments made in the Bogota Declaration was the theme of shared learning. Gloria Inés Forero, president of the Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer, said that collaboration between the organizations, based on “experiences and lessons learned,” is the key to “countering the imminent advance of cancer in the region.” Signatories to the Bogota Statement.(Left-right back) Sebastian Jimenez, CEPREME, Ecuador; Luiz Augusto Maltoni Jr., presidente, Fundação do Câncer, Brasil; Dr. Jorge Jiménez de la Jara, presidente, Fundación Foro Nacional de Cáncer, Chile; Dr. Bill Cance, chief medical & scientific officer, American Cancer Society, USA; Diego Paonesa, chief executive officer, Liga Argentina de Lucha Contra el Cáncer, Argentina; Adolfo Dammert Ludowieg, presidente, La Liga contra el Cancer, Peru; Dr. Carlos José Castro, medical and scientific director, Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer(left-right front) Blanca Llorente, directora, Fundación Anáas, Colombia; Dr. Lisseth Ruíz de Campos, presidente, ASAPRECAN, El Salvador; Sally Cowal, senior vice president, Global Cancer Control, American Cancer Society, USA; Gloría Inés Forero de Ruíz, presidenta, Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer, Colombia; Diana Rivera, directora, Fundación Ellen Riegner de Casas, Colombia; Dr. Guadalupe Ponciano, Asociación Mexicana de Lucha contra el Cáncer, Mexico Gavi, The Vaccine Alliance Approves New Ebola Vaccine Stockpile Of 500,000 Doses 05/12/2019 Grace Ren Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance approved on Thursday an investment of US$178 million over the next five years to establish a global stockpile of 500,000 doses of Ebola vaccines that have been “pre-qualified” by the World Health Organization – WHO’s quality seal of approval that also makes vaccines and drugs eligible for preferential terms of purchase and use in countries. An additional US$11.6 million was allocated by the Gavi Board to fund three ongoing pilots for the world’s first malaria vaccine in Kenya, Ghana, and Malawi, to assess the feasibility of rolling out the vaccine more widely in Africa as part of national vaccine programmes. “Let me highlight two decisions: first is the… creation of a new Gavi Support for Ebola programme, which includes creation of a global stockpile of WHO-prequalified Ebola vaccines,” Gavi CEO Seth Berkley announced in a press conference following the Board meeting in Delhi, India on Thursday. “The second is the continuation of funding for the world’s first malaria vaccine, and this is funding for vaccine pilots that are taking place in Malawi, Ghana, and Kenya, vaccinating about 360,000 children per year,” he added. A healthcare worker gives a child a dose of the malaria vaccine, RTS,S. The moves represent new strategic directions for the international private-public partnership, which until recently had focused mostly on strengthening routine vaccination systems in low- and lower-middle-income countries. While the organization currently manages the global Yellow Fever vaccine stockpile for outbreak response, and supports vaccines for eight other diseases, Berkley noted that this is the first time the Board has supported creation of a stockpile for a brand-new vaccine for a disease such as Ebola, which will come with its own set of challenges. As of now, only one Ebola vaccine, Ervebo, which is produced by Merck & Co. and received regulatory approval by the European Medicines Agency just last month, followed by WHO prequalification approval , is eligible to be included in the global stockpile. But the stockpile, which will aim to hold at least 500,000 doses, may be expanded as new Ebola vaccines hit the market, Berkley said. There there are currently 7 other candidate vaccines for the Zaire strain of Ebola, the most common strain of the virus, Berkley noted. A second Ebola vaccine candidate, developed by Johnson & Johnson, recently began clinical trials in the Democratic Republic of Congo, which has been wracked by an Ebola outbreak that lasted for more than a year, killing over 2000 people. A second Board decision voted to continue Gavi’s support for landmark pilots of the world’s first malaria vaccine, RTS,S in Malawi, Kenya, and Ghana that began this year, aiming to assess the feasibility for rolling out the vaccine on a national scale in other African countries with a moderate- to high-malaria burden. The vaccine requires four separate doses, which can be difficult to deliver to populations with low access to health care. From 2021 to 2023, Gavi will allocate US $11.6 million towards funding these pilots, which represents approximately 50% of the total funding needs. The remaining 50% will be funded by the Global Fund for AIDS, Tuberculosis, and Malaria, and Unitaid. The two major decisions were made at the last meeting of the Gavi Board before the private-public partnership holds its next replenishment conference in London on June 4, 2020, hosted by the United Kingdom. The organization hopes to raise US $7.41 billion to fund its next cycle of activities from 2021-2023. Gavi’s Two-Part Ebola Support Program According to Berkley, Gavi’s new Ebola Support Program will be composed of two main components; managing a global stockpile of vaccine for future outbreaks, and looking into potential preventative use of the Ebola vaccine. Countries that are eligible for Gavi vaccine donations, will be able to access the stockpile free of charge and will also receive support for operational costs. Non-Gavi-eligible countries can still access the stockpile but will need to eventually pay Gavi back for the vaccines and cover their own operational costs. A health care worker preparing a dose of Ebola vaccine The organization will also be looking into ways the Ebola vaccine can be used outside of outbreak settings. There have been 29 outbreaks of Ebola virus on record since the virus was first identified, although only the West African 2014-2016 outbreak and the ongoing outbreak in the DRC have surpassed 400 cases. Thus, it is unclear whether huge outbreaks would be the norm in the future, and Gavi must be prepared to take an “active learning agenda” in establishing its new Ebola support program, especially with an eye towards learning how best to carry out preventative vaccination, says Berkley. Up until now, the candidate Ebola vaccines have only been used during the two recent big outbreaks, Berkley noted. The Merck vaccine, and now the Johnson&Johnson candidate, have been deployed under “compassionate-use” protocols, which allow new health products that have demonstrated safety and efficacy but may not have finished full regulatory processes, to be used in emergency settings. “The obvious countries [to consider for preventative vaccination] are those that have indigenous transmission of Ebola… We could also consider countries that have transmission of Ebola through travelers. We suspect it will include workers in hospitals, in front-line clinics, lab workers,” said Berkley. Front-line health workers bore the brunt of the brutal outbreak in West Africa from 2014-2016, where its estimated that health care workers had more than 21 times the risk of contracting Ebola than the average person. Berkley said that preliminary modelling done by Gavi suggests that preventative vaccination in 10% of the healthcare workforce, targeting those working in areas likely to see outbreaks, might help protect those most at risk in a future outbreak, although more work needs to be done to clearly outline a preventative vaccination strategy. Image Credits: WHO/M. Nieuwenhof, Twitter: @WHO. World Malaria Report 2019: Pregnant Women & Children Hit The Hardest As Global Progress Stalls 04/12/2019 Grace Ren Global progress against malaria continued to plateau in 2018 for the third year in a row, and the disease hit young children and pregnant women in Sub-Saharan Africa the hardest, according to the World Malaria Report 2019 released by the World Health Organization on Wednesday. Despite stalled progress at the global level, however, four new countries have successfully eliminated the disease in 2018 and 2019. “We’re seeing encouraging signs, but the burden of suffering and death caused by malaria is unacceptable, because it is largely preventable. The lack of improvement in the number of cases and deaths from malaria is deeply troubling,” said WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus in a press release. “Pregnant women and children are the most vulnerable to malaria, and we cannot make progress without focusing on these two groups.” A village malaria worker is testing a young child for malaria in Battambang Province, Cambodia. In 2018, WHO estimates that there were 228 million cases of malaria globally, causing 405 000 deaths, as compared to 231 million cases and 435 000 deaths in 2017. A dramatic reduction in malaria incidence and mortality was seen through 2010 to 2015, but global progress against the disease has stalled since then. The report underlines that malaria continues to strike particularly hard at pregnant women and children in Sub-Saharan Africa,, with an estimated 11 million pregnant women infected in 38 countries with moderate-to-high malaria transmission in that region alone in 2018. Malaria infection in pregnancy can cause a variety of complications, including malaria-related anemia, low birth weight, and even maternal death. An estimated 24 million children in the region were infected last year with the deadliest strain of malaria – P. falciparum – with at least half experiencing moderate anemia and 1.8 million experiencing severe anemia. Malaria-related severe anemia is still a major contributor to child mortality in Sub-Saharan Africa. Funding for malaria control and elimination 2010-2018, by source of funds (constant 2018 US$) The plateau in progress may in part be caused by the shortfall in malaria funding – the report estimates that funding towards malaria control and prevention fell to US$2.7 billion last year with governments of malaria-endemic countries contributing an estimated 30% of the pool, falling far short of the US$5 billion needed to fully fund WHO’s Global technical strategy for malaria 2016 – 2030. On the flip side, a handful of low-burden countries have seen progress. In 2018, WHO certified that endemic malaria was successfully eliminated Paraguay and Uzbekistan. Algeria and Argentina were recognized for eliminating endemic malaria in early 2019, and China, El Salvador, Iran, Malaysia, and Timor-Leste reported zero indigenous cases. Progress to achieve a global milestone to certify at least 10 countries for the elimination of malaria by 2020 is also on track. Large reductions in malaria were also seen in WHO’s Southeast Asian region, said Dr Abdisalan Noor, lead author of the report and team leader of the Surveillance Unit in WHO’s Global Malaria Programme, in a press conference. Significant reductions in India, which had 2.6 million fewer malaria cases than the previous year, accounted for a large share of the success. Progress has also been made in the Greater Mekong sub-region – an important strategic area as resistance to antimalarial medications has historically been traced back to the region. Protecting Pregnant Women and Young Children Coverage of pregnant women and children by malaria treatment and prevention interventions has increased in Africa, but these two groups continue to be the hardest hit by malaria. “We have brought back the focus to the key populations at risk that suffer and carry the brunt of malaria; pregnant women and young children in Africa. And by highlighting this space, we also signal that they must become our number one priority in the fight against malaria,” said Dr Pedro Alonso, director of WHO’s Global Malaria Programme. The WHO report estimates that in 2018, 67% of all malaria-related deaths occurred in children under 5, and malaria continues to be a leading cause of infection-related maternal mortality in Sub-Saharan Africa. “Now, [another] one of the consequences of malaria in pregnancy is children that are born with low birth weight, less than 2500 grams at birth,” Dr Noor clarified. Low birth weight is not only an immediate problem for the growth of the child, but is also “a significant predictor of early infant death,” he added. The WHO report estimates that of the 11 million cases of malaria in pregnancy in Sub-Saharan Africa in 2018, 872,000 children were born with low birth weight. This is despite the fact that the number of pregnant women and children sleeping under insecticide-treated bed nets and receiving preventative medicine for malaria has increased in recent years. An estimated 61% of pregnant women and children in sub-Saharan Africa slept under an insecticide-treated net in 2018 compared to 26% in 2010. Among pregnant women in the region, coverage of the recommended 3 or more doses of intermittent preventative malaria treatment, delivered during antenatal care visits, increased from an estimated 22% in 2017 to 31% in 2018. Some 72% of eligible children received seasonal malaria prevention medication in 2018. A new WHO-recommended strategy to prevent malaria in infants – intermittent preventative treatment for infants (IPTi) – recommends delivering anti-malarials to very young children through the immunization programme, and is being piloted in Sierra Leone. “IPTi offers a tremendous opportunity to keep small children alive and healthy,” said Dr Alonso. “WHO welcomes Unitaid’s new drive, announced today, to accelerate the adoption and scale-up of IPTi in other malaria-endemic countries in sub-Saharan Africa.” Some “Elimination by 2020” Targets May Be in Sight Despite little progress being made on the global scale, certain regions and countries are inching closer to eliminating malaria, defined as completely stopping endemic transmission within national or territorial borders. Globally, a total of 38 countries and territories have been certified malaria-free by WHO, with Paraguay, Uzbekistan, Algeria, and Argentina just added to that list between 2018 to 2019. WHO grants the malaria-free certification when a country proves, beyond a reasonable doubt, that the chain of indigenous transmission of malaria has been interrupted for at least 3 consecutive years. At least 10 countries that are part of WHO’s “E-2020 initiative” are on track to reach the 2020 elimination milestone of the global strategy. P. Falciparum cases in the Greater Mekong Subregion, 2010- 2018 The six countries of the Greater Mekong sub-region – Cambodia, China, Laos, Myanmar, Thailand, and Vietnam – have made significant progress. Across the subregion, there was an impressive 76% reduction in malaria cases and a 95% drop in deaths between 2010 and 2018. This includes a steep decline in cases of P. falciparum malaria, a primary target in view of the ongoing threat of antimalarial drug resistance. Some 11 African countries and India account for approximately 70% of the world’s malaria burden – Burkina Faso, Cameroon, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Ghana, India, Mali, Mozambique, Niger, Nigeria, Uganda and the United Republic of Tanzania. The WHO and Roll Back Malaria Partnership launched a “high burden high impact” (HBHI) approach in these countries in 2018. By November 2019, the HBHI approach had been initiated in nine high burden countries in Africa. Image Credits: WHO/ V. Sokhin, WHO/World Malaria Report 2019. Global Temperatures Already 1.1°C Above Pre-Industrial Levels; Last Ten Years Appear To Be Hottest On Record, Says WMO 03/12/2019 Editorial team Madrid – Exceptional global heat waves, retreating ice sheets and record sea levels – all driven by rising concentrations of atmospheric greenhouse gases – are the hallmark of the past decade as 2019 draws to a close, said the World Metereological Organization (WMO) on Tuesday. The global average temperature in 2019 (January to October) was about 1.1°C above pre-industrial levels. Average temperatures for the past ten years (2010-2019) are “almost certain” to be the highest on record, WMO Secretary-General Petteri Taalas said in a press conference here on the second day of the UN Climate Conference (COP25). And 2019 is on course to be the second or third warmest year ever on record. His remarks were based upon a WMO provisional statement on the State of the Global Climate, released simultaneously. Sea level rise has accelerated since the start of satellite measurements in 1993, because of the melting of ice sheets in Greenland and Antarctica, according to the report. The ocean, which acts as a buffer by absorbing heat and carbon dioxide, is paying a heavy price. Ocean heat is at record levels and there have been widespread marine heatwaves. Sea water is 26 percent more acidic than at the start of the industrial era. Vital marine ecosystems are being degraded, the WMO report finds. The daily Arctic sea-ice extent minimum in September 2019 was the second lowest in the satellite record and October has seen further record low extents. In Antarctica, 2019 saw record low ice extents in some months. All of these trends are directly linked to record levels of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere, which hit levels of 407.8 parts per million in 2018 and continued to rise in 2019. CO2 persists in the atmosphere for centuries, and for even longer in ocean waters, thus perpetuating temperature rise. “If we do not take urgent climate action now, then we are heading for a temperature increase of more than 3°C by the end of the century, with ever more harmful impacts on human well-being,” said Taalas, in a press release that accompanied the report. “We are nowhere near on track to meet the Paris Agreement target.” Record Carbon Dioxide Levels Causing More Floods, Heatwaves & Wildfires “On a day-to-day basis, the impacts of climate change play out through extreme and “abnormal” weather. And, once again in 2019, weather and climate related risks hit hard. Heatwaves and floods which used to be “once in a century” events are becoming more regular occurrences. Countries ranging from the Bahamas to Japan to Mozambique suffered the effect of devastating tropical cyclones. Wildfires swept through the Arctic and Australia,” Taalas added. “One of the main impacts of climate change is more erratic rainfall patterns. This poses a threat to crop yields and, combined with population increase, will mean considerable food security challenges for vulnerable countries in the future,” he said. The report gives extensive attention to the impacts of warming trends on human health, food security, migration, ecosystems and marine life, based on inputs from the World Health Organization, Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO), International Organization for Migration (IOM), and other United Nations partners. Extreme heat conditions are taking an increasing toll on human health and health systems with greater impacts where there are aging populations, urbanization, urban heat island effects, and health inequities. In 2018, a record 220 million more heatwave exposures by vulnerable persons over the age of 65 occurred, compared with the average for the baseline of 1986-2005. Climate variability and extreme weather events are among the key drivers of the recent rise in global hunger and one of the leading causes of severe crises, according to the WMO report. After a decade of steady decline, hunger is on the rise – with over 820 million people suffering from hunger in 2018. Among 33 countries affected by food crises in 2018, climate variability and weather extremes are the leading driver in 12 of the 26 countries at risk, and a compounding factor together with economic shocks and conflict in the other countries. More than 10 million new internal displacements were recorded between January and June 2019, 7 million being triggered by events such as Cyclone Idai in southeast Africa, Cyclone Fani in south Asia, Hurricane Dorian in the Caribbean, flooding in Iran, the Philippines and Ethiopia, generating acute humanitarian and protection needs. Detailed excerpts of impacts on health, food security and displacement are provided below, along with details of key climate and weather indicators of the broader trends. Impacts on Health, Agriculture & Migration In terms of inputs from other UN agencies, the WHO reports that in 2019, record-setting high temperatures from Australia, India, Japan, and Europe led to significant heat-related deaths and illness. In Japan, a major heat wave event affected the country in late July to early August 2019 resulting in over 100 deaths and 18,000 hospitalizations. Two heatwaves hit much of Europe in the summer of 2019, affecting southwestern to central Europe in June, followed by an even more powerful episode in late July, which affected much of central and western Europe. In the Netherlands, the heatwave was associated with 2 964 deaths, nearly 400 more deaths than during an average summer week. Changes in climatic conditions since 1950 are also making it easier for the Aedes mosquito species to transmit dengue virus. The global incidence of dengue has grown dramatically in recent decades, and about half of the world population is now at risk of infection. In 2019, the world experienced a large increase in dengue cases, compared with the same time period in 2018. In terms of agriculture, FAO reports that the start of the seasonal rains was delayed in Southern Africa, and there were extensive dry periods. As a result, regional cereal output is forecast to be about 8% below the five-year average with 12.5 million people in the region expected to experience severe food insecurity up until March 2020, an increase of more than 10% from the previous year. Food security has also been deteriorating in several areas of Ethiopia, Somalia, Kenya and Uganda due to a poor rainy season. Overall, about 12.3 million people are food insecure in the Horn of Africa region. Between October and November 2019, Somalia was further affected by intense flooding. In Afghanistan, some 13.5 million people are food insecure following severe flooding in March 2019, the worst such episode in a decade, This follows a period of severe drought in 2018 from which 22 out of 34 provinces are still recovering. More than 10 million new weather and climate-related internal displacements were recorded between January and June 2019, the IOM reports, Of those, 7 million people were displaced by disasters such as Cyclone Idai in Southeast Africa, Cyclone Fani in South Asia, Hurricane Dorian in the Caribbean, as well as by flooding in Iran, the Philippines and Ethiopia. Overall, floods were the most commonly cited natural hazard contributing to displacement, followed by storms and droughts. Asia and the Pacific remains the world’s most disaster displacement-prone region due to both sudden and slow-onset disasters. The number of new displacements associated with weather extremes could more than triple to around 22 million by the end of 2019, the IOM predicts. Ice Loss, Ocean Temperatures & Acidification The report provides detailed data on temperatures both at land as well as at sea. It notes that global mean temperature for the period January to October 2019 was 1.1 ± 0.1 °C above pre-industrial conditions (1850-1900). 2019 is expected to be the second or third warmest year on record. 2016, which began with an exceptionally strong El Niño, remains the warmest year. Since the 1980s, each successive decade has been warmer than the last. In terms of the world’s major land masses, most land areas were warmer than the recent average, including South America, Europe, Africa, Asia and Oceania, and the Arctic, with the U.S. state of Alaska was registering exceptionally warm temperatures in 2019. However, a large area of North America has been colder than the recent average. In October 2019, the global mean sea level reached its highest value since the beginning of the high-precision records in the 1990s. More than 90% of the excess energy accumulating in the climate system as a result of increased concentrations of greenhouse gases goes into the ocean. In the decade 2009-2018, the ocean absorbed around 22% of the annual emissions of CO2, which helps to attenuate climate change. But ocean temperatures also are rising. In 2019, ocean heat content continued at record or near-record levels, with the average for the year so far exceeding the previous record highs set in 2018. In 2019, the ocean has until now, on average, experienced around 1.5 months of unusually warm temperatures. More of the ocean had a marine heatwave classified as “Strong” (38%) than “Moderate” (28%). In the north-east Pacific, large areas reached a marine heatwave category of “Severe”. A corresponding, continued long term decline of Arctic sea ice was confirmed in September 2019, where the monthly average extent of ice (usually the lowest of the year) was the third lowest on record. Until 2016, Antarctic sea ice extent had shown a small long-term increase. In late 2016 this was interrupted by a sudden drop in extent to extreme values. Since then, Antarctic sea-ice extent has remained at relatively low levels. Total ice Mass Balance (TMB) for the Greenland Ice Sheet gives a net ice loss for September 2018 to August 2019 of 329 Gigatonnes (Gt). Increasing CO2 concentrations also affect the chemistry of the ocean, accelerating acidification. Ocean observations have shown a decrease in the average global surface ocean pH at a rate of 0.017–0.027 pH units per decade since the late 1980s, as reported previously by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. That is equivalent to an increase in acidity of 26% since the beginning of the industrial revolution. High impact events – Floods, Droughts, Heatwaves & Wildfires The 12-month rainfall averaged over the contiguous United States for the period for July 2018 to June 2019 (962 mm) was the highest on record. The onset and withdrawal of the Indian Monsoon were delayed, causing a large precipitation deficit in June but an excess of precipitation in the following months. Very wet conditions affected parts of South America in January. There was major flooding in northern Argentina, Uruguay and southern Brazil, with losses in Argentina and Uruguay estimated at US$2.5 billion. The Islamic Republic of Iran was badly affected by flooding in late March and early April. Major flooding affected many hitherto drought-affected parts of east Africa in October and early November. At the same time, drought affected many parts of southeast Asia and the southwest Pacific in 2019, associated in many cases with the strong positive phase of the Indian Ocean Dipole. Exceptionally dry conditions prevailed from mid-year onwards in Indonesia and neighbouring countries, as well as parts of the Mekong basin further north. Long-term drought conditions which had affected many parts of inland eastern Australia in 2017 and 2018 expanded and intensified in 2019. Averaged over Australia as a whole, January-October was the driest since 1902. Dry conditions affected many parts of Central America. It was substantially drier than normal in Honduras, Guatemala, Nicaragua and El Salvador, until heavy rains in October. Central Chile also had an exceptionally dry year, with rainfall for the year to 20 November at Santiago only 82 mm, less than 25% of the long-term average. Heatwaves Two major heatwaves occurred in Europe in late June and late July. according to the report. In France, a national record of 46.0°C (1.9°C above the previous record) was set on 28 June. National records were also set in Germany (42.6°C), the Netherlands (40.7°C), Belgium (41.8°C), Luxembourg (40.8°C) and the United Kingdom (38.7°C), with the heat also extending into the Nordic countries, where Helsinki had its highest temperature on record (33.2°C on 28 July). Australia had an exceptionally hot summer. The mean summer temperature was the highest on record by almost 1°C, and January was Australia’s hottest month on record. The heat was most notable for its persistence but there were also significant individual extremes, including 46.6°C at Adelaide on 24 January, the city’s highest temperature on record In terms of forest fires, several high-latitude regions saw above-average activity, including Siberia (Russian Federation) and Alaska (US). There were wildfires in some parts of the Arctic – previously extremely rare events. In South-East Asia, a severe drought in Indonesia and neighbouring countries led to the most significant fire season since 2015. The number of reported fires in Brazil’s Amazonia region was only slightly above the 10-year average, but total fire activity in South America was the highest since 2010, with Bolivia and Venezuela among the countries with particularly active fire years. Tropical cyclones Tropical cyclone activity globally in 2019 was slightly above average. The Northern Hemisphere, to date, has had 66 tropical cyclones, compared with the average at this time of year of 56, although accumulated cyclone energy (ACE) was only 2% above average. The 2018-19 Southern Hemisphere season was also above average, with 27 cyclones. Tropical Cyclone Idai made landfall in Mozambique on 15 March as one of the strongest known on the east coast of Africa, resulting in many casualties and widespread devastation. Idai contributed to the complete destruction of close to 780 000 ha of crops in Malawi, Mozambique, and Zimbabwe, further undermining a precarious food security situation in the region. The cyclone also resulted in at least 50 905 displaced persons in Zimbabwe, 53 237 in southern Malawi and 77 019 in Mozambique. One of the year’s most intense tropical cyclones was Dorian, which made landfall with category 5 intensity in the Bahamas. The destruction was exacerbated as the cyclone was exceptionally slow-moving, remaining near-stationary for about 24 hours. Typhoon Hagibis made landfall west of Tokyo on 12 October, causing severe flooding. The final State of the Climate report, with complete 2019 data, will be published in March 2020. See video about the report here. This article was published as part of Covering Climate Now, a global journalistic collaboration to strengthen coverage of the climate story. Countries Exposed, But Lack Support To Address Climate-Related Health Risks Says WHO Report 03/12/2019 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Madrid, Spain – Countries lack capacity and even more important, the money, to incorporate health factors into their climate action strategies – even though increased disease and deaths are one of the most immediate outcomes of climate change. This is the key finding of a first-ever report by the World Health Organization that looks at how national health systems are responding to climate-related health threats that are affecting countries more frequently and with greater intensity, including food-borne and water-borne as well as vector-borne infectious diseases, as well as heat stress and extreme weather events. Female solar engineers in India bring solar power to communities. Clean energy generates a double benefit for climate and health in terms of less air pollution. The report, The WHO Health and Climate Change Survey Report – Tracking Global Progress – surveyed 101 countries, from high- to low-income economies across all regions of the world. The findings show that while nearly half of the countries surveyed had developed a national health and climate change strategy or plan, less than one-fifth reported a high level of plan implementation, and fewer than 10% of countries said that they had resources to fully implement their plans. “Countries are exposed to climate risks, they are vulnerable to health impacts and they are not receiving the support they need in order to protect people’s health,” said WHO’s Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum, speaking at a press conference here on Tuesday, the second day of the UN Climate Conference in Madrid (COP25). In addition to the direct impacts of climate change, Campbell-Lendrum noted that some 7 million people annually die from air pollution every year, “roughly the whole population of Madrid” and those deaths are “very closely linked to the climate crisis, as about two-thirds of the outdoor air pollution we experience is from fossil fuel combustion.” WHO has estimated that cutting carbon emissions to meet the climate goals of the 2015 Paris Climate Agreement could save about a million lives a year worldwide by 2050 through reductions in air pollution alone. And the economic benefits of the health gains would be more than twice that of the costs of carbon reductions, he said. “Climate change is not only racking up a bill for future generations to pay, it’s a price that people are paying for now with their health,” said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, Director-General of the World Health Organization, in a press release on the new report. “It is a moral imperative that countries have the resources they need to act against climate change and safeguard health now and in the future.” Among the countries that did conduct a climate and health assessment, the most common climate-sensitive health risks were identified by countries as heat stress, injury or death from extreme weather events, as well as food-, water- and vector-borne diseases (such as cholera, dengue or malaria). However, about 60% of countries responding reported that their assessment findings have had little or no influence on the allocation of human and financial resources needed to protect health from climate change. Biggest Barrier is Finance The biggest barrier, the survey found, was that countries have difficulties in accessing international climate finance for health-related climate plans and projects. Over 75% of the national health systems that responded to the survey, reported that they lacked information on climate finance opportunities. Over 60% said that health actors were disconnected from climate finance processes, and over 50% said that health systems lacked capacity to even prepare proposals. In terms of preventing future climate change, the report also notes that few countries have been able to take advantage of the synergies that exist between reducing carbon emission and reducing environmental contamination that harms health, particularly air pollution. Fewer than 25% of countries surveyed reporting having clear collaborations between health sectors and other key sectors driving climate change, such as transport, power generation and domestic heat and power production. Potential Health Gains of Climate Mitigation Rarely Counted Potential health gains that would result from cutting carbon emissions are rarely reflected in national climate commitments, with only one-fifth of Nationally Determined Commitments (NDCs) mentioning health in the context of emissions reductions and 1 in 10 NDCs specifically mentioning expected health gains. The so-called “Nationally Determined Commitments,” the voluntary targets to which countries commit, are in fact the backbone of the 2015 Paris Climate Agreement that aims to keep climate change below 2°C and 1.5°C, if at all possible. While two-thirds of countries’ NDCs mention health in general terms, and the health sector is among the five sectors most often described as vulnerable to climate change, when it comes to concrete action, health is just not factored into the equation, the WHO report concludes. “For the Paris Agreement to be effective to protect people’s health, all levels of government need to prioritize building health system resilience to climate change, and a growing number of national governments are clearly headed in that direction,” said Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of the Department of Environment, Climate Change and Health, in the press release. “By systematically including health in Nationally Determined Contributions – as well as National Adaptation Plans, climate finance pledges, and other National Communications to the UNFCCC [United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change] — the Paris Agreement could become the strongest international health agreement of the century.” Speaking at the press conference, Neira said that countries need to ensure that the health sector is included in climate change processes and that health ministries have the capacity and support to access the finance they need. “The fact that the health impact is already felt by the countries but the finance is not reaching them,” said Neira, speaking at the press conference. She added that the health sector was also calling on governments ” to be much more ambitious on tackling the causes of climate change because our health is at risk and our health is paying the price of not taking action on climate.” From left-right, Jessica Beagley (Lancet Commission Countdown); Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum & Maria Neira (WHO). Health Sector Involvement in Climate Response Collaboration on health and climate policy was greatest between the health sector and the water, sanitation and wastewater sector (45 out of 101 respondents), followed by agriculture (31 out of 101 respondents) and social services (26 out of 101 respondents). A quarter or less of countries reported having an agreement in place between the health sector and the transportation, electricity generation or household energy sectors. While only 8 our of 45 countries reported a high level of implementation of national health and climate change strategies or plans, countries were being more proactive on certain issues. Some 61% of countries were implementing stronger systems of early warning and response to cope with flooding, 43% for heatwaves and 32% for air quality. Although 48% of countries have assessed their public health risk to climate change 60% report that these findings have had little to no influence on the allocation of human and financial resources to meet their adaptation priorities for protecting health. Half of the countries surveyed have developed a national health and climate change strategy or plan. But less than 20% of countries reporting a high level of implementation. Along with financing, other common barriers included: human resource constraints and lack of capacity, lack of prioritization; lack of multisectoral collaboration and a lack of tools, information systems and evidence for decision-making. Only about 38% have national finances in place to even partially implement their national strategy of plan, and fewer than 10% have resources to implement it completely. In terms of accessing international climate finance, over 75% (35 of 46 respondents) reported a lack of information on opportunities, over 60% a lack of connection of health actors to the climate finance processes, and over 50% a lack of capacity to prepare proposals, the report found. Campbell-Lendrum noted that the efforts need to be made by both the climate and health sectors to close the gap. “The Green Climate Fund has identified health and well being as a focal area, they just haven’t funded any projects in that area yet. So we need to work from both sides to make sure that the countries have the technical back- up to prepare their plans and then we have to be met from the other side.” According to the UN Environment-hosted Climate and Clean Air Coalition, some countries have begun reporting on reductions of black carbon emissions – which are among the most health-harmful air pollutants – as part of their Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) to reducing climate change. Unlike carbon dioxide, which persists in the atmosphere for hundreds of ;years, black carbon particles that are heavily emitted by diesel generators and vehicles as well as by primitive wood and biomass stoves, only remain airborne for a few days or weeks, and therefore reducing emissions can lead to rapid reductions in concentrations in the atmosphere. Black carbon also comprises a significant portion of small particles, or PM2.5, regarded as one of the most health-harmful air pollutants. A 2018 report by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), underlined that reducing emissions of black carbon and other so-called short-lived climate pollutants, such as ozone and methane, could help slow down the pace of climate change, buying the world critical time to shift to cleaner energy technologies. However, many countries still lack the tools and awareness to clearly and quantitatively link their carbon reductions with reductions of black carbon and other air pollutants. Conversely, the so-called health co-benefits that may be derived from climate action are not typically factored into climate assessments and financing processes, which right now focus on quantifying carbon emission cuts, as such, without regard for savings in lives or related health costs. ________________________________________ This article was published as part of Covering Climate Now, a global journalistic collaboration to strengthen coverage of the climate story. Image Credits: DFID, WHO, E. Fletcher . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Measles Deaths Rose To 140,000 In 2018; DRC Cases Account For One-Third Of 2019 Infections 05/12/2019 Grace Ren Measles deaths are on the rise for the second year in a row, killing more than 140,000 people worldwide in 2018 according to estimates released Thursday by the World Health Organization and the United States Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Also on Thursday, a massive measles vaccination campaign was announced in North Kivu, the Democratic Republic of the Congo – the country where a full one-third of the world’s reported measles cases have so far occurred in 2019. “Our finding is that in 2018, there has been an increase in both the cases and the deaths that have occurred from measles. In other words, we’re backsliding,” said WHO’s Director of Immunization, Vaccines and Biologicals Kate O’Brien. Total deaths in 2018 were 26,000 more than in 2017, where an estimated 124,000 people died, and 55 percent more than the 89,780 deaths reported in 2016. The number of measles cases also increased by more than 2 million between 2017 to 2018, with 9,769,400 estimated cases in 2018 as compared with 7,585,900 estimated cases in 2017, according to the WHO and CDC estimates. As in previous years, most deaths were among children under the age of 5, and the most highly impacted region was Sub-Saharan Africa. A health worker vaccinates a child against measles in the DRC. One of the worst afflicted countries, the DRC, has been concurrently battling a massive measles outbreak and deadly Ebola outbreak for over a year. It’s estimated that over 5000 people, mostly children have died in the current measles outbreak, more than double the number killed by Ebola over the past year. The DRC appears to account for about one-third of this year’s measles case load, WHO said, although the national data upon which that estimate has been made has yet to be validated. DRC, together with Liberia, Madagascar, Somalia, and Ukraine, accounted for almost half of all measles cases worldwide in 2018. Children in these countries persistently miss out on measles vaccination. “The fact that any child dies from a vaccine-preventable disease like measles is frankly an outrage and a collective failure to protect the world’s most vulnerable children,” said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreysus, Director-General of the World Health Organization in a press release. “To save lives, we must ensure everyone can benefit from vaccines – which means investing in immunization and quality health care as a right for all.” While low-income countries bear the brunt of the global burden of measles, it has also resurged in some wealthy countries, including some that had previously eliminated the disease. This year, the United States reported its highest number of cases in 25 years, while four countries in Europe – Albania, Czechia, Greece and the United Kingdom – lost their measles elimination status in 2018 following protracted outbreaks of the disease. Measles is a highly contagious virus, and outbreaks can occur when coverage of the vaccine is too low, leaving a proportion of the community unprotected. Some 95% of the population receive at least two doses of the measles vaccine in order to prevent outbreaks from occurring, according to WHO recommendations. In countries that have lost measles-elimination status, misinformation spread about the safety and efficacy of vaccines has contributed greatly to vaccine hesitancy, leading parents to forgo vaccinating their children. Global measles vaccination rates have stagnated for almost a decade. WHO and UNICEF estimate that 86% of children globally received the first dose of measles vaccine through their country’s routine vaccination services in 2018, and fewer than 70% received the second recommended dose. In 2019, as of mid-November, there have already been over 413,000 cases reported to the WHO globally, with an additional 250,000 cases in DRC reported through the national surveillance system. Together, this marks a three-fold increase compared with this same time period in 2018. 2.2 Million Children To Be Vaccinated Against Measles In North Kivu While the Ebola outbreak has captured international attention, the DRC is also currently experiencing the world’s largest and most severe measles epidemic, with an estimated 250,000 suspected cases and over 5000 deaths so far. Low rates of vaccination and high rates of malnutrition have contributed to the measles epidemic, and the high rate of mortality in the outbreak. “While the Ebola outbreak in the DRC has won the world’s attention and progress is being made in saving lives, we must not forget the other urgent health needs the country faces,” said WHO Regional Director for Africa Matshidiso Moeti in a press release by WHO’s African Regional Office. Launch of the vaccination campaign in North Kivu As part of a second phase of a country-wide preventative vaccination campaign, this specific surge aims to vaccinate an additional 2.2 million children in North Kivu province, a particularly challenging context, as it is the center of the Ebola outbreak and has been plagued with insecurity. Just last week, four Ebola responders were killed in a directed attack in Biakato Mines and Mangina. “In the context of North Kivu, where the population is highly mobile, it is imperative that we reach out to travelers and ensure that their children are also covered,” said Deo Nshimirimana, WHO acting representative in the DRC. The five-day campaign is being implemented by the Ministry of Health with the support of WHO and partners and is fully funded by Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance. North Kivu is the last province in the second phase of the country-wide preventative vaccination campaign, and will be followed by a third and final phase planned in 10 remaining provinces: Bas Uélé, Equateur, Haut Katanga, Haut Lomami, Haut Uélé, Kasai Oriental, Lualaba, Maniema, Mongala and Tshuapa. The campaign ultimately plans to reach 18.9 million children, with a particular focus on children who may have been missed by routine immunization. “Sadly, measles has claimed more Congolese lives this year than Ebola. We must do better at protecting the most vulnerable, who are often also the hardest to reach. This campaign is an important step in that direction,” said Thabani Maphosa, managing director of Country Programmes for Gavi. “For maximum impact, campaigns must be combined with the strengthening of routine immunization and health systems.” To date, US$ 27.5 million have been mobilized for the measles response; however, another estimated US$ 4.8 million are needed to complete the vaccination campaign and to strengthen other elements of response such as disease surveillance, case-management and communication. Image Credits: WHO/Kisimir Jonh Shim, WHO AFRO. Cancer Organizations Across Latin America Vow To Intensify Action Against Expected “Tsunami” Of New Cancer Deaths 05/12/2019 Editorial team For the first time ever, leading cancer organizations across Latin America have signed onto a joint declaration pledging to intensify action against millions of avoidable cancer deaths on the continent. The Bogota Statement on Leading BOLD Cancer Prevention into the Future was signed by leaders of cancer organizations and foundations from 8 Latin American countries, Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, El Salvador, Mexico, and Peru at a meeting in Bogota, Colombia, which ended Wednesday. The December 3-4 meeting was hosted by Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer and the US-based American Cancer Society, which pledged to support the Latin America initiative. “Meeting in Bogotá provided us with a great opportunity to discuss common challenges in addressing cancer risk factors and inequities that mean marginalized people suffer most,” said Sally Cowal, senior vice president of Global Cancer Control, American Cancer Society. “We agreed we have a significant opportunity to share our knowledge and experiences, and provide a strong voice for the growing evidence base in Latin America…We acknowledge we are stronger together and this meeting has provided new impetus for progressing work to prevent future cancer deaths.” Cancer is already the second-leading cause of death in Latin America. But if current trends continue, there could be a 91 percent increase in cancer incidence across the region between 2012 and 2035, to 1.8 million new cancer cases every year, and cancer deaths will double to around 1 million deaths annually, according to a 2018 study published in the International Journal of Cancer. Colombia’s Minister of Health and Social Protection, Dr. Juan Pablo Uribe Restrepo, and Vice Minister of Health and Social Protection, Dr. Iván Darío González, both expressed their support for the initiative at the meeting of some 20 leaders of cancer foundations, advocacy groups, and research centers from around the continent. Colombia’s Minister of Health and Social Protection, Dr. Juan Pablo Uribe Restrepo, speaking at the meeting. “We are working to improve the health of the population…We are strongly committed to reducing smoking and are working to reduce the number of tobacco users, especially among youth and students…Together with institutions like the Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer, we continue to fight against human papillomavirus,” said Minister Restrepo, noting that only 32% of eligible Colombians have so far received the vaccine that helps prevent cervical cancer. “Our goal is to reach 100 percent coverage,” he said. Cancer experts present at the conference called the projections for cancer’s rising disease and death toll a predicted “tsunami” that constitutes a “public health emergency which is exacerbating social, economic and health inequities.” To combat the growing threat of cancer, Cowal said that the Bogota Statement focuses on adopting a set of “best buys for cancer prevention.” Dr. Carlos Castro, medical and scientific director at the Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer, further clarified, “We must join forces to increase tobacco taxes as the most effective way to reduce tobacco consumption, regulate e-cigarettes, and increase vaccination against human papillomavirus, which causes cervical cancer. Those are our principal commitments against cancer included in the Bogotá Declaration.” It’s estimated that more than 30 percent of all cancer deaths are preventable. Tobacco is associated with more than 14 different cancers and causes more than 20 percent of cancer deaths, globally. Obesity and unhealthy diet is associated with 14 different cancers and alcohol with seven different cancers. Other risk factors associated with the most prevalent cancers across the region include inconsistency of vaccination programs and treatment of cervical, stomach and liver cancer infections. In signing the declaration, the cancer leaders, agreed to intensify their activities across a number of key, shared priorities, including the following: Support measures to increase tobacco taxes as the main tool to reduce tobacco consumption and prevent initiation in young people. Urge countries that have not yet signed or ratified the World Health Organization Framework Convention on Tobacco Control to be a party to this global treaty, the first international public health treaty which provides the guidelines for tobacco control worldwide Monitor and report corporate interference (especially from the tobacco, alcohol and ultra-processed foods industries) in public policy decision-making. Advocate for the regulation of electronic nicotine delivery systems (SEAN) and new devices. Actively participate in the elimination of cervical cancer through national human papillomavirus vaccination programs and strengthened early detection programs that use DNA-HPV testing. Support research and the eradication of Helicobacter Pylori infection to prevent gastric cancer. Promote the development of cancer prevention and early detection activities related to the main cancers in the region. Contribute to the dissemination of academic research that helps build cancer prevention policies. Act in conjunction with existing networks in the region to document and share successful experiences, lessons learned and communication strategies to achieve strong and sustainable progress. Underlying all the commitments made in the Bogota Declaration was the theme of shared learning. Gloria Inés Forero, president of the Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer, said that collaboration between the organizations, based on “experiences and lessons learned,” is the key to “countering the imminent advance of cancer in the region.” Signatories to the Bogota Statement.(Left-right back) Sebastian Jimenez, CEPREME, Ecuador; Luiz Augusto Maltoni Jr., presidente, Fundação do Câncer, Brasil; Dr. Jorge Jiménez de la Jara, presidente, Fundación Foro Nacional de Cáncer, Chile; Dr. Bill Cance, chief medical & scientific officer, American Cancer Society, USA; Diego Paonesa, chief executive officer, Liga Argentina de Lucha Contra el Cáncer, Argentina; Adolfo Dammert Ludowieg, presidente, La Liga contra el Cancer, Peru; Dr. Carlos José Castro, medical and scientific director, Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer(left-right front) Blanca Llorente, directora, Fundación Anáas, Colombia; Dr. Lisseth Ruíz de Campos, presidente, ASAPRECAN, El Salvador; Sally Cowal, senior vice president, Global Cancer Control, American Cancer Society, USA; Gloría Inés Forero de Ruíz, presidenta, Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer, Colombia; Diana Rivera, directora, Fundación Ellen Riegner de Casas, Colombia; Dr. Guadalupe Ponciano, Asociación Mexicana de Lucha contra el Cáncer, Mexico Gavi, The Vaccine Alliance Approves New Ebola Vaccine Stockpile Of 500,000 Doses 05/12/2019 Grace Ren Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance approved on Thursday an investment of US$178 million over the next five years to establish a global stockpile of 500,000 doses of Ebola vaccines that have been “pre-qualified” by the World Health Organization – WHO’s quality seal of approval that also makes vaccines and drugs eligible for preferential terms of purchase and use in countries. An additional US$11.6 million was allocated by the Gavi Board to fund three ongoing pilots for the world’s first malaria vaccine in Kenya, Ghana, and Malawi, to assess the feasibility of rolling out the vaccine more widely in Africa as part of national vaccine programmes. “Let me highlight two decisions: first is the… creation of a new Gavi Support for Ebola programme, which includes creation of a global stockpile of WHO-prequalified Ebola vaccines,” Gavi CEO Seth Berkley announced in a press conference following the Board meeting in Delhi, India on Thursday. “The second is the continuation of funding for the world’s first malaria vaccine, and this is funding for vaccine pilots that are taking place in Malawi, Ghana, and Kenya, vaccinating about 360,000 children per year,” he added. A healthcare worker gives a child a dose of the malaria vaccine, RTS,S. The moves represent new strategic directions for the international private-public partnership, which until recently had focused mostly on strengthening routine vaccination systems in low- and lower-middle-income countries. While the organization currently manages the global Yellow Fever vaccine stockpile for outbreak response, and supports vaccines for eight other diseases, Berkley noted that this is the first time the Board has supported creation of a stockpile for a brand-new vaccine for a disease such as Ebola, which will come with its own set of challenges. As of now, only one Ebola vaccine, Ervebo, which is produced by Merck & Co. and received regulatory approval by the European Medicines Agency just last month, followed by WHO prequalification approval , is eligible to be included in the global stockpile. But the stockpile, which will aim to hold at least 500,000 doses, may be expanded as new Ebola vaccines hit the market, Berkley said. There there are currently 7 other candidate vaccines for the Zaire strain of Ebola, the most common strain of the virus, Berkley noted. A second Ebola vaccine candidate, developed by Johnson & Johnson, recently began clinical trials in the Democratic Republic of Congo, which has been wracked by an Ebola outbreak that lasted for more than a year, killing over 2000 people. A second Board decision voted to continue Gavi’s support for landmark pilots of the world’s first malaria vaccine, RTS,S in Malawi, Kenya, and Ghana that began this year, aiming to assess the feasibility for rolling out the vaccine on a national scale in other African countries with a moderate- to high-malaria burden. The vaccine requires four separate doses, which can be difficult to deliver to populations with low access to health care. From 2021 to 2023, Gavi will allocate US $11.6 million towards funding these pilots, which represents approximately 50% of the total funding needs. The remaining 50% will be funded by the Global Fund for AIDS, Tuberculosis, and Malaria, and Unitaid. The two major decisions were made at the last meeting of the Gavi Board before the private-public partnership holds its next replenishment conference in London on June 4, 2020, hosted by the United Kingdom. The organization hopes to raise US $7.41 billion to fund its next cycle of activities from 2021-2023. Gavi’s Two-Part Ebola Support Program According to Berkley, Gavi’s new Ebola Support Program will be composed of two main components; managing a global stockpile of vaccine for future outbreaks, and looking into potential preventative use of the Ebola vaccine. Countries that are eligible for Gavi vaccine donations, will be able to access the stockpile free of charge and will also receive support for operational costs. Non-Gavi-eligible countries can still access the stockpile but will need to eventually pay Gavi back for the vaccines and cover their own operational costs. A health care worker preparing a dose of Ebola vaccine The organization will also be looking into ways the Ebola vaccine can be used outside of outbreak settings. There have been 29 outbreaks of Ebola virus on record since the virus was first identified, although only the West African 2014-2016 outbreak and the ongoing outbreak in the DRC have surpassed 400 cases. Thus, it is unclear whether huge outbreaks would be the norm in the future, and Gavi must be prepared to take an “active learning agenda” in establishing its new Ebola support program, especially with an eye towards learning how best to carry out preventative vaccination, says Berkley. Up until now, the candidate Ebola vaccines have only been used during the two recent big outbreaks, Berkley noted. The Merck vaccine, and now the Johnson&Johnson candidate, have been deployed under “compassionate-use” protocols, which allow new health products that have demonstrated safety and efficacy but may not have finished full regulatory processes, to be used in emergency settings. “The obvious countries [to consider for preventative vaccination] are those that have indigenous transmission of Ebola… We could also consider countries that have transmission of Ebola through travelers. We suspect it will include workers in hospitals, in front-line clinics, lab workers,” said Berkley. Front-line health workers bore the brunt of the brutal outbreak in West Africa from 2014-2016, where its estimated that health care workers had more than 21 times the risk of contracting Ebola than the average person. Berkley said that preliminary modelling done by Gavi suggests that preventative vaccination in 10% of the healthcare workforce, targeting those working in areas likely to see outbreaks, might help protect those most at risk in a future outbreak, although more work needs to be done to clearly outline a preventative vaccination strategy. Image Credits: WHO/M. Nieuwenhof, Twitter: @WHO. World Malaria Report 2019: Pregnant Women & Children Hit The Hardest As Global Progress Stalls 04/12/2019 Grace Ren Global progress against malaria continued to plateau in 2018 for the third year in a row, and the disease hit young children and pregnant women in Sub-Saharan Africa the hardest, according to the World Malaria Report 2019 released by the World Health Organization on Wednesday. Despite stalled progress at the global level, however, four new countries have successfully eliminated the disease in 2018 and 2019. “We’re seeing encouraging signs, but the burden of suffering and death caused by malaria is unacceptable, because it is largely preventable. The lack of improvement in the number of cases and deaths from malaria is deeply troubling,” said WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus in a press release. “Pregnant women and children are the most vulnerable to malaria, and we cannot make progress without focusing on these two groups.” A village malaria worker is testing a young child for malaria in Battambang Province, Cambodia. In 2018, WHO estimates that there were 228 million cases of malaria globally, causing 405 000 deaths, as compared to 231 million cases and 435 000 deaths in 2017. A dramatic reduction in malaria incidence and mortality was seen through 2010 to 2015, but global progress against the disease has stalled since then. The report underlines that malaria continues to strike particularly hard at pregnant women and children in Sub-Saharan Africa,, with an estimated 11 million pregnant women infected in 38 countries with moderate-to-high malaria transmission in that region alone in 2018. Malaria infection in pregnancy can cause a variety of complications, including malaria-related anemia, low birth weight, and even maternal death. An estimated 24 million children in the region were infected last year with the deadliest strain of malaria – P. falciparum – with at least half experiencing moderate anemia and 1.8 million experiencing severe anemia. Malaria-related severe anemia is still a major contributor to child mortality in Sub-Saharan Africa. Funding for malaria control and elimination 2010-2018, by source of funds (constant 2018 US$) The plateau in progress may in part be caused by the shortfall in malaria funding – the report estimates that funding towards malaria control and prevention fell to US$2.7 billion last year with governments of malaria-endemic countries contributing an estimated 30% of the pool, falling far short of the US$5 billion needed to fully fund WHO’s Global technical strategy for malaria 2016 – 2030. On the flip side, a handful of low-burden countries have seen progress. In 2018, WHO certified that endemic malaria was successfully eliminated Paraguay and Uzbekistan. Algeria and Argentina were recognized for eliminating endemic malaria in early 2019, and China, El Salvador, Iran, Malaysia, and Timor-Leste reported zero indigenous cases. Progress to achieve a global milestone to certify at least 10 countries for the elimination of malaria by 2020 is also on track. Large reductions in malaria were also seen in WHO’s Southeast Asian region, said Dr Abdisalan Noor, lead author of the report and team leader of the Surveillance Unit in WHO’s Global Malaria Programme, in a press conference. Significant reductions in India, which had 2.6 million fewer malaria cases than the previous year, accounted for a large share of the success. Progress has also been made in the Greater Mekong sub-region – an important strategic area as resistance to antimalarial medications has historically been traced back to the region. Protecting Pregnant Women and Young Children Coverage of pregnant women and children by malaria treatment and prevention interventions has increased in Africa, but these two groups continue to be the hardest hit by malaria. “We have brought back the focus to the key populations at risk that suffer and carry the brunt of malaria; pregnant women and young children in Africa. And by highlighting this space, we also signal that they must become our number one priority in the fight against malaria,” said Dr Pedro Alonso, director of WHO’s Global Malaria Programme. The WHO report estimates that in 2018, 67% of all malaria-related deaths occurred in children under 5, and malaria continues to be a leading cause of infection-related maternal mortality in Sub-Saharan Africa. “Now, [another] one of the consequences of malaria in pregnancy is children that are born with low birth weight, less than 2500 grams at birth,” Dr Noor clarified. Low birth weight is not only an immediate problem for the growth of the child, but is also “a significant predictor of early infant death,” he added. The WHO report estimates that of the 11 million cases of malaria in pregnancy in Sub-Saharan Africa in 2018, 872,000 children were born with low birth weight. This is despite the fact that the number of pregnant women and children sleeping under insecticide-treated bed nets and receiving preventative medicine for malaria has increased in recent years. An estimated 61% of pregnant women and children in sub-Saharan Africa slept under an insecticide-treated net in 2018 compared to 26% in 2010. Among pregnant women in the region, coverage of the recommended 3 or more doses of intermittent preventative malaria treatment, delivered during antenatal care visits, increased from an estimated 22% in 2017 to 31% in 2018. Some 72% of eligible children received seasonal malaria prevention medication in 2018. A new WHO-recommended strategy to prevent malaria in infants – intermittent preventative treatment for infants (IPTi) – recommends delivering anti-malarials to very young children through the immunization programme, and is being piloted in Sierra Leone. “IPTi offers a tremendous opportunity to keep small children alive and healthy,” said Dr Alonso. “WHO welcomes Unitaid’s new drive, announced today, to accelerate the adoption and scale-up of IPTi in other malaria-endemic countries in sub-Saharan Africa.” Some “Elimination by 2020” Targets May Be in Sight Despite little progress being made on the global scale, certain regions and countries are inching closer to eliminating malaria, defined as completely stopping endemic transmission within national or territorial borders. Globally, a total of 38 countries and territories have been certified malaria-free by WHO, with Paraguay, Uzbekistan, Algeria, and Argentina just added to that list between 2018 to 2019. WHO grants the malaria-free certification when a country proves, beyond a reasonable doubt, that the chain of indigenous transmission of malaria has been interrupted for at least 3 consecutive years. At least 10 countries that are part of WHO’s “E-2020 initiative” are on track to reach the 2020 elimination milestone of the global strategy. P. Falciparum cases in the Greater Mekong Subregion, 2010- 2018 The six countries of the Greater Mekong sub-region – Cambodia, China, Laos, Myanmar, Thailand, and Vietnam – have made significant progress. Across the subregion, there was an impressive 76% reduction in malaria cases and a 95% drop in deaths between 2010 and 2018. This includes a steep decline in cases of P. falciparum malaria, a primary target in view of the ongoing threat of antimalarial drug resistance. Some 11 African countries and India account for approximately 70% of the world’s malaria burden – Burkina Faso, Cameroon, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Ghana, India, Mali, Mozambique, Niger, Nigeria, Uganda and the United Republic of Tanzania. The WHO and Roll Back Malaria Partnership launched a “high burden high impact” (HBHI) approach in these countries in 2018. By November 2019, the HBHI approach had been initiated in nine high burden countries in Africa. Image Credits: WHO/ V. Sokhin, WHO/World Malaria Report 2019. Global Temperatures Already 1.1°C Above Pre-Industrial Levels; Last Ten Years Appear To Be Hottest On Record, Says WMO 03/12/2019 Editorial team Madrid – Exceptional global heat waves, retreating ice sheets and record sea levels – all driven by rising concentrations of atmospheric greenhouse gases – are the hallmark of the past decade as 2019 draws to a close, said the World Metereological Organization (WMO) on Tuesday. The global average temperature in 2019 (January to October) was about 1.1°C above pre-industrial levels. Average temperatures for the past ten years (2010-2019) are “almost certain” to be the highest on record, WMO Secretary-General Petteri Taalas said in a press conference here on the second day of the UN Climate Conference (COP25). And 2019 is on course to be the second or third warmest year ever on record. His remarks were based upon a WMO provisional statement on the State of the Global Climate, released simultaneously. Sea level rise has accelerated since the start of satellite measurements in 1993, because of the melting of ice sheets in Greenland and Antarctica, according to the report. The ocean, which acts as a buffer by absorbing heat and carbon dioxide, is paying a heavy price. Ocean heat is at record levels and there have been widespread marine heatwaves. Sea water is 26 percent more acidic than at the start of the industrial era. Vital marine ecosystems are being degraded, the WMO report finds. The daily Arctic sea-ice extent minimum in September 2019 was the second lowest in the satellite record and October has seen further record low extents. In Antarctica, 2019 saw record low ice extents in some months. All of these trends are directly linked to record levels of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere, which hit levels of 407.8 parts per million in 2018 and continued to rise in 2019. CO2 persists in the atmosphere for centuries, and for even longer in ocean waters, thus perpetuating temperature rise. “If we do not take urgent climate action now, then we are heading for a temperature increase of more than 3°C by the end of the century, with ever more harmful impacts on human well-being,” said Taalas, in a press release that accompanied the report. “We are nowhere near on track to meet the Paris Agreement target.” Record Carbon Dioxide Levels Causing More Floods, Heatwaves & Wildfires “On a day-to-day basis, the impacts of climate change play out through extreme and “abnormal” weather. And, once again in 2019, weather and climate related risks hit hard. Heatwaves and floods which used to be “once in a century” events are becoming more regular occurrences. Countries ranging from the Bahamas to Japan to Mozambique suffered the effect of devastating tropical cyclones. Wildfires swept through the Arctic and Australia,” Taalas added. “One of the main impacts of climate change is more erratic rainfall patterns. This poses a threat to crop yields and, combined with population increase, will mean considerable food security challenges for vulnerable countries in the future,” he said. The report gives extensive attention to the impacts of warming trends on human health, food security, migration, ecosystems and marine life, based on inputs from the World Health Organization, Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO), International Organization for Migration (IOM), and other United Nations partners. Extreme heat conditions are taking an increasing toll on human health and health systems with greater impacts where there are aging populations, urbanization, urban heat island effects, and health inequities. In 2018, a record 220 million more heatwave exposures by vulnerable persons over the age of 65 occurred, compared with the average for the baseline of 1986-2005. Climate variability and extreme weather events are among the key drivers of the recent rise in global hunger and one of the leading causes of severe crises, according to the WMO report. After a decade of steady decline, hunger is on the rise – with over 820 million people suffering from hunger in 2018. Among 33 countries affected by food crises in 2018, climate variability and weather extremes are the leading driver in 12 of the 26 countries at risk, and a compounding factor together with economic shocks and conflict in the other countries. More than 10 million new internal displacements were recorded between January and June 2019, 7 million being triggered by events such as Cyclone Idai in southeast Africa, Cyclone Fani in south Asia, Hurricane Dorian in the Caribbean, flooding in Iran, the Philippines and Ethiopia, generating acute humanitarian and protection needs. Detailed excerpts of impacts on health, food security and displacement are provided below, along with details of key climate and weather indicators of the broader trends. Impacts on Health, Agriculture & Migration In terms of inputs from other UN agencies, the WHO reports that in 2019, record-setting high temperatures from Australia, India, Japan, and Europe led to significant heat-related deaths and illness. In Japan, a major heat wave event affected the country in late July to early August 2019 resulting in over 100 deaths and 18,000 hospitalizations. Two heatwaves hit much of Europe in the summer of 2019, affecting southwestern to central Europe in June, followed by an even more powerful episode in late July, which affected much of central and western Europe. In the Netherlands, the heatwave was associated with 2 964 deaths, nearly 400 more deaths than during an average summer week. Changes in climatic conditions since 1950 are also making it easier for the Aedes mosquito species to transmit dengue virus. The global incidence of dengue has grown dramatically in recent decades, and about half of the world population is now at risk of infection. In 2019, the world experienced a large increase in dengue cases, compared with the same time period in 2018. In terms of agriculture, FAO reports that the start of the seasonal rains was delayed in Southern Africa, and there were extensive dry periods. As a result, regional cereal output is forecast to be about 8% below the five-year average with 12.5 million people in the region expected to experience severe food insecurity up until March 2020, an increase of more than 10% from the previous year. Food security has also been deteriorating in several areas of Ethiopia, Somalia, Kenya and Uganda due to a poor rainy season. Overall, about 12.3 million people are food insecure in the Horn of Africa region. Between October and November 2019, Somalia was further affected by intense flooding. In Afghanistan, some 13.5 million people are food insecure following severe flooding in March 2019, the worst such episode in a decade, This follows a period of severe drought in 2018 from which 22 out of 34 provinces are still recovering. More than 10 million new weather and climate-related internal displacements were recorded between January and June 2019, the IOM reports, Of those, 7 million people were displaced by disasters such as Cyclone Idai in Southeast Africa, Cyclone Fani in South Asia, Hurricane Dorian in the Caribbean, as well as by flooding in Iran, the Philippines and Ethiopia. Overall, floods were the most commonly cited natural hazard contributing to displacement, followed by storms and droughts. Asia and the Pacific remains the world’s most disaster displacement-prone region due to both sudden and slow-onset disasters. The number of new displacements associated with weather extremes could more than triple to around 22 million by the end of 2019, the IOM predicts. Ice Loss, Ocean Temperatures & Acidification The report provides detailed data on temperatures both at land as well as at sea. It notes that global mean temperature for the period January to October 2019 was 1.1 ± 0.1 °C above pre-industrial conditions (1850-1900). 2019 is expected to be the second or third warmest year on record. 2016, which began with an exceptionally strong El Niño, remains the warmest year. Since the 1980s, each successive decade has been warmer than the last. In terms of the world’s major land masses, most land areas were warmer than the recent average, including South America, Europe, Africa, Asia and Oceania, and the Arctic, with the U.S. state of Alaska was registering exceptionally warm temperatures in 2019. However, a large area of North America has been colder than the recent average. In October 2019, the global mean sea level reached its highest value since the beginning of the high-precision records in the 1990s. More than 90% of the excess energy accumulating in the climate system as a result of increased concentrations of greenhouse gases goes into the ocean. In the decade 2009-2018, the ocean absorbed around 22% of the annual emissions of CO2, which helps to attenuate climate change. But ocean temperatures also are rising. In 2019, ocean heat content continued at record or near-record levels, with the average for the year so far exceeding the previous record highs set in 2018. In 2019, the ocean has until now, on average, experienced around 1.5 months of unusually warm temperatures. More of the ocean had a marine heatwave classified as “Strong” (38%) than “Moderate” (28%). In the north-east Pacific, large areas reached a marine heatwave category of “Severe”. A corresponding, continued long term decline of Arctic sea ice was confirmed in September 2019, where the monthly average extent of ice (usually the lowest of the year) was the third lowest on record. Until 2016, Antarctic sea ice extent had shown a small long-term increase. In late 2016 this was interrupted by a sudden drop in extent to extreme values. Since then, Antarctic sea-ice extent has remained at relatively low levels. Total ice Mass Balance (TMB) for the Greenland Ice Sheet gives a net ice loss for September 2018 to August 2019 of 329 Gigatonnes (Gt). Increasing CO2 concentrations also affect the chemistry of the ocean, accelerating acidification. Ocean observations have shown a decrease in the average global surface ocean pH at a rate of 0.017–0.027 pH units per decade since the late 1980s, as reported previously by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. That is equivalent to an increase in acidity of 26% since the beginning of the industrial revolution. High impact events – Floods, Droughts, Heatwaves & Wildfires The 12-month rainfall averaged over the contiguous United States for the period for July 2018 to June 2019 (962 mm) was the highest on record. The onset and withdrawal of the Indian Monsoon were delayed, causing a large precipitation deficit in June but an excess of precipitation in the following months. Very wet conditions affected parts of South America in January. There was major flooding in northern Argentina, Uruguay and southern Brazil, with losses in Argentina and Uruguay estimated at US$2.5 billion. The Islamic Republic of Iran was badly affected by flooding in late March and early April. Major flooding affected many hitherto drought-affected parts of east Africa in October and early November. At the same time, drought affected many parts of southeast Asia and the southwest Pacific in 2019, associated in many cases with the strong positive phase of the Indian Ocean Dipole. Exceptionally dry conditions prevailed from mid-year onwards in Indonesia and neighbouring countries, as well as parts of the Mekong basin further north. Long-term drought conditions which had affected many parts of inland eastern Australia in 2017 and 2018 expanded and intensified in 2019. Averaged over Australia as a whole, January-October was the driest since 1902. Dry conditions affected many parts of Central America. It was substantially drier than normal in Honduras, Guatemala, Nicaragua and El Salvador, until heavy rains in October. Central Chile also had an exceptionally dry year, with rainfall for the year to 20 November at Santiago only 82 mm, less than 25% of the long-term average. Heatwaves Two major heatwaves occurred in Europe in late June and late July. according to the report. In France, a national record of 46.0°C (1.9°C above the previous record) was set on 28 June. National records were also set in Germany (42.6°C), the Netherlands (40.7°C), Belgium (41.8°C), Luxembourg (40.8°C) and the United Kingdom (38.7°C), with the heat also extending into the Nordic countries, where Helsinki had its highest temperature on record (33.2°C on 28 July). Australia had an exceptionally hot summer. The mean summer temperature was the highest on record by almost 1°C, and January was Australia’s hottest month on record. The heat was most notable for its persistence but there were also significant individual extremes, including 46.6°C at Adelaide on 24 January, the city’s highest temperature on record In terms of forest fires, several high-latitude regions saw above-average activity, including Siberia (Russian Federation) and Alaska (US). There were wildfires in some parts of the Arctic – previously extremely rare events. In South-East Asia, a severe drought in Indonesia and neighbouring countries led to the most significant fire season since 2015. The number of reported fires in Brazil’s Amazonia region was only slightly above the 10-year average, but total fire activity in South America was the highest since 2010, with Bolivia and Venezuela among the countries with particularly active fire years. Tropical cyclones Tropical cyclone activity globally in 2019 was slightly above average. The Northern Hemisphere, to date, has had 66 tropical cyclones, compared with the average at this time of year of 56, although accumulated cyclone energy (ACE) was only 2% above average. The 2018-19 Southern Hemisphere season was also above average, with 27 cyclones. Tropical Cyclone Idai made landfall in Mozambique on 15 March as one of the strongest known on the east coast of Africa, resulting in many casualties and widespread devastation. Idai contributed to the complete destruction of close to 780 000 ha of crops in Malawi, Mozambique, and Zimbabwe, further undermining a precarious food security situation in the region. The cyclone also resulted in at least 50 905 displaced persons in Zimbabwe, 53 237 in southern Malawi and 77 019 in Mozambique. One of the year’s most intense tropical cyclones was Dorian, which made landfall with category 5 intensity in the Bahamas. The destruction was exacerbated as the cyclone was exceptionally slow-moving, remaining near-stationary for about 24 hours. Typhoon Hagibis made landfall west of Tokyo on 12 October, causing severe flooding. The final State of the Climate report, with complete 2019 data, will be published in March 2020. See video about the report here. This article was published as part of Covering Climate Now, a global journalistic collaboration to strengthen coverage of the climate story. Countries Exposed, But Lack Support To Address Climate-Related Health Risks Says WHO Report 03/12/2019 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Madrid, Spain – Countries lack capacity and even more important, the money, to incorporate health factors into their climate action strategies – even though increased disease and deaths are one of the most immediate outcomes of climate change. This is the key finding of a first-ever report by the World Health Organization that looks at how national health systems are responding to climate-related health threats that are affecting countries more frequently and with greater intensity, including food-borne and water-borne as well as vector-borne infectious diseases, as well as heat stress and extreme weather events. Female solar engineers in India bring solar power to communities. Clean energy generates a double benefit for climate and health in terms of less air pollution. The report, The WHO Health and Climate Change Survey Report – Tracking Global Progress – surveyed 101 countries, from high- to low-income economies across all regions of the world. The findings show that while nearly half of the countries surveyed had developed a national health and climate change strategy or plan, less than one-fifth reported a high level of plan implementation, and fewer than 10% of countries said that they had resources to fully implement their plans. “Countries are exposed to climate risks, they are vulnerable to health impacts and they are not receiving the support they need in order to protect people’s health,” said WHO’s Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum, speaking at a press conference here on Tuesday, the second day of the UN Climate Conference in Madrid (COP25). In addition to the direct impacts of climate change, Campbell-Lendrum noted that some 7 million people annually die from air pollution every year, “roughly the whole population of Madrid” and those deaths are “very closely linked to the climate crisis, as about two-thirds of the outdoor air pollution we experience is from fossil fuel combustion.” WHO has estimated that cutting carbon emissions to meet the climate goals of the 2015 Paris Climate Agreement could save about a million lives a year worldwide by 2050 through reductions in air pollution alone. And the economic benefits of the health gains would be more than twice that of the costs of carbon reductions, he said. “Climate change is not only racking up a bill for future generations to pay, it’s a price that people are paying for now with their health,” said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, Director-General of the World Health Organization, in a press release on the new report. “It is a moral imperative that countries have the resources they need to act against climate change and safeguard health now and in the future.” Among the countries that did conduct a climate and health assessment, the most common climate-sensitive health risks were identified by countries as heat stress, injury or death from extreme weather events, as well as food-, water- and vector-borne diseases (such as cholera, dengue or malaria). However, about 60% of countries responding reported that their assessment findings have had little or no influence on the allocation of human and financial resources needed to protect health from climate change. Biggest Barrier is Finance The biggest barrier, the survey found, was that countries have difficulties in accessing international climate finance for health-related climate plans and projects. Over 75% of the national health systems that responded to the survey, reported that they lacked information on climate finance opportunities. Over 60% said that health actors were disconnected from climate finance processes, and over 50% said that health systems lacked capacity to even prepare proposals. In terms of preventing future climate change, the report also notes that few countries have been able to take advantage of the synergies that exist between reducing carbon emission and reducing environmental contamination that harms health, particularly air pollution. Fewer than 25% of countries surveyed reporting having clear collaborations between health sectors and other key sectors driving climate change, such as transport, power generation and domestic heat and power production. Potential Health Gains of Climate Mitigation Rarely Counted Potential health gains that would result from cutting carbon emissions are rarely reflected in national climate commitments, with only one-fifth of Nationally Determined Commitments (NDCs) mentioning health in the context of emissions reductions and 1 in 10 NDCs specifically mentioning expected health gains. The so-called “Nationally Determined Commitments,” the voluntary targets to which countries commit, are in fact the backbone of the 2015 Paris Climate Agreement that aims to keep climate change below 2°C and 1.5°C, if at all possible. While two-thirds of countries’ NDCs mention health in general terms, and the health sector is among the five sectors most often described as vulnerable to climate change, when it comes to concrete action, health is just not factored into the equation, the WHO report concludes. “For the Paris Agreement to be effective to protect people’s health, all levels of government need to prioritize building health system resilience to climate change, and a growing number of national governments are clearly headed in that direction,” said Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of the Department of Environment, Climate Change and Health, in the press release. “By systematically including health in Nationally Determined Contributions – as well as National Adaptation Plans, climate finance pledges, and other National Communications to the UNFCCC [United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change] — the Paris Agreement could become the strongest international health agreement of the century.” Speaking at the press conference, Neira said that countries need to ensure that the health sector is included in climate change processes and that health ministries have the capacity and support to access the finance they need. “The fact that the health impact is already felt by the countries but the finance is not reaching them,” said Neira, speaking at the press conference. She added that the health sector was also calling on governments ” to be much more ambitious on tackling the causes of climate change because our health is at risk and our health is paying the price of not taking action on climate.” From left-right, Jessica Beagley (Lancet Commission Countdown); Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum & Maria Neira (WHO). Health Sector Involvement in Climate Response Collaboration on health and climate policy was greatest between the health sector and the water, sanitation and wastewater sector (45 out of 101 respondents), followed by agriculture (31 out of 101 respondents) and social services (26 out of 101 respondents). A quarter or less of countries reported having an agreement in place between the health sector and the transportation, electricity generation or household energy sectors. While only 8 our of 45 countries reported a high level of implementation of national health and climate change strategies or plans, countries were being more proactive on certain issues. Some 61% of countries were implementing stronger systems of early warning and response to cope with flooding, 43% for heatwaves and 32% for air quality. Although 48% of countries have assessed their public health risk to climate change 60% report that these findings have had little to no influence on the allocation of human and financial resources to meet their adaptation priorities for protecting health. Half of the countries surveyed have developed a national health and climate change strategy or plan. But less than 20% of countries reporting a high level of implementation. Along with financing, other common barriers included: human resource constraints and lack of capacity, lack of prioritization; lack of multisectoral collaboration and a lack of tools, information systems and evidence for decision-making. Only about 38% have national finances in place to even partially implement their national strategy of plan, and fewer than 10% have resources to implement it completely. In terms of accessing international climate finance, over 75% (35 of 46 respondents) reported a lack of information on opportunities, over 60% a lack of connection of health actors to the climate finance processes, and over 50% a lack of capacity to prepare proposals, the report found. Campbell-Lendrum noted that the efforts need to be made by both the climate and health sectors to close the gap. “The Green Climate Fund has identified health and well being as a focal area, they just haven’t funded any projects in that area yet. So we need to work from both sides to make sure that the countries have the technical back- up to prepare their plans and then we have to be met from the other side.” According to the UN Environment-hosted Climate and Clean Air Coalition, some countries have begun reporting on reductions of black carbon emissions – which are among the most health-harmful air pollutants – as part of their Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) to reducing climate change. Unlike carbon dioxide, which persists in the atmosphere for hundreds of ;years, black carbon particles that are heavily emitted by diesel generators and vehicles as well as by primitive wood and biomass stoves, only remain airborne for a few days or weeks, and therefore reducing emissions can lead to rapid reductions in concentrations in the atmosphere. Black carbon also comprises a significant portion of small particles, or PM2.5, regarded as one of the most health-harmful air pollutants. A 2018 report by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), underlined that reducing emissions of black carbon and other so-called short-lived climate pollutants, such as ozone and methane, could help slow down the pace of climate change, buying the world critical time to shift to cleaner energy technologies. However, many countries still lack the tools and awareness to clearly and quantitatively link their carbon reductions with reductions of black carbon and other air pollutants. Conversely, the so-called health co-benefits that may be derived from climate action are not typically factored into climate assessments and financing processes, which right now focus on quantifying carbon emission cuts, as such, without regard for savings in lives or related health costs. ________________________________________ This article was published as part of Covering Climate Now, a global journalistic collaboration to strengthen coverage of the climate story. Image Credits: DFID, WHO, E. Fletcher . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Cancer Organizations Across Latin America Vow To Intensify Action Against Expected “Tsunami” Of New Cancer Deaths 05/12/2019 Editorial team For the first time ever, leading cancer organizations across Latin America have signed onto a joint declaration pledging to intensify action against millions of avoidable cancer deaths on the continent. The Bogota Statement on Leading BOLD Cancer Prevention into the Future was signed by leaders of cancer organizations and foundations from 8 Latin American countries, Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, El Salvador, Mexico, and Peru at a meeting in Bogota, Colombia, which ended Wednesday. The December 3-4 meeting was hosted by Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer and the US-based American Cancer Society, which pledged to support the Latin America initiative. “Meeting in Bogotá provided us with a great opportunity to discuss common challenges in addressing cancer risk factors and inequities that mean marginalized people suffer most,” said Sally Cowal, senior vice president of Global Cancer Control, American Cancer Society. “We agreed we have a significant opportunity to share our knowledge and experiences, and provide a strong voice for the growing evidence base in Latin America…We acknowledge we are stronger together and this meeting has provided new impetus for progressing work to prevent future cancer deaths.” Cancer is already the second-leading cause of death in Latin America. But if current trends continue, there could be a 91 percent increase in cancer incidence across the region between 2012 and 2035, to 1.8 million new cancer cases every year, and cancer deaths will double to around 1 million deaths annually, according to a 2018 study published in the International Journal of Cancer. Colombia’s Minister of Health and Social Protection, Dr. Juan Pablo Uribe Restrepo, and Vice Minister of Health and Social Protection, Dr. Iván Darío González, both expressed their support for the initiative at the meeting of some 20 leaders of cancer foundations, advocacy groups, and research centers from around the continent. Colombia’s Minister of Health and Social Protection, Dr. Juan Pablo Uribe Restrepo, speaking at the meeting. “We are working to improve the health of the population…We are strongly committed to reducing smoking and are working to reduce the number of tobacco users, especially among youth and students…Together with institutions like the Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer, we continue to fight against human papillomavirus,” said Minister Restrepo, noting that only 32% of eligible Colombians have so far received the vaccine that helps prevent cervical cancer. “Our goal is to reach 100 percent coverage,” he said. Cancer experts present at the conference called the projections for cancer’s rising disease and death toll a predicted “tsunami” that constitutes a “public health emergency which is exacerbating social, economic and health inequities.” To combat the growing threat of cancer, Cowal said that the Bogota Statement focuses on adopting a set of “best buys for cancer prevention.” Dr. Carlos Castro, medical and scientific director at the Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer, further clarified, “We must join forces to increase tobacco taxes as the most effective way to reduce tobacco consumption, regulate e-cigarettes, and increase vaccination against human papillomavirus, which causes cervical cancer. Those are our principal commitments against cancer included in the Bogotá Declaration.” It’s estimated that more than 30 percent of all cancer deaths are preventable. Tobacco is associated with more than 14 different cancers and causes more than 20 percent of cancer deaths, globally. Obesity and unhealthy diet is associated with 14 different cancers and alcohol with seven different cancers. Other risk factors associated with the most prevalent cancers across the region include inconsistency of vaccination programs and treatment of cervical, stomach and liver cancer infections. In signing the declaration, the cancer leaders, agreed to intensify their activities across a number of key, shared priorities, including the following: Support measures to increase tobacco taxes as the main tool to reduce tobacco consumption and prevent initiation in young people. Urge countries that have not yet signed or ratified the World Health Organization Framework Convention on Tobacco Control to be a party to this global treaty, the first international public health treaty which provides the guidelines for tobacco control worldwide Monitor and report corporate interference (especially from the tobacco, alcohol and ultra-processed foods industries) in public policy decision-making. Advocate for the regulation of electronic nicotine delivery systems (SEAN) and new devices. Actively participate in the elimination of cervical cancer through national human papillomavirus vaccination programs and strengthened early detection programs that use DNA-HPV testing. Support research and the eradication of Helicobacter Pylori infection to prevent gastric cancer. Promote the development of cancer prevention and early detection activities related to the main cancers in the region. Contribute to the dissemination of academic research that helps build cancer prevention policies. Act in conjunction with existing networks in the region to document and share successful experiences, lessons learned and communication strategies to achieve strong and sustainable progress. Underlying all the commitments made in the Bogota Declaration was the theme of shared learning. Gloria Inés Forero, president of the Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer, said that collaboration between the organizations, based on “experiences and lessons learned,” is the key to “countering the imminent advance of cancer in the region.” Signatories to the Bogota Statement.(Left-right back) Sebastian Jimenez, CEPREME, Ecuador; Luiz Augusto Maltoni Jr., presidente, Fundação do Câncer, Brasil; Dr. Jorge Jiménez de la Jara, presidente, Fundación Foro Nacional de Cáncer, Chile; Dr. Bill Cance, chief medical & scientific officer, American Cancer Society, USA; Diego Paonesa, chief executive officer, Liga Argentina de Lucha Contra el Cáncer, Argentina; Adolfo Dammert Ludowieg, presidente, La Liga contra el Cancer, Peru; Dr. Carlos José Castro, medical and scientific director, Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer(left-right front) Blanca Llorente, directora, Fundación Anáas, Colombia; Dr. Lisseth Ruíz de Campos, presidente, ASAPRECAN, El Salvador; Sally Cowal, senior vice president, Global Cancer Control, American Cancer Society, USA; Gloría Inés Forero de Ruíz, presidenta, Liga Colombiana Contra el Cáncer, Colombia; Diana Rivera, directora, Fundación Ellen Riegner de Casas, Colombia; Dr. Guadalupe Ponciano, Asociación Mexicana de Lucha contra el Cáncer, Mexico Gavi, The Vaccine Alliance Approves New Ebola Vaccine Stockpile Of 500,000 Doses 05/12/2019 Grace Ren Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance approved on Thursday an investment of US$178 million over the next five years to establish a global stockpile of 500,000 doses of Ebola vaccines that have been “pre-qualified” by the World Health Organization – WHO’s quality seal of approval that also makes vaccines and drugs eligible for preferential terms of purchase and use in countries. An additional US$11.6 million was allocated by the Gavi Board to fund three ongoing pilots for the world’s first malaria vaccine in Kenya, Ghana, and Malawi, to assess the feasibility of rolling out the vaccine more widely in Africa as part of national vaccine programmes. “Let me highlight two decisions: first is the… creation of a new Gavi Support for Ebola programme, which includes creation of a global stockpile of WHO-prequalified Ebola vaccines,” Gavi CEO Seth Berkley announced in a press conference following the Board meeting in Delhi, India on Thursday. “The second is the continuation of funding for the world’s first malaria vaccine, and this is funding for vaccine pilots that are taking place in Malawi, Ghana, and Kenya, vaccinating about 360,000 children per year,” he added. A healthcare worker gives a child a dose of the malaria vaccine, RTS,S. The moves represent new strategic directions for the international private-public partnership, which until recently had focused mostly on strengthening routine vaccination systems in low- and lower-middle-income countries. While the organization currently manages the global Yellow Fever vaccine stockpile for outbreak response, and supports vaccines for eight other diseases, Berkley noted that this is the first time the Board has supported creation of a stockpile for a brand-new vaccine for a disease such as Ebola, which will come with its own set of challenges. As of now, only one Ebola vaccine, Ervebo, which is produced by Merck & Co. and received regulatory approval by the European Medicines Agency just last month, followed by WHO prequalification approval , is eligible to be included in the global stockpile. But the stockpile, which will aim to hold at least 500,000 doses, may be expanded as new Ebola vaccines hit the market, Berkley said. There there are currently 7 other candidate vaccines for the Zaire strain of Ebola, the most common strain of the virus, Berkley noted. A second Ebola vaccine candidate, developed by Johnson & Johnson, recently began clinical trials in the Democratic Republic of Congo, which has been wracked by an Ebola outbreak that lasted for more than a year, killing over 2000 people. A second Board decision voted to continue Gavi’s support for landmark pilots of the world’s first malaria vaccine, RTS,S in Malawi, Kenya, and Ghana that began this year, aiming to assess the feasibility for rolling out the vaccine on a national scale in other African countries with a moderate- to high-malaria burden. The vaccine requires four separate doses, which can be difficult to deliver to populations with low access to health care. From 2021 to 2023, Gavi will allocate US $11.6 million towards funding these pilots, which represents approximately 50% of the total funding needs. The remaining 50% will be funded by the Global Fund for AIDS, Tuberculosis, and Malaria, and Unitaid. The two major decisions were made at the last meeting of the Gavi Board before the private-public partnership holds its next replenishment conference in London on June 4, 2020, hosted by the United Kingdom. The organization hopes to raise US $7.41 billion to fund its next cycle of activities from 2021-2023. Gavi’s Two-Part Ebola Support Program According to Berkley, Gavi’s new Ebola Support Program will be composed of two main components; managing a global stockpile of vaccine for future outbreaks, and looking into potential preventative use of the Ebola vaccine. Countries that are eligible for Gavi vaccine donations, will be able to access the stockpile free of charge and will also receive support for operational costs. Non-Gavi-eligible countries can still access the stockpile but will need to eventually pay Gavi back for the vaccines and cover their own operational costs. A health care worker preparing a dose of Ebola vaccine The organization will also be looking into ways the Ebola vaccine can be used outside of outbreak settings. There have been 29 outbreaks of Ebola virus on record since the virus was first identified, although only the West African 2014-2016 outbreak and the ongoing outbreak in the DRC have surpassed 400 cases. Thus, it is unclear whether huge outbreaks would be the norm in the future, and Gavi must be prepared to take an “active learning agenda” in establishing its new Ebola support program, especially with an eye towards learning how best to carry out preventative vaccination, says Berkley. Up until now, the candidate Ebola vaccines have only been used during the two recent big outbreaks, Berkley noted. The Merck vaccine, and now the Johnson&Johnson candidate, have been deployed under “compassionate-use” protocols, which allow new health products that have demonstrated safety and efficacy but may not have finished full regulatory processes, to be used in emergency settings. “The obvious countries [to consider for preventative vaccination] are those that have indigenous transmission of Ebola… We could also consider countries that have transmission of Ebola through travelers. We suspect it will include workers in hospitals, in front-line clinics, lab workers,” said Berkley. Front-line health workers bore the brunt of the brutal outbreak in West Africa from 2014-2016, where its estimated that health care workers had more than 21 times the risk of contracting Ebola than the average person. Berkley said that preliminary modelling done by Gavi suggests that preventative vaccination in 10% of the healthcare workforce, targeting those working in areas likely to see outbreaks, might help protect those most at risk in a future outbreak, although more work needs to be done to clearly outline a preventative vaccination strategy. Image Credits: WHO/M. Nieuwenhof, Twitter: @WHO. World Malaria Report 2019: Pregnant Women & Children Hit The Hardest As Global Progress Stalls 04/12/2019 Grace Ren Global progress against malaria continued to plateau in 2018 for the third year in a row, and the disease hit young children and pregnant women in Sub-Saharan Africa the hardest, according to the World Malaria Report 2019 released by the World Health Organization on Wednesday. Despite stalled progress at the global level, however, four new countries have successfully eliminated the disease in 2018 and 2019. “We’re seeing encouraging signs, but the burden of suffering and death caused by malaria is unacceptable, because it is largely preventable. The lack of improvement in the number of cases and deaths from malaria is deeply troubling,” said WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus in a press release. “Pregnant women and children are the most vulnerable to malaria, and we cannot make progress without focusing on these two groups.” A village malaria worker is testing a young child for malaria in Battambang Province, Cambodia. In 2018, WHO estimates that there were 228 million cases of malaria globally, causing 405 000 deaths, as compared to 231 million cases and 435 000 deaths in 2017. A dramatic reduction in malaria incidence and mortality was seen through 2010 to 2015, but global progress against the disease has stalled since then. The report underlines that malaria continues to strike particularly hard at pregnant women and children in Sub-Saharan Africa,, with an estimated 11 million pregnant women infected in 38 countries with moderate-to-high malaria transmission in that region alone in 2018. Malaria infection in pregnancy can cause a variety of complications, including malaria-related anemia, low birth weight, and even maternal death. An estimated 24 million children in the region were infected last year with the deadliest strain of malaria – P. falciparum – with at least half experiencing moderate anemia and 1.8 million experiencing severe anemia. Malaria-related severe anemia is still a major contributor to child mortality in Sub-Saharan Africa. Funding for malaria control and elimination 2010-2018, by source of funds (constant 2018 US$) The plateau in progress may in part be caused by the shortfall in malaria funding – the report estimates that funding towards malaria control and prevention fell to US$2.7 billion last year with governments of malaria-endemic countries contributing an estimated 30% of the pool, falling far short of the US$5 billion needed to fully fund WHO’s Global technical strategy for malaria 2016 – 2030. On the flip side, a handful of low-burden countries have seen progress. In 2018, WHO certified that endemic malaria was successfully eliminated Paraguay and Uzbekistan. Algeria and Argentina were recognized for eliminating endemic malaria in early 2019, and China, El Salvador, Iran, Malaysia, and Timor-Leste reported zero indigenous cases. Progress to achieve a global milestone to certify at least 10 countries for the elimination of malaria by 2020 is also on track. Large reductions in malaria were also seen in WHO’s Southeast Asian region, said Dr Abdisalan Noor, lead author of the report and team leader of the Surveillance Unit in WHO’s Global Malaria Programme, in a press conference. Significant reductions in India, which had 2.6 million fewer malaria cases than the previous year, accounted for a large share of the success. Progress has also been made in the Greater Mekong sub-region – an important strategic area as resistance to antimalarial medications has historically been traced back to the region. Protecting Pregnant Women and Young Children Coverage of pregnant women and children by malaria treatment and prevention interventions has increased in Africa, but these two groups continue to be the hardest hit by malaria. “We have brought back the focus to the key populations at risk that suffer and carry the brunt of malaria; pregnant women and young children in Africa. And by highlighting this space, we also signal that they must become our number one priority in the fight against malaria,” said Dr Pedro Alonso, director of WHO’s Global Malaria Programme. The WHO report estimates that in 2018, 67% of all malaria-related deaths occurred in children under 5, and malaria continues to be a leading cause of infection-related maternal mortality in Sub-Saharan Africa. “Now, [another] one of the consequences of malaria in pregnancy is children that are born with low birth weight, less than 2500 grams at birth,” Dr Noor clarified. Low birth weight is not only an immediate problem for the growth of the child, but is also “a significant predictor of early infant death,” he added. The WHO report estimates that of the 11 million cases of malaria in pregnancy in Sub-Saharan Africa in 2018, 872,000 children were born with low birth weight. This is despite the fact that the number of pregnant women and children sleeping under insecticide-treated bed nets and receiving preventative medicine for malaria has increased in recent years. An estimated 61% of pregnant women and children in sub-Saharan Africa slept under an insecticide-treated net in 2018 compared to 26% in 2010. Among pregnant women in the region, coverage of the recommended 3 or more doses of intermittent preventative malaria treatment, delivered during antenatal care visits, increased from an estimated 22% in 2017 to 31% in 2018. Some 72% of eligible children received seasonal malaria prevention medication in 2018. A new WHO-recommended strategy to prevent malaria in infants – intermittent preventative treatment for infants (IPTi) – recommends delivering anti-malarials to very young children through the immunization programme, and is being piloted in Sierra Leone. “IPTi offers a tremendous opportunity to keep small children alive and healthy,” said Dr Alonso. “WHO welcomes Unitaid’s new drive, announced today, to accelerate the adoption and scale-up of IPTi in other malaria-endemic countries in sub-Saharan Africa.” Some “Elimination by 2020” Targets May Be in Sight Despite little progress being made on the global scale, certain regions and countries are inching closer to eliminating malaria, defined as completely stopping endemic transmission within national or territorial borders. Globally, a total of 38 countries and territories have been certified malaria-free by WHO, with Paraguay, Uzbekistan, Algeria, and Argentina just added to that list between 2018 to 2019. WHO grants the malaria-free certification when a country proves, beyond a reasonable doubt, that the chain of indigenous transmission of malaria has been interrupted for at least 3 consecutive years. At least 10 countries that are part of WHO’s “E-2020 initiative” are on track to reach the 2020 elimination milestone of the global strategy. P. Falciparum cases in the Greater Mekong Subregion, 2010- 2018 The six countries of the Greater Mekong sub-region – Cambodia, China, Laos, Myanmar, Thailand, and Vietnam – have made significant progress. Across the subregion, there was an impressive 76% reduction in malaria cases and a 95% drop in deaths between 2010 and 2018. This includes a steep decline in cases of P. falciparum malaria, a primary target in view of the ongoing threat of antimalarial drug resistance. Some 11 African countries and India account for approximately 70% of the world’s malaria burden – Burkina Faso, Cameroon, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Ghana, India, Mali, Mozambique, Niger, Nigeria, Uganda and the United Republic of Tanzania. The WHO and Roll Back Malaria Partnership launched a “high burden high impact” (HBHI) approach in these countries in 2018. By November 2019, the HBHI approach had been initiated in nine high burden countries in Africa. Image Credits: WHO/ V. Sokhin, WHO/World Malaria Report 2019. Global Temperatures Already 1.1°C Above Pre-Industrial Levels; Last Ten Years Appear To Be Hottest On Record, Says WMO 03/12/2019 Editorial team Madrid – Exceptional global heat waves, retreating ice sheets and record sea levels – all driven by rising concentrations of atmospheric greenhouse gases – are the hallmark of the past decade as 2019 draws to a close, said the World Metereological Organization (WMO) on Tuesday. The global average temperature in 2019 (January to October) was about 1.1°C above pre-industrial levels. Average temperatures for the past ten years (2010-2019) are “almost certain” to be the highest on record, WMO Secretary-General Petteri Taalas said in a press conference here on the second day of the UN Climate Conference (COP25). And 2019 is on course to be the second or third warmest year ever on record. His remarks were based upon a WMO provisional statement on the State of the Global Climate, released simultaneously. Sea level rise has accelerated since the start of satellite measurements in 1993, because of the melting of ice sheets in Greenland and Antarctica, according to the report. The ocean, which acts as a buffer by absorbing heat and carbon dioxide, is paying a heavy price. Ocean heat is at record levels and there have been widespread marine heatwaves. Sea water is 26 percent more acidic than at the start of the industrial era. Vital marine ecosystems are being degraded, the WMO report finds. The daily Arctic sea-ice extent minimum in September 2019 was the second lowest in the satellite record and October has seen further record low extents. In Antarctica, 2019 saw record low ice extents in some months. All of these trends are directly linked to record levels of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere, which hit levels of 407.8 parts per million in 2018 and continued to rise in 2019. CO2 persists in the atmosphere for centuries, and for even longer in ocean waters, thus perpetuating temperature rise. “If we do not take urgent climate action now, then we are heading for a temperature increase of more than 3°C by the end of the century, with ever more harmful impacts on human well-being,” said Taalas, in a press release that accompanied the report. “We are nowhere near on track to meet the Paris Agreement target.” Record Carbon Dioxide Levels Causing More Floods, Heatwaves & Wildfires “On a day-to-day basis, the impacts of climate change play out through extreme and “abnormal” weather. And, once again in 2019, weather and climate related risks hit hard. Heatwaves and floods which used to be “once in a century” events are becoming more regular occurrences. Countries ranging from the Bahamas to Japan to Mozambique suffered the effect of devastating tropical cyclones. Wildfires swept through the Arctic and Australia,” Taalas added. “One of the main impacts of climate change is more erratic rainfall patterns. This poses a threat to crop yields and, combined with population increase, will mean considerable food security challenges for vulnerable countries in the future,” he said. The report gives extensive attention to the impacts of warming trends on human health, food security, migration, ecosystems and marine life, based on inputs from the World Health Organization, Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO), International Organization for Migration (IOM), and other United Nations partners. Extreme heat conditions are taking an increasing toll on human health and health systems with greater impacts where there are aging populations, urbanization, urban heat island effects, and health inequities. In 2018, a record 220 million more heatwave exposures by vulnerable persons over the age of 65 occurred, compared with the average for the baseline of 1986-2005. Climate variability and extreme weather events are among the key drivers of the recent rise in global hunger and one of the leading causes of severe crises, according to the WMO report. After a decade of steady decline, hunger is on the rise – with over 820 million people suffering from hunger in 2018. Among 33 countries affected by food crises in 2018, climate variability and weather extremes are the leading driver in 12 of the 26 countries at risk, and a compounding factor together with economic shocks and conflict in the other countries. More than 10 million new internal displacements were recorded between January and June 2019, 7 million being triggered by events such as Cyclone Idai in southeast Africa, Cyclone Fani in south Asia, Hurricane Dorian in the Caribbean, flooding in Iran, the Philippines and Ethiopia, generating acute humanitarian and protection needs. Detailed excerpts of impacts on health, food security and displacement are provided below, along with details of key climate and weather indicators of the broader trends. Impacts on Health, Agriculture & Migration In terms of inputs from other UN agencies, the WHO reports that in 2019, record-setting high temperatures from Australia, India, Japan, and Europe led to significant heat-related deaths and illness. In Japan, a major heat wave event affected the country in late July to early August 2019 resulting in over 100 deaths and 18,000 hospitalizations. Two heatwaves hit much of Europe in the summer of 2019, affecting southwestern to central Europe in June, followed by an even more powerful episode in late July, which affected much of central and western Europe. In the Netherlands, the heatwave was associated with 2 964 deaths, nearly 400 more deaths than during an average summer week. Changes in climatic conditions since 1950 are also making it easier for the Aedes mosquito species to transmit dengue virus. The global incidence of dengue has grown dramatically in recent decades, and about half of the world population is now at risk of infection. In 2019, the world experienced a large increase in dengue cases, compared with the same time period in 2018. In terms of agriculture, FAO reports that the start of the seasonal rains was delayed in Southern Africa, and there were extensive dry periods. As a result, regional cereal output is forecast to be about 8% below the five-year average with 12.5 million people in the region expected to experience severe food insecurity up until March 2020, an increase of more than 10% from the previous year. Food security has also been deteriorating in several areas of Ethiopia, Somalia, Kenya and Uganda due to a poor rainy season. Overall, about 12.3 million people are food insecure in the Horn of Africa region. Between October and November 2019, Somalia was further affected by intense flooding. In Afghanistan, some 13.5 million people are food insecure following severe flooding in March 2019, the worst such episode in a decade, This follows a period of severe drought in 2018 from which 22 out of 34 provinces are still recovering. More than 10 million new weather and climate-related internal displacements were recorded between January and June 2019, the IOM reports, Of those, 7 million people were displaced by disasters such as Cyclone Idai in Southeast Africa, Cyclone Fani in South Asia, Hurricane Dorian in the Caribbean, as well as by flooding in Iran, the Philippines and Ethiopia. Overall, floods were the most commonly cited natural hazard contributing to displacement, followed by storms and droughts. Asia and the Pacific remains the world’s most disaster displacement-prone region due to both sudden and slow-onset disasters. The number of new displacements associated with weather extremes could more than triple to around 22 million by the end of 2019, the IOM predicts. Ice Loss, Ocean Temperatures & Acidification The report provides detailed data on temperatures both at land as well as at sea. It notes that global mean temperature for the period January to October 2019 was 1.1 ± 0.1 °C above pre-industrial conditions (1850-1900). 2019 is expected to be the second or third warmest year on record. 2016, which began with an exceptionally strong El Niño, remains the warmest year. Since the 1980s, each successive decade has been warmer than the last. In terms of the world’s major land masses, most land areas were warmer than the recent average, including South America, Europe, Africa, Asia and Oceania, and the Arctic, with the U.S. state of Alaska was registering exceptionally warm temperatures in 2019. However, a large area of North America has been colder than the recent average. In October 2019, the global mean sea level reached its highest value since the beginning of the high-precision records in the 1990s. More than 90% of the excess energy accumulating in the climate system as a result of increased concentrations of greenhouse gases goes into the ocean. In the decade 2009-2018, the ocean absorbed around 22% of the annual emissions of CO2, which helps to attenuate climate change. But ocean temperatures also are rising. In 2019, ocean heat content continued at record or near-record levels, with the average for the year so far exceeding the previous record highs set in 2018. In 2019, the ocean has until now, on average, experienced around 1.5 months of unusually warm temperatures. More of the ocean had a marine heatwave classified as “Strong” (38%) than “Moderate” (28%). In the north-east Pacific, large areas reached a marine heatwave category of “Severe”. A corresponding, continued long term decline of Arctic sea ice was confirmed in September 2019, where the monthly average extent of ice (usually the lowest of the year) was the third lowest on record. Until 2016, Antarctic sea ice extent had shown a small long-term increase. In late 2016 this was interrupted by a sudden drop in extent to extreme values. Since then, Antarctic sea-ice extent has remained at relatively low levels. Total ice Mass Balance (TMB) for the Greenland Ice Sheet gives a net ice loss for September 2018 to August 2019 of 329 Gigatonnes (Gt). Increasing CO2 concentrations also affect the chemistry of the ocean, accelerating acidification. Ocean observations have shown a decrease in the average global surface ocean pH at a rate of 0.017–0.027 pH units per decade since the late 1980s, as reported previously by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. That is equivalent to an increase in acidity of 26% since the beginning of the industrial revolution. High impact events – Floods, Droughts, Heatwaves & Wildfires The 12-month rainfall averaged over the contiguous United States for the period for July 2018 to June 2019 (962 mm) was the highest on record. The onset and withdrawal of the Indian Monsoon were delayed, causing a large precipitation deficit in June but an excess of precipitation in the following months. Very wet conditions affected parts of South America in January. There was major flooding in northern Argentina, Uruguay and southern Brazil, with losses in Argentina and Uruguay estimated at US$2.5 billion. The Islamic Republic of Iran was badly affected by flooding in late March and early April. Major flooding affected many hitherto drought-affected parts of east Africa in October and early November. At the same time, drought affected many parts of southeast Asia and the southwest Pacific in 2019, associated in many cases with the strong positive phase of the Indian Ocean Dipole. Exceptionally dry conditions prevailed from mid-year onwards in Indonesia and neighbouring countries, as well as parts of the Mekong basin further north. Long-term drought conditions which had affected many parts of inland eastern Australia in 2017 and 2018 expanded and intensified in 2019. Averaged over Australia as a whole, January-October was the driest since 1902. Dry conditions affected many parts of Central America. It was substantially drier than normal in Honduras, Guatemala, Nicaragua and El Salvador, until heavy rains in October. Central Chile also had an exceptionally dry year, with rainfall for the year to 20 November at Santiago only 82 mm, less than 25% of the long-term average. Heatwaves Two major heatwaves occurred in Europe in late June and late July. according to the report. In France, a national record of 46.0°C (1.9°C above the previous record) was set on 28 June. National records were also set in Germany (42.6°C), the Netherlands (40.7°C), Belgium (41.8°C), Luxembourg (40.8°C) and the United Kingdom (38.7°C), with the heat also extending into the Nordic countries, where Helsinki had its highest temperature on record (33.2°C on 28 July). Australia had an exceptionally hot summer. The mean summer temperature was the highest on record by almost 1°C, and January was Australia’s hottest month on record. The heat was most notable for its persistence but there were also significant individual extremes, including 46.6°C at Adelaide on 24 January, the city’s highest temperature on record In terms of forest fires, several high-latitude regions saw above-average activity, including Siberia (Russian Federation) and Alaska (US). There were wildfires in some parts of the Arctic – previously extremely rare events. In South-East Asia, a severe drought in Indonesia and neighbouring countries led to the most significant fire season since 2015. The number of reported fires in Brazil’s Amazonia region was only slightly above the 10-year average, but total fire activity in South America was the highest since 2010, with Bolivia and Venezuela among the countries with particularly active fire years. Tropical cyclones Tropical cyclone activity globally in 2019 was slightly above average. The Northern Hemisphere, to date, has had 66 tropical cyclones, compared with the average at this time of year of 56, although accumulated cyclone energy (ACE) was only 2% above average. The 2018-19 Southern Hemisphere season was also above average, with 27 cyclones. Tropical Cyclone Idai made landfall in Mozambique on 15 March as one of the strongest known on the east coast of Africa, resulting in many casualties and widespread devastation. Idai contributed to the complete destruction of close to 780 000 ha of crops in Malawi, Mozambique, and Zimbabwe, further undermining a precarious food security situation in the region. The cyclone also resulted in at least 50 905 displaced persons in Zimbabwe, 53 237 in southern Malawi and 77 019 in Mozambique. One of the year’s most intense tropical cyclones was Dorian, which made landfall with category 5 intensity in the Bahamas. The destruction was exacerbated as the cyclone was exceptionally slow-moving, remaining near-stationary for about 24 hours. Typhoon Hagibis made landfall west of Tokyo on 12 October, causing severe flooding. The final State of the Climate report, with complete 2019 data, will be published in March 2020. See video about the report here. This article was published as part of Covering Climate Now, a global journalistic collaboration to strengthen coverage of the climate story. Countries Exposed, But Lack Support To Address Climate-Related Health Risks Says WHO Report 03/12/2019 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Madrid, Spain – Countries lack capacity and even more important, the money, to incorporate health factors into their climate action strategies – even though increased disease and deaths are one of the most immediate outcomes of climate change. This is the key finding of a first-ever report by the World Health Organization that looks at how national health systems are responding to climate-related health threats that are affecting countries more frequently and with greater intensity, including food-borne and water-borne as well as vector-borne infectious diseases, as well as heat stress and extreme weather events. Female solar engineers in India bring solar power to communities. Clean energy generates a double benefit for climate and health in terms of less air pollution. The report, The WHO Health and Climate Change Survey Report – Tracking Global Progress – surveyed 101 countries, from high- to low-income economies across all regions of the world. The findings show that while nearly half of the countries surveyed had developed a national health and climate change strategy or plan, less than one-fifth reported a high level of plan implementation, and fewer than 10% of countries said that they had resources to fully implement their plans. “Countries are exposed to climate risks, they are vulnerable to health impacts and they are not receiving the support they need in order to protect people’s health,” said WHO’s Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum, speaking at a press conference here on Tuesday, the second day of the UN Climate Conference in Madrid (COP25). In addition to the direct impacts of climate change, Campbell-Lendrum noted that some 7 million people annually die from air pollution every year, “roughly the whole population of Madrid” and those deaths are “very closely linked to the climate crisis, as about two-thirds of the outdoor air pollution we experience is from fossil fuel combustion.” WHO has estimated that cutting carbon emissions to meet the climate goals of the 2015 Paris Climate Agreement could save about a million lives a year worldwide by 2050 through reductions in air pollution alone. And the economic benefits of the health gains would be more than twice that of the costs of carbon reductions, he said. “Climate change is not only racking up a bill for future generations to pay, it’s a price that people are paying for now with their health,” said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, Director-General of the World Health Organization, in a press release on the new report. “It is a moral imperative that countries have the resources they need to act against climate change and safeguard health now and in the future.” Among the countries that did conduct a climate and health assessment, the most common climate-sensitive health risks were identified by countries as heat stress, injury or death from extreme weather events, as well as food-, water- and vector-borne diseases (such as cholera, dengue or malaria). However, about 60% of countries responding reported that their assessment findings have had little or no influence on the allocation of human and financial resources needed to protect health from climate change. Biggest Barrier is Finance The biggest barrier, the survey found, was that countries have difficulties in accessing international climate finance for health-related climate plans and projects. Over 75% of the national health systems that responded to the survey, reported that they lacked information on climate finance opportunities. Over 60% said that health actors were disconnected from climate finance processes, and over 50% said that health systems lacked capacity to even prepare proposals. In terms of preventing future climate change, the report also notes that few countries have been able to take advantage of the synergies that exist between reducing carbon emission and reducing environmental contamination that harms health, particularly air pollution. Fewer than 25% of countries surveyed reporting having clear collaborations between health sectors and other key sectors driving climate change, such as transport, power generation and domestic heat and power production. Potential Health Gains of Climate Mitigation Rarely Counted Potential health gains that would result from cutting carbon emissions are rarely reflected in national climate commitments, with only one-fifth of Nationally Determined Commitments (NDCs) mentioning health in the context of emissions reductions and 1 in 10 NDCs specifically mentioning expected health gains. The so-called “Nationally Determined Commitments,” the voluntary targets to which countries commit, are in fact the backbone of the 2015 Paris Climate Agreement that aims to keep climate change below 2°C and 1.5°C, if at all possible. While two-thirds of countries’ NDCs mention health in general terms, and the health sector is among the five sectors most often described as vulnerable to climate change, when it comes to concrete action, health is just not factored into the equation, the WHO report concludes. “For the Paris Agreement to be effective to protect people’s health, all levels of government need to prioritize building health system resilience to climate change, and a growing number of national governments are clearly headed in that direction,” said Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of the Department of Environment, Climate Change and Health, in the press release. “By systematically including health in Nationally Determined Contributions – as well as National Adaptation Plans, climate finance pledges, and other National Communications to the UNFCCC [United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change] — the Paris Agreement could become the strongest international health agreement of the century.” Speaking at the press conference, Neira said that countries need to ensure that the health sector is included in climate change processes and that health ministries have the capacity and support to access the finance they need. “The fact that the health impact is already felt by the countries but the finance is not reaching them,” said Neira, speaking at the press conference. She added that the health sector was also calling on governments ” to be much more ambitious on tackling the causes of climate change because our health is at risk and our health is paying the price of not taking action on climate.” From left-right, Jessica Beagley (Lancet Commission Countdown); Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum & Maria Neira (WHO). Health Sector Involvement in Climate Response Collaboration on health and climate policy was greatest between the health sector and the water, sanitation and wastewater sector (45 out of 101 respondents), followed by agriculture (31 out of 101 respondents) and social services (26 out of 101 respondents). A quarter or less of countries reported having an agreement in place between the health sector and the transportation, electricity generation or household energy sectors. While only 8 our of 45 countries reported a high level of implementation of national health and climate change strategies or plans, countries were being more proactive on certain issues. Some 61% of countries were implementing stronger systems of early warning and response to cope with flooding, 43% for heatwaves and 32% for air quality. Although 48% of countries have assessed their public health risk to climate change 60% report that these findings have had little to no influence on the allocation of human and financial resources to meet their adaptation priorities for protecting health. Half of the countries surveyed have developed a national health and climate change strategy or plan. But less than 20% of countries reporting a high level of implementation. Along with financing, other common barriers included: human resource constraints and lack of capacity, lack of prioritization; lack of multisectoral collaboration and a lack of tools, information systems and evidence for decision-making. Only about 38% have national finances in place to even partially implement their national strategy of plan, and fewer than 10% have resources to implement it completely. In terms of accessing international climate finance, over 75% (35 of 46 respondents) reported a lack of information on opportunities, over 60% a lack of connection of health actors to the climate finance processes, and over 50% a lack of capacity to prepare proposals, the report found. Campbell-Lendrum noted that the efforts need to be made by both the climate and health sectors to close the gap. “The Green Climate Fund has identified health and well being as a focal area, they just haven’t funded any projects in that area yet. So we need to work from both sides to make sure that the countries have the technical back- up to prepare their plans and then we have to be met from the other side.” According to the UN Environment-hosted Climate and Clean Air Coalition, some countries have begun reporting on reductions of black carbon emissions – which are among the most health-harmful air pollutants – as part of their Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) to reducing climate change. Unlike carbon dioxide, which persists in the atmosphere for hundreds of ;years, black carbon particles that are heavily emitted by diesel generators and vehicles as well as by primitive wood and biomass stoves, only remain airborne for a few days or weeks, and therefore reducing emissions can lead to rapid reductions in concentrations in the atmosphere. Black carbon also comprises a significant portion of small particles, or PM2.5, regarded as one of the most health-harmful air pollutants. A 2018 report by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), underlined that reducing emissions of black carbon and other so-called short-lived climate pollutants, such as ozone and methane, could help slow down the pace of climate change, buying the world critical time to shift to cleaner energy technologies. However, many countries still lack the tools and awareness to clearly and quantitatively link their carbon reductions with reductions of black carbon and other air pollutants. Conversely, the so-called health co-benefits that may be derived from climate action are not typically factored into climate assessments and financing processes, which right now focus on quantifying carbon emission cuts, as such, without regard for savings in lives or related health costs. ________________________________________ This article was published as part of Covering Climate Now, a global journalistic collaboration to strengthen coverage of the climate story. Image Credits: DFID, WHO, E. Fletcher . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Gavi, The Vaccine Alliance Approves New Ebola Vaccine Stockpile Of 500,000 Doses 05/12/2019 Grace Ren Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance approved on Thursday an investment of US$178 million over the next five years to establish a global stockpile of 500,000 doses of Ebola vaccines that have been “pre-qualified” by the World Health Organization – WHO’s quality seal of approval that also makes vaccines and drugs eligible for preferential terms of purchase and use in countries. An additional US$11.6 million was allocated by the Gavi Board to fund three ongoing pilots for the world’s first malaria vaccine in Kenya, Ghana, and Malawi, to assess the feasibility of rolling out the vaccine more widely in Africa as part of national vaccine programmes. “Let me highlight two decisions: first is the… creation of a new Gavi Support for Ebola programme, which includes creation of a global stockpile of WHO-prequalified Ebola vaccines,” Gavi CEO Seth Berkley announced in a press conference following the Board meeting in Delhi, India on Thursday. “The second is the continuation of funding for the world’s first malaria vaccine, and this is funding for vaccine pilots that are taking place in Malawi, Ghana, and Kenya, vaccinating about 360,000 children per year,” he added. A healthcare worker gives a child a dose of the malaria vaccine, RTS,S. The moves represent new strategic directions for the international private-public partnership, which until recently had focused mostly on strengthening routine vaccination systems in low- and lower-middle-income countries. While the organization currently manages the global Yellow Fever vaccine stockpile for outbreak response, and supports vaccines for eight other diseases, Berkley noted that this is the first time the Board has supported creation of a stockpile for a brand-new vaccine for a disease such as Ebola, which will come with its own set of challenges. As of now, only one Ebola vaccine, Ervebo, which is produced by Merck & Co. and received regulatory approval by the European Medicines Agency just last month, followed by WHO prequalification approval , is eligible to be included in the global stockpile. But the stockpile, which will aim to hold at least 500,000 doses, may be expanded as new Ebola vaccines hit the market, Berkley said. There there are currently 7 other candidate vaccines for the Zaire strain of Ebola, the most common strain of the virus, Berkley noted. A second Ebola vaccine candidate, developed by Johnson & Johnson, recently began clinical trials in the Democratic Republic of Congo, which has been wracked by an Ebola outbreak that lasted for more than a year, killing over 2000 people. A second Board decision voted to continue Gavi’s support for landmark pilots of the world’s first malaria vaccine, RTS,S in Malawi, Kenya, and Ghana that began this year, aiming to assess the feasibility for rolling out the vaccine on a national scale in other African countries with a moderate- to high-malaria burden. The vaccine requires four separate doses, which can be difficult to deliver to populations with low access to health care. From 2021 to 2023, Gavi will allocate US $11.6 million towards funding these pilots, which represents approximately 50% of the total funding needs. The remaining 50% will be funded by the Global Fund for AIDS, Tuberculosis, and Malaria, and Unitaid. The two major decisions were made at the last meeting of the Gavi Board before the private-public partnership holds its next replenishment conference in London on June 4, 2020, hosted by the United Kingdom. The organization hopes to raise US $7.41 billion to fund its next cycle of activities from 2021-2023. Gavi’s Two-Part Ebola Support Program According to Berkley, Gavi’s new Ebola Support Program will be composed of two main components; managing a global stockpile of vaccine for future outbreaks, and looking into potential preventative use of the Ebola vaccine. Countries that are eligible for Gavi vaccine donations, will be able to access the stockpile free of charge and will also receive support for operational costs. Non-Gavi-eligible countries can still access the stockpile but will need to eventually pay Gavi back for the vaccines and cover their own operational costs. A health care worker preparing a dose of Ebola vaccine The organization will also be looking into ways the Ebola vaccine can be used outside of outbreak settings. There have been 29 outbreaks of Ebola virus on record since the virus was first identified, although only the West African 2014-2016 outbreak and the ongoing outbreak in the DRC have surpassed 400 cases. Thus, it is unclear whether huge outbreaks would be the norm in the future, and Gavi must be prepared to take an “active learning agenda” in establishing its new Ebola support program, especially with an eye towards learning how best to carry out preventative vaccination, says Berkley. Up until now, the candidate Ebola vaccines have only been used during the two recent big outbreaks, Berkley noted. The Merck vaccine, and now the Johnson&Johnson candidate, have been deployed under “compassionate-use” protocols, which allow new health products that have demonstrated safety and efficacy but may not have finished full regulatory processes, to be used in emergency settings. “The obvious countries [to consider for preventative vaccination] are those that have indigenous transmission of Ebola… We could also consider countries that have transmission of Ebola through travelers. We suspect it will include workers in hospitals, in front-line clinics, lab workers,” said Berkley. Front-line health workers bore the brunt of the brutal outbreak in West Africa from 2014-2016, where its estimated that health care workers had more than 21 times the risk of contracting Ebola than the average person. Berkley said that preliminary modelling done by Gavi suggests that preventative vaccination in 10% of the healthcare workforce, targeting those working in areas likely to see outbreaks, might help protect those most at risk in a future outbreak, although more work needs to be done to clearly outline a preventative vaccination strategy. Image Credits: WHO/M. Nieuwenhof, Twitter: @WHO. World Malaria Report 2019: Pregnant Women & Children Hit The Hardest As Global Progress Stalls 04/12/2019 Grace Ren Global progress against malaria continued to plateau in 2018 for the third year in a row, and the disease hit young children and pregnant women in Sub-Saharan Africa the hardest, according to the World Malaria Report 2019 released by the World Health Organization on Wednesday. Despite stalled progress at the global level, however, four new countries have successfully eliminated the disease in 2018 and 2019. “We’re seeing encouraging signs, but the burden of suffering and death caused by malaria is unacceptable, because it is largely preventable. The lack of improvement in the number of cases and deaths from malaria is deeply troubling,” said WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus in a press release. “Pregnant women and children are the most vulnerable to malaria, and we cannot make progress without focusing on these two groups.” A village malaria worker is testing a young child for malaria in Battambang Province, Cambodia. In 2018, WHO estimates that there were 228 million cases of malaria globally, causing 405 000 deaths, as compared to 231 million cases and 435 000 deaths in 2017. A dramatic reduction in malaria incidence and mortality was seen through 2010 to 2015, but global progress against the disease has stalled since then. The report underlines that malaria continues to strike particularly hard at pregnant women and children in Sub-Saharan Africa,, with an estimated 11 million pregnant women infected in 38 countries with moderate-to-high malaria transmission in that region alone in 2018. Malaria infection in pregnancy can cause a variety of complications, including malaria-related anemia, low birth weight, and even maternal death. An estimated 24 million children in the region were infected last year with the deadliest strain of malaria – P. falciparum – with at least half experiencing moderate anemia and 1.8 million experiencing severe anemia. Malaria-related severe anemia is still a major contributor to child mortality in Sub-Saharan Africa. Funding for malaria control and elimination 2010-2018, by source of funds (constant 2018 US$) The plateau in progress may in part be caused by the shortfall in malaria funding – the report estimates that funding towards malaria control and prevention fell to US$2.7 billion last year with governments of malaria-endemic countries contributing an estimated 30% of the pool, falling far short of the US$5 billion needed to fully fund WHO’s Global technical strategy for malaria 2016 – 2030. On the flip side, a handful of low-burden countries have seen progress. In 2018, WHO certified that endemic malaria was successfully eliminated Paraguay and Uzbekistan. Algeria and Argentina were recognized for eliminating endemic malaria in early 2019, and China, El Salvador, Iran, Malaysia, and Timor-Leste reported zero indigenous cases. Progress to achieve a global milestone to certify at least 10 countries for the elimination of malaria by 2020 is also on track. Large reductions in malaria were also seen in WHO’s Southeast Asian region, said Dr Abdisalan Noor, lead author of the report and team leader of the Surveillance Unit in WHO’s Global Malaria Programme, in a press conference. Significant reductions in India, which had 2.6 million fewer malaria cases than the previous year, accounted for a large share of the success. Progress has also been made in the Greater Mekong sub-region – an important strategic area as resistance to antimalarial medications has historically been traced back to the region. Protecting Pregnant Women and Young Children Coverage of pregnant women and children by malaria treatment and prevention interventions has increased in Africa, but these two groups continue to be the hardest hit by malaria. “We have brought back the focus to the key populations at risk that suffer and carry the brunt of malaria; pregnant women and young children in Africa. And by highlighting this space, we also signal that they must become our number one priority in the fight against malaria,” said Dr Pedro Alonso, director of WHO’s Global Malaria Programme. The WHO report estimates that in 2018, 67% of all malaria-related deaths occurred in children under 5, and malaria continues to be a leading cause of infection-related maternal mortality in Sub-Saharan Africa. “Now, [another] one of the consequences of malaria in pregnancy is children that are born with low birth weight, less than 2500 grams at birth,” Dr Noor clarified. Low birth weight is not only an immediate problem for the growth of the child, but is also “a significant predictor of early infant death,” he added. The WHO report estimates that of the 11 million cases of malaria in pregnancy in Sub-Saharan Africa in 2018, 872,000 children were born with low birth weight. This is despite the fact that the number of pregnant women and children sleeping under insecticide-treated bed nets and receiving preventative medicine for malaria has increased in recent years. An estimated 61% of pregnant women and children in sub-Saharan Africa slept under an insecticide-treated net in 2018 compared to 26% in 2010. Among pregnant women in the region, coverage of the recommended 3 or more doses of intermittent preventative malaria treatment, delivered during antenatal care visits, increased from an estimated 22% in 2017 to 31% in 2018. Some 72% of eligible children received seasonal malaria prevention medication in 2018. A new WHO-recommended strategy to prevent malaria in infants – intermittent preventative treatment for infants (IPTi) – recommends delivering anti-malarials to very young children through the immunization programme, and is being piloted in Sierra Leone. “IPTi offers a tremendous opportunity to keep small children alive and healthy,” said Dr Alonso. “WHO welcomes Unitaid’s new drive, announced today, to accelerate the adoption and scale-up of IPTi in other malaria-endemic countries in sub-Saharan Africa.” Some “Elimination by 2020” Targets May Be in Sight Despite little progress being made on the global scale, certain regions and countries are inching closer to eliminating malaria, defined as completely stopping endemic transmission within national or territorial borders. Globally, a total of 38 countries and territories have been certified malaria-free by WHO, with Paraguay, Uzbekistan, Algeria, and Argentina just added to that list between 2018 to 2019. WHO grants the malaria-free certification when a country proves, beyond a reasonable doubt, that the chain of indigenous transmission of malaria has been interrupted for at least 3 consecutive years. At least 10 countries that are part of WHO’s “E-2020 initiative” are on track to reach the 2020 elimination milestone of the global strategy. P. Falciparum cases in the Greater Mekong Subregion, 2010- 2018 The six countries of the Greater Mekong sub-region – Cambodia, China, Laos, Myanmar, Thailand, and Vietnam – have made significant progress. Across the subregion, there was an impressive 76% reduction in malaria cases and a 95% drop in deaths between 2010 and 2018. This includes a steep decline in cases of P. falciparum malaria, a primary target in view of the ongoing threat of antimalarial drug resistance. Some 11 African countries and India account for approximately 70% of the world’s malaria burden – Burkina Faso, Cameroon, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Ghana, India, Mali, Mozambique, Niger, Nigeria, Uganda and the United Republic of Tanzania. The WHO and Roll Back Malaria Partnership launched a “high burden high impact” (HBHI) approach in these countries in 2018. By November 2019, the HBHI approach had been initiated in nine high burden countries in Africa. Image Credits: WHO/ V. Sokhin, WHO/World Malaria Report 2019. Global Temperatures Already 1.1°C Above Pre-Industrial Levels; Last Ten Years Appear To Be Hottest On Record, Says WMO 03/12/2019 Editorial team Madrid – Exceptional global heat waves, retreating ice sheets and record sea levels – all driven by rising concentrations of atmospheric greenhouse gases – are the hallmark of the past decade as 2019 draws to a close, said the World Metereological Organization (WMO) on Tuesday. The global average temperature in 2019 (January to October) was about 1.1°C above pre-industrial levels. Average temperatures for the past ten years (2010-2019) are “almost certain” to be the highest on record, WMO Secretary-General Petteri Taalas said in a press conference here on the second day of the UN Climate Conference (COP25). And 2019 is on course to be the second or third warmest year ever on record. His remarks were based upon a WMO provisional statement on the State of the Global Climate, released simultaneously. Sea level rise has accelerated since the start of satellite measurements in 1993, because of the melting of ice sheets in Greenland and Antarctica, according to the report. The ocean, which acts as a buffer by absorbing heat and carbon dioxide, is paying a heavy price. Ocean heat is at record levels and there have been widespread marine heatwaves. Sea water is 26 percent more acidic than at the start of the industrial era. Vital marine ecosystems are being degraded, the WMO report finds. The daily Arctic sea-ice extent minimum in September 2019 was the second lowest in the satellite record and October has seen further record low extents. In Antarctica, 2019 saw record low ice extents in some months. All of these trends are directly linked to record levels of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere, which hit levels of 407.8 parts per million in 2018 and continued to rise in 2019. CO2 persists in the atmosphere for centuries, and for even longer in ocean waters, thus perpetuating temperature rise. “If we do not take urgent climate action now, then we are heading for a temperature increase of more than 3°C by the end of the century, with ever more harmful impacts on human well-being,” said Taalas, in a press release that accompanied the report. “We are nowhere near on track to meet the Paris Agreement target.” Record Carbon Dioxide Levels Causing More Floods, Heatwaves & Wildfires “On a day-to-day basis, the impacts of climate change play out through extreme and “abnormal” weather. And, once again in 2019, weather and climate related risks hit hard. Heatwaves and floods which used to be “once in a century” events are becoming more regular occurrences. Countries ranging from the Bahamas to Japan to Mozambique suffered the effect of devastating tropical cyclones. Wildfires swept through the Arctic and Australia,” Taalas added. “One of the main impacts of climate change is more erratic rainfall patterns. This poses a threat to crop yields and, combined with population increase, will mean considerable food security challenges for vulnerable countries in the future,” he said. The report gives extensive attention to the impacts of warming trends on human health, food security, migration, ecosystems and marine life, based on inputs from the World Health Organization, Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO), International Organization for Migration (IOM), and other United Nations partners. Extreme heat conditions are taking an increasing toll on human health and health systems with greater impacts where there are aging populations, urbanization, urban heat island effects, and health inequities. In 2018, a record 220 million more heatwave exposures by vulnerable persons over the age of 65 occurred, compared with the average for the baseline of 1986-2005. Climate variability and extreme weather events are among the key drivers of the recent rise in global hunger and one of the leading causes of severe crises, according to the WMO report. After a decade of steady decline, hunger is on the rise – with over 820 million people suffering from hunger in 2018. Among 33 countries affected by food crises in 2018, climate variability and weather extremes are the leading driver in 12 of the 26 countries at risk, and a compounding factor together with economic shocks and conflict in the other countries. More than 10 million new internal displacements were recorded between January and June 2019, 7 million being triggered by events such as Cyclone Idai in southeast Africa, Cyclone Fani in south Asia, Hurricane Dorian in the Caribbean, flooding in Iran, the Philippines and Ethiopia, generating acute humanitarian and protection needs. Detailed excerpts of impacts on health, food security and displacement are provided below, along with details of key climate and weather indicators of the broader trends. Impacts on Health, Agriculture & Migration In terms of inputs from other UN agencies, the WHO reports that in 2019, record-setting high temperatures from Australia, India, Japan, and Europe led to significant heat-related deaths and illness. In Japan, a major heat wave event affected the country in late July to early August 2019 resulting in over 100 deaths and 18,000 hospitalizations. Two heatwaves hit much of Europe in the summer of 2019, affecting southwestern to central Europe in June, followed by an even more powerful episode in late July, which affected much of central and western Europe. In the Netherlands, the heatwave was associated with 2 964 deaths, nearly 400 more deaths than during an average summer week. Changes in climatic conditions since 1950 are also making it easier for the Aedes mosquito species to transmit dengue virus. The global incidence of dengue has grown dramatically in recent decades, and about half of the world population is now at risk of infection. In 2019, the world experienced a large increase in dengue cases, compared with the same time period in 2018. In terms of agriculture, FAO reports that the start of the seasonal rains was delayed in Southern Africa, and there were extensive dry periods. As a result, regional cereal output is forecast to be about 8% below the five-year average with 12.5 million people in the region expected to experience severe food insecurity up until March 2020, an increase of more than 10% from the previous year. Food security has also been deteriorating in several areas of Ethiopia, Somalia, Kenya and Uganda due to a poor rainy season. Overall, about 12.3 million people are food insecure in the Horn of Africa region. Between October and November 2019, Somalia was further affected by intense flooding. In Afghanistan, some 13.5 million people are food insecure following severe flooding in March 2019, the worst such episode in a decade, This follows a period of severe drought in 2018 from which 22 out of 34 provinces are still recovering. More than 10 million new weather and climate-related internal displacements were recorded between January and June 2019, the IOM reports, Of those, 7 million people were displaced by disasters such as Cyclone Idai in Southeast Africa, Cyclone Fani in South Asia, Hurricane Dorian in the Caribbean, as well as by flooding in Iran, the Philippines and Ethiopia. Overall, floods were the most commonly cited natural hazard contributing to displacement, followed by storms and droughts. Asia and the Pacific remains the world’s most disaster displacement-prone region due to both sudden and slow-onset disasters. The number of new displacements associated with weather extremes could more than triple to around 22 million by the end of 2019, the IOM predicts. Ice Loss, Ocean Temperatures & Acidification The report provides detailed data on temperatures both at land as well as at sea. It notes that global mean temperature for the period January to October 2019 was 1.1 ± 0.1 °C above pre-industrial conditions (1850-1900). 2019 is expected to be the second or third warmest year on record. 2016, which began with an exceptionally strong El Niño, remains the warmest year. Since the 1980s, each successive decade has been warmer than the last. In terms of the world’s major land masses, most land areas were warmer than the recent average, including South America, Europe, Africa, Asia and Oceania, and the Arctic, with the U.S. state of Alaska was registering exceptionally warm temperatures in 2019. However, a large area of North America has been colder than the recent average. In October 2019, the global mean sea level reached its highest value since the beginning of the high-precision records in the 1990s. More than 90% of the excess energy accumulating in the climate system as a result of increased concentrations of greenhouse gases goes into the ocean. In the decade 2009-2018, the ocean absorbed around 22% of the annual emissions of CO2, which helps to attenuate climate change. But ocean temperatures also are rising. In 2019, ocean heat content continued at record or near-record levels, with the average for the year so far exceeding the previous record highs set in 2018. In 2019, the ocean has until now, on average, experienced around 1.5 months of unusually warm temperatures. More of the ocean had a marine heatwave classified as “Strong” (38%) than “Moderate” (28%). In the north-east Pacific, large areas reached a marine heatwave category of “Severe”. A corresponding, continued long term decline of Arctic sea ice was confirmed in September 2019, where the monthly average extent of ice (usually the lowest of the year) was the third lowest on record. Until 2016, Antarctic sea ice extent had shown a small long-term increase. In late 2016 this was interrupted by a sudden drop in extent to extreme values. Since then, Antarctic sea-ice extent has remained at relatively low levels. Total ice Mass Balance (TMB) for the Greenland Ice Sheet gives a net ice loss for September 2018 to August 2019 of 329 Gigatonnes (Gt). Increasing CO2 concentrations also affect the chemistry of the ocean, accelerating acidification. Ocean observations have shown a decrease in the average global surface ocean pH at a rate of 0.017–0.027 pH units per decade since the late 1980s, as reported previously by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. That is equivalent to an increase in acidity of 26% since the beginning of the industrial revolution. High impact events – Floods, Droughts, Heatwaves & Wildfires The 12-month rainfall averaged over the contiguous United States for the period for July 2018 to June 2019 (962 mm) was the highest on record. The onset and withdrawal of the Indian Monsoon were delayed, causing a large precipitation deficit in June but an excess of precipitation in the following months. Very wet conditions affected parts of South America in January. There was major flooding in northern Argentina, Uruguay and southern Brazil, with losses in Argentina and Uruguay estimated at US$2.5 billion. The Islamic Republic of Iran was badly affected by flooding in late March and early April. Major flooding affected many hitherto drought-affected parts of east Africa in October and early November. At the same time, drought affected many parts of southeast Asia and the southwest Pacific in 2019, associated in many cases with the strong positive phase of the Indian Ocean Dipole. Exceptionally dry conditions prevailed from mid-year onwards in Indonesia and neighbouring countries, as well as parts of the Mekong basin further north. Long-term drought conditions which had affected many parts of inland eastern Australia in 2017 and 2018 expanded and intensified in 2019. Averaged over Australia as a whole, January-October was the driest since 1902. Dry conditions affected many parts of Central America. It was substantially drier than normal in Honduras, Guatemala, Nicaragua and El Salvador, until heavy rains in October. Central Chile also had an exceptionally dry year, with rainfall for the year to 20 November at Santiago only 82 mm, less than 25% of the long-term average. Heatwaves Two major heatwaves occurred in Europe in late June and late July. according to the report. In France, a national record of 46.0°C (1.9°C above the previous record) was set on 28 June. National records were also set in Germany (42.6°C), the Netherlands (40.7°C), Belgium (41.8°C), Luxembourg (40.8°C) and the United Kingdom (38.7°C), with the heat also extending into the Nordic countries, where Helsinki had its highest temperature on record (33.2°C on 28 July). Australia had an exceptionally hot summer. The mean summer temperature was the highest on record by almost 1°C, and January was Australia’s hottest month on record. The heat was most notable for its persistence but there were also significant individual extremes, including 46.6°C at Adelaide on 24 January, the city’s highest temperature on record In terms of forest fires, several high-latitude regions saw above-average activity, including Siberia (Russian Federation) and Alaska (US). There were wildfires in some parts of the Arctic – previously extremely rare events. In South-East Asia, a severe drought in Indonesia and neighbouring countries led to the most significant fire season since 2015. The number of reported fires in Brazil’s Amazonia region was only slightly above the 10-year average, but total fire activity in South America was the highest since 2010, with Bolivia and Venezuela among the countries with particularly active fire years. Tropical cyclones Tropical cyclone activity globally in 2019 was slightly above average. The Northern Hemisphere, to date, has had 66 tropical cyclones, compared with the average at this time of year of 56, although accumulated cyclone energy (ACE) was only 2% above average. The 2018-19 Southern Hemisphere season was also above average, with 27 cyclones. Tropical Cyclone Idai made landfall in Mozambique on 15 March as one of the strongest known on the east coast of Africa, resulting in many casualties and widespread devastation. Idai contributed to the complete destruction of close to 780 000 ha of crops in Malawi, Mozambique, and Zimbabwe, further undermining a precarious food security situation in the region. The cyclone also resulted in at least 50 905 displaced persons in Zimbabwe, 53 237 in southern Malawi and 77 019 in Mozambique. One of the year’s most intense tropical cyclones was Dorian, which made landfall with category 5 intensity in the Bahamas. The destruction was exacerbated as the cyclone was exceptionally slow-moving, remaining near-stationary for about 24 hours. Typhoon Hagibis made landfall west of Tokyo on 12 October, causing severe flooding. The final State of the Climate report, with complete 2019 data, will be published in March 2020. See video about the report here. This article was published as part of Covering Climate Now, a global journalistic collaboration to strengthen coverage of the climate story. Countries Exposed, But Lack Support To Address Climate-Related Health Risks Says WHO Report 03/12/2019 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Madrid, Spain – Countries lack capacity and even more important, the money, to incorporate health factors into their climate action strategies – even though increased disease and deaths are one of the most immediate outcomes of climate change. This is the key finding of a first-ever report by the World Health Organization that looks at how national health systems are responding to climate-related health threats that are affecting countries more frequently and with greater intensity, including food-borne and water-borne as well as vector-borne infectious diseases, as well as heat stress and extreme weather events. Female solar engineers in India bring solar power to communities. Clean energy generates a double benefit for climate and health in terms of less air pollution. The report, The WHO Health and Climate Change Survey Report – Tracking Global Progress – surveyed 101 countries, from high- to low-income economies across all regions of the world. The findings show that while nearly half of the countries surveyed had developed a national health and climate change strategy or plan, less than one-fifth reported a high level of plan implementation, and fewer than 10% of countries said that they had resources to fully implement their plans. “Countries are exposed to climate risks, they are vulnerable to health impacts and they are not receiving the support they need in order to protect people’s health,” said WHO’s Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum, speaking at a press conference here on Tuesday, the second day of the UN Climate Conference in Madrid (COP25). In addition to the direct impacts of climate change, Campbell-Lendrum noted that some 7 million people annually die from air pollution every year, “roughly the whole population of Madrid” and those deaths are “very closely linked to the climate crisis, as about two-thirds of the outdoor air pollution we experience is from fossil fuel combustion.” WHO has estimated that cutting carbon emissions to meet the climate goals of the 2015 Paris Climate Agreement could save about a million lives a year worldwide by 2050 through reductions in air pollution alone. And the economic benefits of the health gains would be more than twice that of the costs of carbon reductions, he said. “Climate change is not only racking up a bill for future generations to pay, it’s a price that people are paying for now with their health,” said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, Director-General of the World Health Organization, in a press release on the new report. “It is a moral imperative that countries have the resources they need to act against climate change and safeguard health now and in the future.” Among the countries that did conduct a climate and health assessment, the most common climate-sensitive health risks were identified by countries as heat stress, injury or death from extreme weather events, as well as food-, water- and vector-borne diseases (such as cholera, dengue or malaria). However, about 60% of countries responding reported that their assessment findings have had little or no influence on the allocation of human and financial resources needed to protect health from climate change. Biggest Barrier is Finance The biggest barrier, the survey found, was that countries have difficulties in accessing international climate finance for health-related climate plans and projects. Over 75% of the national health systems that responded to the survey, reported that they lacked information on climate finance opportunities. Over 60% said that health actors were disconnected from climate finance processes, and over 50% said that health systems lacked capacity to even prepare proposals. In terms of preventing future climate change, the report also notes that few countries have been able to take advantage of the synergies that exist between reducing carbon emission and reducing environmental contamination that harms health, particularly air pollution. Fewer than 25% of countries surveyed reporting having clear collaborations between health sectors and other key sectors driving climate change, such as transport, power generation and domestic heat and power production. Potential Health Gains of Climate Mitigation Rarely Counted Potential health gains that would result from cutting carbon emissions are rarely reflected in national climate commitments, with only one-fifth of Nationally Determined Commitments (NDCs) mentioning health in the context of emissions reductions and 1 in 10 NDCs specifically mentioning expected health gains. The so-called “Nationally Determined Commitments,” the voluntary targets to which countries commit, are in fact the backbone of the 2015 Paris Climate Agreement that aims to keep climate change below 2°C and 1.5°C, if at all possible. While two-thirds of countries’ NDCs mention health in general terms, and the health sector is among the five sectors most often described as vulnerable to climate change, when it comes to concrete action, health is just not factored into the equation, the WHO report concludes. “For the Paris Agreement to be effective to protect people’s health, all levels of government need to prioritize building health system resilience to climate change, and a growing number of national governments are clearly headed in that direction,” said Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of the Department of Environment, Climate Change and Health, in the press release. “By systematically including health in Nationally Determined Contributions – as well as National Adaptation Plans, climate finance pledges, and other National Communications to the UNFCCC [United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change] — the Paris Agreement could become the strongest international health agreement of the century.” Speaking at the press conference, Neira said that countries need to ensure that the health sector is included in climate change processes and that health ministries have the capacity and support to access the finance they need. “The fact that the health impact is already felt by the countries but the finance is not reaching them,” said Neira, speaking at the press conference. She added that the health sector was also calling on governments ” to be much more ambitious on tackling the causes of climate change because our health is at risk and our health is paying the price of not taking action on climate.” From left-right, Jessica Beagley (Lancet Commission Countdown); Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum & Maria Neira (WHO). Health Sector Involvement in Climate Response Collaboration on health and climate policy was greatest between the health sector and the water, sanitation and wastewater sector (45 out of 101 respondents), followed by agriculture (31 out of 101 respondents) and social services (26 out of 101 respondents). A quarter or less of countries reported having an agreement in place between the health sector and the transportation, electricity generation or household energy sectors. While only 8 our of 45 countries reported a high level of implementation of national health and climate change strategies or plans, countries were being more proactive on certain issues. Some 61% of countries were implementing stronger systems of early warning and response to cope with flooding, 43% for heatwaves and 32% for air quality. Although 48% of countries have assessed their public health risk to climate change 60% report that these findings have had little to no influence on the allocation of human and financial resources to meet their adaptation priorities for protecting health. Half of the countries surveyed have developed a national health and climate change strategy or plan. But less than 20% of countries reporting a high level of implementation. Along with financing, other common barriers included: human resource constraints and lack of capacity, lack of prioritization; lack of multisectoral collaboration and a lack of tools, information systems and evidence for decision-making. Only about 38% have national finances in place to even partially implement their national strategy of plan, and fewer than 10% have resources to implement it completely. In terms of accessing international climate finance, over 75% (35 of 46 respondents) reported a lack of information on opportunities, over 60% a lack of connection of health actors to the climate finance processes, and over 50% a lack of capacity to prepare proposals, the report found. Campbell-Lendrum noted that the efforts need to be made by both the climate and health sectors to close the gap. “The Green Climate Fund has identified health and well being as a focal area, they just haven’t funded any projects in that area yet. So we need to work from both sides to make sure that the countries have the technical back- up to prepare their plans and then we have to be met from the other side.” According to the UN Environment-hosted Climate and Clean Air Coalition, some countries have begun reporting on reductions of black carbon emissions – which are among the most health-harmful air pollutants – as part of their Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) to reducing climate change. Unlike carbon dioxide, which persists in the atmosphere for hundreds of ;years, black carbon particles that are heavily emitted by diesel generators and vehicles as well as by primitive wood and biomass stoves, only remain airborne for a few days or weeks, and therefore reducing emissions can lead to rapid reductions in concentrations in the atmosphere. Black carbon also comprises a significant portion of small particles, or PM2.5, regarded as one of the most health-harmful air pollutants. A 2018 report by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), underlined that reducing emissions of black carbon and other so-called short-lived climate pollutants, such as ozone and methane, could help slow down the pace of climate change, buying the world critical time to shift to cleaner energy technologies. However, many countries still lack the tools and awareness to clearly and quantitatively link their carbon reductions with reductions of black carbon and other air pollutants. Conversely, the so-called health co-benefits that may be derived from climate action are not typically factored into climate assessments and financing processes, which right now focus on quantifying carbon emission cuts, as such, without regard for savings in lives or related health costs. ________________________________________ This article was published as part of Covering Climate Now, a global journalistic collaboration to strengthen coverage of the climate story. Image Credits: DFID, WHO, E. Fletcher . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
World Malaria Report 2019: Pregnant Women & Children Hit The Hardest As Global Progress Stalls 04/12/2019 Grace Ren Global progress against malaria continued to plateau in 2018 for the third year in a row, and the disease hit young children and pregnant women in Sub-Saharan Africa the hardest, according to the World Malaria Report 2019 released by the World Health Organization on Wednesday. Despite stalled progress at the global level, however, four new countries have successfully eliminated the disease in 2018 and 2019. “We’re seeing encouraging signs, but the burden of suffering and death caused by malaria is unacceptable, because it is largely preventable. The lack of improvement in the number of cases and deaths from malaria is deeply troubling,” said WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus in a press release. “Pregnant women and children are the most vulnerable to malaria, and we cannot make progress without focusing on these two groups.” A village malaria worker is testing a young child for malaria in Battambang Province, Cambodia. In 2018, WHO estimates that there were 228 million cases of malaria globally, causing 405 000 deaths, as compared to 231 million cases and 435 000 deaths in 2017. A dramatic reduction in malaria incidence and mortality was seen through 2010 to 2015, but global progress against the disease has stalled since then. The report underlines that malaria continues to strike particularly hard at pregnant women and children in Sub-Saharan Africa,, with an estimated 11 million pregnant women infected in 38 countries with moderate-to-high malaria transmission in that region alone in 2018. Malaria infection in pregnancy can cause a variety of complications, including malaria-related anemia, low birth weight, and even maternal death. An estimated 24 million children in the region were infected last year with the deadliest strain of malaria – P. falciparum – with at least half experiencing moderate anemia and 1.8 million experiencing severe anemia. Malaria-related severe anemia is still a major contributor to child mortality in Sub-Saharan Africa. Funding for malaria control and elimination 2010-2018, by source of funds (constant 2018 US$) The plateau in progress may in part be caused by the shortfall in malaria funding – the report estimates that funding towards malaria control and prevention fell to US$2.7 billion last year with governments of malaria-endemic countries contributing an estimated 30% of the pool, falling far short of the US$5 billion needed to fully fund WHO’s Global technical strategy for malaria 2016 – 2030. On the flip side, a handful of low-burden countries have seen progress. In 2018, WHO certified that endemic malaria was successfully eliminated Paraguay and Uzbekistan. Algeria and Argentina were recognized for eliminating endemic malaria in early 2019, and China, El Salvador, Iran, Malaysia, and Timor-Leste reported zero indigenous cases. Progress to achieve a global milestone to certify at least 10 countries for the elimination of malaria by 2020 is also on track. Large reductions in malaria were also seen in WHO’s Southeast Asian region, said Dr Abdisalan Noor, lead author of the report and team leader of the Surveillance Unit in WHO’s Global Malaria Programme, in a press conference. Significant reductions in India, which had 2.6 million fewer malaria cases than the previous year, accounted for a large share of the success. Progress has also been made in the Greater Mekong sub-region – an important strategic area as resistance to antimalarial medications has historically been traced back to the region. Protecting Pregnant Women and Young Children Coverage of pregnant women and children by malaria treatment and prevention interventions has increased in Africa, but these two groups continue to be the hardest hit by malaria. “We have brought back the focus to the key populations at risk that suffer and carry the brunt of malaria; pregnant women and young children in Africa. And by highlighting this space, we also signal that they must become our number one priority in the fight against malaria,” said Dr Pedro Alonso, director of WHO’s Global Malaria Programme. The WHO report estimates that in 2018, 67% of all malaria-related deaths occurred in children under 5, and malaria continues to be a leading cause of infection-related maternal mortality in Sub-Saharan Africa. “Now, [another] one of the consequences of malaria in pregnancy is children that are born with low birth weight, less than 2500 grams at birth,” Dr Noor clarified. Low birth weight is not only an immediate problem for the growth of the child, but is also “a significant predictor of early infant death,” he added. The WHO report estimates that of the 11 million cases of malaria in pregnancy in Sub-Saharan Africa in 2018, 872,000 children were born with low birth weight. This is despite the fact that the number of pregnant women and children sleeping under insecticide-treated bed nets and receiving preventative medicine for malaria has increased in recent years. An estimated 61% of pregnant women and children in sub-Saharan Africa slept under an insecticide-treated net in 2018 compared to 26% in 2010. Among pregnant women in the region, coverage of the recommended 3 or more doses of intermittent preventative malaria treatment, delivered during antenatal care visits, increased from an estimated 22% in 2017 to 31% in 2018. Some 72% of eligible children received seasonal malaria prevention medication in 2018. A new WHO-recommended strategy to prevent malaria in infants – intermittent preventative treatment for infants (IPTi) – recommends delivering anti-malarials to very young children through the immunization programme, and is being piloted in Sierra Leone. “IPTi offers a tremendous opportunity to keep small children alive and healthy,” said Dr Alonso. “WHO welcomes Unitaid’s new drive, announced today, to accelerate the adoption and scale-up of IPTi in other malaria-endemic countries in sub-Saharan Africa.” Some “Elimination by 2020” Targets May Be in Sight Despite little progress being made on the global scale, certain regions and countries are inching closer to eliminating malaria, defined as completely stopping endemic transmission within national or territorial borders. Globally, a total of 38 countries and territories have been certified malaria-free by WHO, with Paraguay, Uzbekistan, Algeria, and Argentina just added to that list between 2018 to 2019. WHO grants the malaria-free certification when a country proves, beyond a reasonable doubt, that the chain of indigenous transmission of malaria has been interrupted for at least 3 consecutive years. At least 10 countries that are part of WHO’s “E-2020 initiative” are on track to reach the 2020 elimination milestone of the global strategy. P. Falciparum cases in the Greater Mekong Subregion, 2010- 2018 The six countries of the Greater Mekong sub-region – Cambodia, China, Laos, Myanmar, Thailand, and Vietnam – have made significant progress. Across the subregion, there was an impressive 76% reduction in malaria cases and a 95% drop in deaths between 2010 and 2018. This includes a steep decline in cases of P. falciparum malaria, a primary target in view of the ongoing threat of antimalarial drug resistance. Some 11 African countries and India account for approximately 70% of the world’s malaria burden – Burkina Faso, Cameroon, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Ghana, India, Mali, Mozambique, Niger, Nigeria, Uganda and the United Republic of Tanzania. The WHO and Roll Back Malaria Partnership launched a “high burden high impact” (HBHI) approach in these countries in 2018. By November 2019, the HBHI approach had been initiated in nine high burden countries in Africa. Image Credits: WHO/ V. Sokhin, WHO/World Malaria Report 2019. Global Temperatures Already 1.1°C Above Pre-Industrial Levels; Last Ten Years Appear To Be Hottest On Record, Says WMO 03/12/2019 Editorial team Madrid – Exceptional global heat waves, retreating ice sheets and record sea levels – all driven by rising concentrations of atmospheric greenhouse gases – are the hallmark of the past decade as 2019 draws to a close, said the World Metereological Organization (WMO) on Tuesday. The global average temperature in 2019 (January to October) was about 1.1°C above pre-industrial levels. Average temperatures for the past ten years (2010-2019) are “almost certain” to be the highest on record, WMO Secretary-General Petteri Taalas said in a press conference here on the second day of the UN Climate Conference (COP25). And 2019 is on course to be the second or third warmest year ever on record. His remarks were based upon a WMO provisional statement on the State of the Global Climate, released simultaneously. Sea level rise has accelerated since the start of satellite measurements in 1993, because of the melting of ice sheets in Greenland and Antarctica, according to the report. The ocean, which acts as a buffer by absorbing heat and carbon dioxide, is paying a heavy price. Ocean heat is at record levels and there have been widespread marine heatwaves. Sea water is 26 percent more acidic than at the start of the industrial era. Vital marine ecosystems are being degraded, the WMO report finds. The daily Arctic sea-ice extent minimum in September 2019 was the second lowest in the satellite record and October has seen further record low extents. In Antarctica, 2019 saw record low ice extents in some months. All of these trends are directly linked to record levels of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere, which hit levels of 407.8 parts per million in 2018 and continued to rise in 2019. CO2 persists in the atmosphere for centuries, and for even longer in ocean waters, thus perpetuating temperature rise. “If we do not take urgent climate action now, then we are heading for a temperature increase of more than 3°C by the end of the century, with ever more harmful impacts on human well-being,” said Taalas, in a press release that accompanied the report. “We are nowhere near on track to meet the Paris Agreement target.” Record Carbon Dioxide Levels Causing More Floods, Heatwaves & Wildfires “On a day-to-day basis, the impacts of climate change play out through extreme and “abnormal” weather. And, once again in 2019, weather and climate related risks hit hard. Heatwaves and floods which used to be “once in a century” events are becoming more regular occurrences. Countries ranging from the Bahamas to Japan to Mozambique suffered the effect of devastating tropical cyclones. Wildfires swept through the Arctic and Australia,” Taalas added. “One of the main impacts of climate change is more erratic rainfall patterns. This poses a threat to crop yields and, combined with population increase, will mean considerable food security challenges for vulnerable countries in the future,” he said. The report gives extensive attention to the impacts of warming trends on human health, food security, migration, ecosystems and marine life, based on inputs from the World Health Organization, Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO), International Organization for Migration (IOM), and other United Nations partners. Extreme heat conditions are taking an increasing toll on human health and health systems with greater impacts where there are aging populations, urbanization, urban heat island effects, and health inequities. In 2018, a record 220 million more heatwave exposures by vulnerable persons over the age of 65 occurred, compared with the average for the baseline of 1986-2005. Climate variability and extreme weather events are among the key drivers of the recent rise in global hunger and one of the leading causes of severe crises, according to the WMO report. After a decade of steady decline, hunger is on the rise – with over 820 million people suffering from hunger in 2018. Among 33 countries affected by food crises in 2018, climate variability and weather extremes are the leading driver in 12 of the 26 countries at risk, and a compounding factor together with economic shocks and conflict in the other countries. More than 10 million new internal displacements were recorded between January and June 2019, 7 million being triggered by events such as Cyclone Idai in southeast Africa, Cyclone Fani in south Asia, Hurricane Dorian in the Caribbean, flooding in Iran, the Philippines and Ethiopia, generating acute humanitarian and protection needs. Detailed excerpts of impacts on health, food security and displacement are provided below, along with details of key climate and weather indicators of the broader trends. Impacts on Health, Agriculture & Migration In terms of inputs from other UN agencies, the WHO reports that in 2019, record-setting high temperatures from Australia, India, Japan, and Europe led to significant heat-related deaths and illness. In Japan, a major heat wave event affected the country in late July to early August 2019 resulting in over 100 deaths and 18,000 hospitalizations. Two heatwaves hit much of Europe in the summer of 2019, affecting southwestern to central Europe in June, followed by an even more powerful episode in late July, which affected much of central and western Europe. In the Netherlands, the heatwave was associated with 2 964 deaths, nearly 400 more deaths than during an average summer week. Changes in climatic conditions since 1950 are also making it easier for the Aedes mosquito species to transmit dengue virus. The global incidence of dengue has grown dramatically in recent decades, and about half of the world population is now at risk of infection. In 2019, the world experienced a large increase in dengue cases, compared with the same time period in 2018. In terms of agriculture, FAO reports that the start of the seasonal rains was delayed in Southern Africa, and there were extensive dry periods. As a result, regional cereal output is forecast to be about 8% below the five-year average with 12.5 million people in the region expected to experience severe food insecurity up until March 2020, an increase of more than 10% from the previous year. Food security has also been deteriorating in several areas of Ethiopia, Somalia, Kenya and Uganda due to a poor rainy season. Overall, about 12.3 million people are food insecure in the Horn of Africa region. Between October and November 2019, Somalia was further affected by intense flooding. In Afghanistan, some 13.5 million people are food insecure following severe flooding in March 2019, the worst such episode in a decade, This follows a period of severe drought in 2018 from which 22 out of 34 provinces are still recovering. More than 10 million new weather and climate-related internal displacements were recorded between January and June 2019, the IOM reports, Of those, 7 million people were displaced by disasters such as Cyclone Idai in Southeast Africa, Cyclone Fani in South Asia, Hurricane Dorian in the Caribbean, as well as by flooding in Iran, the Philippines and Ethiopia. Overall, floods were the most commonly cited natural hazard contributing to displacement, followed by storms and droughts. Asia and the Pacific remains the world’s most disaster displacement-prone region due to both sudden and slow-onset disasters. The number of new displacements associated with weather extremes could more than triple to around 22 million by the end of 2019, the IOM predicts. Ice Loss, Ocean Temperatures & Acidification The report provides detailed data on temperatures both at land as well as at sea. It notes that global mean temperature for the period January to October 2019 was 1.1 ± 0.1 °C above pre-industrial conditions (1850-1900). 2019 is expected to be the second or third warmest year on record. 2016, which began with an exceptionally strong El Niño, remains the warmest year. Since the 1980s, each successive decade has been warmer than the last. In terms of the world’s major land masses, most land areas were warmer than the recent average, including South America, Europe, Africa, Asia and Oceania, and the Arctic, with the U.S. state of Alaska was registering exceptionally warm temperatures in 2019. However, a large area of North America has been colder than the recent average. In October 2019, the global mean sea level reached its highest value since the beginning of the high-precision records in the 1990s. More than 90% of the excess energy accumulating in the climate system as a result of increased concentrations of greenhouse gases goes into the ocean. In the decade 2009-2018, the ocean absorbed around 22% of the annual emissions of CO2, which helps to attenuate climate change. But ocean temperatures also are rising. In 2019, ocean heat content continued at record or near-record levels, with the average for the year so far exceeding the previous record highs set in 2018. In 2019, the ocean has until now, on average, experienced around 1.5 months of unusually warm temperatures. More of the ocean had a marine heatwave classified as “Strong” (38%) than “Moderate” (28%). In the north-east Pacific, large areas reached a marine heatwave category of “Severe”. A corresponding, continued long term decline of Arctic sea ice was confirmed in September 2019, where the monthly average extent of ice (usually the lowest of the year) was the third lowest on record. Until 2016, Antarctic sea ice extent had shown a small long-term increase. In late 2016 this was interrupted by a sudden drop in extent to extreme values. Since then, Antarctic sea-ice extent has remained at relatively low levels. Total ice Mass Balance (TMB) for the Greenland Ice Sheet gives a net ice loss for September 2018 to August 2019 of 329 Gigatonnes (Gt). Increasing CO2 concentrations also affect the chemistry of the ocean, accelerating acidification. Ocean observations have shown a decrease in the average global surface ocean pH at a rate of 0.017–0.027 pH units per decade since the late 1980s, as reported previously by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. That is equivalent to an increase in acidity of 26% since the beginning of the industrial revolution. High impact events – Floods, Droughts, Heatwaves & Wildfires The 12-month rainfall averaged over the contiguous United States for the period for July 2018 to June 2019 (962 mm) was the highest on record. The onset and withdrawal of the Indian Monsoon were delayed, causing a large precipitation deficit in June but an excess of precipitation in the following months. Very wet conditions affected parts of South America in January. There was major flooding in northern Argentina, Uruguay and southern Brazil, with losses in Argentina and Uruguay estimated at US$2.5 billion. The Islamic Republic of Iran was badly affected by flooding in late March and early April. Major flooding affected many hitherto drought-affected parts of east Africa in October and early November. At the same time, drought affected many parts of southeast Asia and the southwest Pacific in 2019, associated in many cases with the strong positive phase of the Indian Ocean Dipole. Exceptionally dry conditions prevailed from mid-year onwards in Indonesia and neighbouring countries, as well as parts of the Mekong basin further north. Long-term drought conditions which had affected many parts of inland eastern Australia in 2017 and 2018 expanded and intensified in 2019. Averaged over Australia as a whole, January-October was the driest since 1902. Dry conditions affected many parts of Central America. It was substantially drier than normal in Honduras, Guatemala, Nicaragua and El Salvador, until heavy rains in October. Central Chile also had an exceptionally dry year, with rainfall for the year to 20 November at Santiago only 82 mm, less than 25% of the long-term average. Heatwaves Two major heatwaves occurred in Europe in late June and late July. according to the report. In France, a national record of 46.0°C (1.9°C above the previous record) was set on 28 June. National records were also set in Germany (42.6°C), the Netherlands (40.7°C), Belgium (41.8°C), Luxembourg (40.8°C) and the United Kingdom (38.7°C), with the heat also extending into the Nordic countries, where Helsinki had its highest temperature on record (33.2°C on 28 July). Australia had an exceptionally hot summer. The mean summer temperature was the highest on record by almost 1°C, and January was Australia’s hottest month on record. The heat was most notable for its persistence but there were also significant individual extremes, including 46.6°C at Adelaide on 24 January, the city’s highest temperature on record In terms of forest fires, several high-latitude regions saw above-average activity, including Siberia (Russian Federation) and Alaska (US). There were wildfires in some parts of the Arctic – previously extremely rare events. In South-East Asia, a severe drought in Indonesia and neighbouring countries led to the most significant fire season since 2015. The number of reported fires in Brazil’s Amazonia region was only slightly above the 10-year average, but total fire activity in South America was the highest since 2010, with Bolivia and Venezuela among the countries with particularly active fire years. Tropical cyclones Tropical cyclone activity globally in 2019 was slightly above average. The Northern Hemisphere, to date, has had 66 tropical cyclones, compared with the average at this time of year of 56, although accumulated cyclone energy (ACE) was only 2% above average. The 2018-19 Southern Hemisphere season was also above average, with 27 cyclones. Tropical Cyclone Idai made landfall in Mozambique on 15 March as one of the strongest known on the east coast of Africa, resulting in many casualties and widespread devastation. Idai contributed to the complete destruction of close to 780 000 ha of crops in Malawi, Mozambique, and Zimbabwe, further undermining a precarious food security situation in the region. The cyclone also resulted in at least 50 905 displaced persons in Zimbabwe, 53 237 in southern Malawi and 77 019 in Mozambique. One of the year’s most intense tropical cyclones was Dorian, which made landfall with category 5 intensity in the Bahamas. The destruction was exacerbated as the cyclone was exceptionally slow-moving, remaining near-stationary for about 24 hours. Typhoon Hagibis made landfall west of Tokyo on 12 October, causing severe flooding. The final State of the Climate report, with complete 2019 data, will be published in March 2020. See video about the report here. This article was published as part of Covering Climate Now, a global journalistic collaboration to strengthen coverage of the climate story. Countries Exposed, But Lack Support To Address Climate-Related Health Risks Says WHO Report 03/12/2019 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Madrid, Spain – Countries lack capacity and even more important, the money, to incorporate health factors into their climate action strategies – even though increased disease and deaths are one of the most immediate outcomes of climate change. This is the key finding of a first-ever report by the World Health Organization that looks at how national health systems are responding to climate-related health threats that are affecting countries more frequently and with greater intensity, including food-borne and water-borne as well as vector-borne infectious diseases, as well as heat stress and extreme weather events. Female solar engineers in India bring solar power to communities. Clean energy generates a double benefit for climate and health in terms of less air pollution. The report, The WHO Health and Climate Change Survey Report – Tracking Global Progress – surveyed 101 countries, from high- to low-income economies across all regions of the world. The findings show that while nearly half of the countries surveyed had developed a national health and climate change strategy or plan, less than one-fifth reported a high level of plan implementation, and fewer than 10% of countries said that they had resources to fully implement their plans. “Countries are exposed to climate risks, they are vulnerable to health impacts and they are not receiving the support they need in order to protect people’s health,” said WHO’s Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum, speaking at a press conference here on Tuesday, the second day of the UN Climate Conference in Madrid (COP25). In addition to the direct impacts of climate change, Campbell-Lendrum noted that some 7 million people annually die from air pollution every year, “roughly the whole population of Madrid” and those deaths are “very closely linked to the climate crisis, as about two-thirds of the outdoor air pollution we experience is from fossil fuel combustion.” WHO has estimated that cutting carbon emissions to meet the climate goals of the 2015 Paris Climate Agreement could save about a million lives a year worldwide by 2050 through reductions in air pollution alone. And the economic benefits of the health gains would be more than twice that of the costs of carbon reductions, he said. “Climate change is not only racking up a bill for future generations to pay, it’s a price that people are paying for now with their health,” said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, Director-General of the World Health Organization, in a press release on the new report. “It is a moral imperative that countries have the resources they need to act against climate change and safeguard health now and in the future.” Among the countries that did conduct a climate and health assessment, the most common climate-sensitive health risks were identified by countries as heat stress, injury or death from extreme weather events, as well as food-, water- and vector-borne diseases (such as cholera, dengue or malaria). However, about 60% of countries responding reported that their assessment findings have had little or no influence on the allocation of human and financial resources needed to protect health from climate change. Biggest Barrier is Finance The biggest barrier, the survey found, was that countries have difficulties in accessing international climate finance for health-related climate plans and projects. Over 75% of the national health systems that responded to the survey, reported that they lacked information on climate finance opportunities. Over 60% said that health actors were disconnected from climate finance processes, and over 50% said that health systems lacked capacity to even prepare proposals. In terms of preventing future climate change, the report also notes that few countries have been able to take advantage of the synergies that exist between reducing carbon emission and reducing environmental contamination that harms health, particularly air pollution. Fewer than 25% of countries surveyed reporting having clear collaborations between health sectors and other key sectors driving climate change, such as transport, power generation and domestic heat and power production. Potential Health Gains of Climate Mitigation Rarely Counted Potential health gains that would result from cutting carbon emissions are rarely reflected in national climate commitments, with only one-fifth of Nationally Determined Commitments (NDCs) mentioning health in the context of emissions reductions and 1 in 10 NDCs specifically mentioning expected health gains. The so-called “Nationally Determined Commitments,” the voluntary targets to which countries commit, are in fact the backbone of the 2015 Paris Climate Agreement that aims to keep climate change below 2°C and 1.5°C, if at all possible. While two-thirds of countries’ NDCs mention health in general terms, and the health sector is among the five sectors most often described as vulnerable to climate change, when it comes to concrete action, health is just not factored into the equation, the WHO report concludes. “For the Paris Agreement to be effective to protect people’s health, all levels of government need to prioritize building health system resilience to climate change, and a growing number of national governments are clearly headed in that direction,” said Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of the Department of Environment, Climate Change and Health, in the press release. “By systematically including health in Nationally Determined Contributions – as well as National Adaptation Plans, climate finance pledges, and other National Communications to the UNFCCC [United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change] — the Paris Agreement could become the strongest international health agreement of the century.” Speaking at the press conference, Neira said that countries need to ensure that the health sector is included in climate change processes and that health ministries have the capacity and support to access the finance they need. “The fact that the health impact is already felt by the countries but the finance is not reaching them,” said Neira, speaking at the press conference. She added that the health sector was also calling on governments ” to be much more ambitious on tackling the causes of climate change because our health is at risk and our health is paying the price of not taking action on climate.” From left-right, Jessica Beagley (Lancet Commission Countdown); Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum & Maria Neira (WHO). Health Sector Involvement in Climate Response Collaboration on health and climate policy was greatest between the health sector and the water, sanitation and wastewater sector (45 out of 101 respondents), followed by agriculture (31 out of 101 respondents) and social services (26 out of 101 respondents). A quarter or less of countries reported having an agreement in place between the health sector and the transportation, electricity generation or household energy sectors. While only 8 our of 45 countries reported a high level of implementation of national health and climate change strategies or plans, countries were being more proactive on certain issues. Some 61% of countries were implementing stronger systems of early warning and response to cope with flooding, 43% for heatwaves and 32% for air quality. Although 48% of countries have assessed their public health risk to climate change 60% report that these findings have had little to no influence on the allocation of human and financial resources to meet their adaptation priorities for protecting health. Half of the countries surveyed have developed a national health and climate change strategy or plan. But less than 20% of countries reporting a high level of implementation. Along with financing, other common barriers included: human resource constraints and lack of capacity, lack of prioritization; lack of multisectoral collaboration and a lack of tools, information systems and evidence for decision-making. Only about 38% have national finances in place to even partially implement their national strategy of plan, and fewer than 10% have resources to implement it completely. In terms of accessing international climate finance, over 75% (35 of 46 respondents) reported a lack of information on opportunities, over 60% a lack of connection of health actors to the climate finance processes, and over 50% a lack of capacity to prepare proposals, the report found. Campbell-Lendrum noted that the efforts need to be made by both the climate and health sectors to close the gap. “The Green Climate Fund has identified health and well being as a focal area, they just haven’t funded any projects in that area yet. So we need to work from both sides to make sure that the countries have the technical back- up to prepare their plans and then we have to be met from the other side.” According to the UN Environment-hosted Climate and Clean Air Coalition, some countries have begun reporting on reductions of black carbon emissions – which are among the most health-harmful air pollutants – as part of their Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) to reducing climate change. Unlike carbon dioxide, which persists in the atmosphere for hundreds of ;years, black carbon particles that are heavily emitted by diesel generators and vehicles as well as by primitive wood and biomass stoves, only remain airborne for a few days or weeks, and therefore reducing emissions can lead to rapid reductions in concentrations in the atmosphere. Black carbon also comprises a significant portion of small particles, or PM2.5, regarded as one of the most health-harmful air pollutants. A 2018 report by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), underlined that reducing emissions of black carbon and other so-called short-lived climate pollutants, such as ozone and methane, could help slow down the pace of climate change, buying the world critical time to shift to cleaner energy technologies. However, many countries still lack the tools and awareness to clearly and quantitatively link their carbon reductions with reductions of black carbon and other air pollutants. Conversely, the so-called health co-benefits that may be derived from climate action are not typically factored into climate assessments and financing processes, which right now focus on quantifying carbon emission cuts, as such, without regard for savings in lives or related health costs. ________________________________________ This article was published as part of Covering Climate Now, a global journalistic collaboration to strengthen coverage of the climate story. Image Credits: DFID, WHO, E. Fletcher . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Global Temperatures Already 1.1°C Above Pre-Industrial Levels; Last Ten Years Appear To Be Hottest On Record, Says WMO 03/12/2019 Editorial team Madrid – Exceptional global heat waves, retreating ice sheets and record sea levels – all driven by rising concentrations of atmospheric greenhouse gases – are the hallmark of the past decade as 2019 draws to a close, said the World Metereological Organization (WMO) on Tuesday. The global average temperature in 2019 (January to October) was about 1.1°C above pre-industrial levels. Average temperatures for the past ten years (2010-2019) are “almost certain” to be the highest on record, WMO Secretary-General Petteri Taalas said in a press conference here on the second day of the UN Climate Conference (COP25). And 2019 is on course to be the second or third warmest year ever on record. His remarks were based upon a WMO provisional statement on the State of the Global Climate, released simultaneously. Sea level rise has accelerated since the start of satellite measurements in 1993, because of the melting of ice sheets in Greenland and Antarctica, according to the report. The ocean, which acts as a buffer by absorbing heat and carbon dioxide, is paying a heavy price. Ocean heat is at record levels and there have been widespread marine heatwaves. Sea water is 26 percent more acidic than at the start of the industrial era. Vital marine ecosystems are being degraded, the WMO report finds. The daily Arctic sea-ice extent minimum in September 2019 was the second lowest in the satellite record and October has seen further record low extents. In Antarctica, 2019 saw record low ice extents in some months. All of these trends are directly linked to record levels of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere, which hit levels of 407.8 parts per million in 2018 and continued to rise in 2019. CO2 persists in the atmosphere for centuries, and for even longer in ocean waters, thus perpetuating temperature rise. “If we do not take urgent climate action now, then we are heading for a temperature increase of more than 3°C by the end of the century, with ever more harmful impacts on human well-being,” said Taalas, in a press release that accompanied the report. “We are nowhere near on track to meet the Paris Agreement target.” Record Carbon Dioxide Levels Causing More Floods, Heatwaves & Wildfires “On a day-to-day basis, the impacts of climate change play out through extreme and “abnormal” weather. And, once again in 2019, weather and climate related risks hit hard. Heatwaves and floods which used to be “once in a century” events are becoming more regular occurrences. Countries ranging from the Bahamas to Japan to Mozambique suffered the effect of devastating tropical cyclones. Wildfires swept through the Arctic and Australia,” Taalas added. “One of the main impacts of climate change is more erratic rainfall patterns. This poses a threat to crop yields and, combined with population increase, will mean considerable food security challenges for vulnerable countries in the future,” he said. The report gives extensive attention to the impacts of warming trends on human health, food security, migration, ecosystems and marine life, based on inputs from the World Health Organization, Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO), International Organization for Migration (IOM), and other United Nations partners. Extreme heat conditions are taking an increasing toll on human health and health systems with greater impacts where there are aging populations, urbanization, urban heat island effects, and health inequities. In 2018, a record 220 million more heatwave exposures by vulnerable persons over the age of 65 occurred, compared with the average for the baseline of 1986-2005. Climate variability and extreme weather events are among the key drivers of the recent rise in global hunger and one of the leading causes of severe crises, according to the WMO report. After a decade of steady decline, hunger is on the rise – with over 820 million people suffering from hunger in 2018. Among 33 countries affected by food crises in 2018, climate variability and weather extremes are the leading driver in 12 of the 26 countries at risk, and a compounding factor together with economic shocks and conflict in the other countries. More than 10 million new internal displacements were recorded between January and June 2019, 7 million being triggered by events such as Cyclone Idai in southeast Africa, Cyclone Fani in south Asia, Hurricane Dorian in the Caribbean, flooding in Iran, the Philippines and Ethiopia, generating acute humanitarian and protection needs. Detailed excerpts of impacts on health, food security and displacement are provided below, along with details of key climate and weather indicators of the broader trends. Impacts on Health, Agriculture & Migration In terms of inputs from other UN agencies, the WHO reports that in 2019, record-setting high temperatures from Australia, India, Japan, and Europe led to significant heat-related deaths and illness. In Japan, a major heat wave event affected the country in late July to early August 2019 resulting in over 100 deaths and 18,000 hospitalizations. Two heatwaves hit much of Europe in the summer of 2019, affecting southwestern to central Europe in June, followed by an even more powerful episode in late July, which affected much of central and western Europe. In the Netherlands, the heatwave was associated with 2 964 deaths, nearly 400 more deaths than during an average summer week. Changes in climatic conditions since 1950 are also making it easier for the Aedes mosquito species to transmit dengue virus. The global incidence of dengue has grown dramatically in recent decades, and about half of the world population is now at risk of infection. In 2019, the world experienced a large increase in dengue cases, compared with the same time period in 2018. In terms of agriculture, FAO reports that the start of the seasonal rains was delayed in Southern Africa, and there were extensive dry periods. As a result, regional cereal output is forecast to be about 8% below the five-year average with 12.5 million people in the region expected to experience severe food insecurity up until March 2020, an increase of more than 10% from the previous year. Food security has also been deteriorating in several areas of Ethiopia, Somalia, Kenya and Uganda due to a poor rainy season. Overall, about 12.3 million people are food insecure in the Horn of Africa region. Between October and November 2019, Somalia was further affected by intense flooding. In Afghanistan, some 13.5 million people are food insecure following severe flooding in March 2019, the worst such episode in a decade, This follows a period of severe drought in 2018 from which 22 out of 34 provinces are still recovering. More than 10 million new weather and climate-related internal displacements were recorded between January and June 2019, the IOM reports, Of those, 7 million people were displaced by disasters such as Cyclone Idai in Southeast Africa, Cyclone Fani in South Asia, Hurricane Dorian in the Caribbean, as well as by flooding in Iran, the Philippines and Ethiopia. Overall, floods were the most commonly cited natural hazard contributing to displacement, followed by storms and droughts. Asia and the Pacific remains the world’s most disaster displacement-prone region due to both sudden and slow-onset disasters. The number of new displacements associated with weather extremes could more than triple to around 22 million by the end of 2019, the IOM predicts. Ice Loss, Ocean Temperatures & Acidification The report provides detailed data on temperatures both at land as well as at sea. It notes that global mean temperature for the period January to October 2019 was 1.1 ± 0.1 °C above pre-industrial conditions (1850-1900). 2019 is expected to be the second or third warmest year on record. 2016, which began with an exceptionally strong El Niño, remains the warmest year. Since the 1980s, each successive decade has been warmer than the last. In terms of the world’s major land masses, most land areas were warmer than the recent average, including South America, Europe, Africa, Asia and Oceania, and the Arctic, with the U.S. state of Alaska was registering exceptionally warm temperatures in 2019. However, a large area of North America has been colder than the recent average. In October 2019, the global mean sea level reached its highest value since the beginning of the high-precision records in the 1990s. More than 90% of the excess energy accumulating in the climate system as a result of increased concentrations of greenhouse gases goes into the ocean. In the decade 2009-2018, the ocean absorbed around 22% of the annual emissions of CO2, which helps to attenuate climate change. But ocean temperatures also are rising. In 2019, ocean heat content continued at record or near-record levels, with the average for the year so far exceeding the previous record highs set in 2018. In 2019, the ocean has until now, on average, experienced around 1.5 months of unusually warm temperatures. More of the ocean had a marine heatwave classified as “Strong” (38%) than “Moderate” (28%). In the north-east Pacific, large areas reached a marine heatwave category of “Severe”. A corresponding, continued long term decline of Arctic sea ice was confirmed in September 2019, where the monthly average extent of ice (usually the lowest of the year) was the third lowest on record. Until 2016, Antarctic sea ice extent had shown a small long-term increase. In late 2016 this was interrupted by a sudden drop in extent to extreme values. Since then, Antarctic sea-ice extent has remained at relatively low levels. Total ice Mass Balance (TMB) for the Greenland Ice Sheet gives a net ice loss for September 2018 to August 2019 of 329 Gigatonnes (Gt). Increasing CO2 concentrations also affect the chemistry of the ocean, accelerating acidification. Ocean observations have shown a decrease in the average global surface ocean pH at a rate of 0.017–0.027 pH units per decade since the late 1980s, as reported previously by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. That is equivalent to an increase in acidity of 26% since the beginning of the industrial revolution. High impact events – Floods, Droughts, Heatwaves & Wildfires The 12-month rainfall averaged over the contiguous United States for the period for July 2018 to June 2019 (962 mm) was the highest on record. The onset and withdrawal of the Indian Monsoon were delayed, causing a large precipitation deficit in June but an excess of precipitation in the following months. Very wet conditions affected parts of South America in January. There was major flooding in northern Argentina, Uruguay and southern Brazil, with losses in Argentina and Uruguay estimated at US$2.5 billion. The Islamic Republic of Iran was badly affected by flooding in late March and early April. Major flooding affected many hitherto drought-affected parts of east Africa in October and early November. At the same time, drought affected many parts of southeast Asia and the southwest Pacific in 2019, associated in many cases with the strong positive phase of the Indian Ocean Dipole. Exceptionally dry conditions prevailed from mid-year onwards in Indonesia and neighbouring countries, as well as parts of the Mekong basin further north. Long-term drought conditions which had affected many parts of inland eastern Australia in 2017 and 2018 expanded and intensified in 2019. Averaged over Australia as a whole, January-October was the driest since 1902. Dry conditions affected many parts of Central America. It was substantially drier than normal in Honduras, Guatemala, Nicaragua and El Salvador, until heavy rains in October. Central Chile also had an exceptionally dry year, with rainfall for the year to 20 November at Santiago only 82 mm, less than 25% of the long-term average. Heatwaves Two major heatwaves occurred in Europe in late June and late July. according to the report. In France, a national record of 46.0°C (1.9°C above the previous record) was set on 28 June. National records were also set in Germany (42.6°C), the Netherlands (40.7°C), Belgium (41.8°C), Luxembourg (40.8°C) and the United Kingdom (38.7°C), with the heat also extending into the Nordic countries, where Helsinki had its highest temperature on record (33.2°C on 28 July). Australia had an exceptionally hot summer. The mean summer temperature was the highest on record by almost 1°C, and January was Australia’s hottest month on record. The heat was most notable for its persistence but there were also significant individual extremes, including 46.6°C at Adelaide on 24 January, the city’s highest temperature on record In terms of forest fires, several high-latitude regions saw above-average activity, including Siberia (Russian Federation) and Alaska (US). There were wildfires in some parts of the Arctic – previously extremely rare events. In South-East Asia, a severe drought in Indonesia and neighbouring countries led to the most significant fire season since 2015. The number of reported fires in Brazil’s Amazonia region was only slightly above the 10-year average, but total fire activity in South America was the highest since 2010, with Bolivia and Venezuela among the countries with particularly active fire years. Tropical cyclones Tropical cyclone activity globally in 2019 was slightly above average. The Northern Hemisphere, to date, has had 66 tropical cyclones, compared with the average at this time of year of 56, although accumulated cyclone energy (ACE) was only 2% above average. The 2018-19 Southern Hemisphere season was also above average, with 27 cyclones. Tropical Cyclone Idai made landfall in Mozambique on 15 March as one of the strongest known on the east coast of Africa, resulting in many casualties and widespread devastation. Idai contributed to the complete destruction of close to 780 000 ha of crops in Malawi, Mozambique, and Zimbabwe, further undermining a precarious food security situation in the region. The cyclone also resulted in at least 50 905 displaced persons in Zimbabwe, 53 237 in southern Malawi and 77 019 in Mozambique. One of the year’s most intense tropical cyclones was Dorian, which made landfall with category 5 intensity in the Bahamas. The destruction was exacerbated as the cyclone was exceptionally slow-moving, remaining near-stationary for about 24 hours. Typhoon Hagibis made landfall west of Tokyo on 12 October, causing severe flooding. The final State of the Climate report, with complete 2019 data, will be published in March 2020. See video about the report here. This article was published as part of Covering Climate Now, a global journalistic collaboration to strengthen coverage of the climate story. Countries Exposed, But Lack Support To Address Climate-Related Health Risks Says WHO Report 03/12/2019 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Madrid, Spain – Countries lack capacity and even more important, the money, to incorporate health factors into their climate action strategies – even though increased disease and deaths are one of the most immediate outcomes of climate change. This is the key finding of a first-ever report by the World Health Organization that looks at how national health systems are responding to climate-related health threats that are affecting countries more frequently and with greater intensity, including food-borne and water-borne as well as vector-borne infectious diseases, as well as heat stress and extreme weather events. Female solar engineers in India bring solar power to communities. Clean energy generates a double benefit for climate and health in terms of less air pollution. The report, The WHO Health and Climate Change Survey Report – Tracking Global Progress – surveyed 101 countries, from high- to low-income economies across all regions of the world. The findings show that while nearly half of the countries surveyed had developed a national health and climate change strategy or plan, less than one-fifth reported a high level of plan implementation, and fewer than 10% of countries said that they had resources to fully implement their plans. “Countries are exposed to climate risks, they are vulnerable to health impacts and they are not receiving the support they need in order to protect people’s health,” said WHO’s Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum, speaking at a press conference here on Tuesday, the second day of the UN Climate Conference in Madrid (COP25). In addition to the direct impacts of climate change, Campbell-Lendrum noted that some 7 million people annually die from air pollution every year, “roughly the whole population of Madrid” and those deaths are “very closely linked to the climate crisis, as about two-thirds of the outdoor air pollution we experience is from fossil fuel combustion.” WHO has estimated that cutting carbon emissions to meet the climate goals of the 2015 Paris Climate Agreement could save about a million lives a year worldwide by 2050 through reductions in air pollution alone. And the economic benefits of the health gains would be more than twice that of the costs of carbon reductions, he said. “Climate change is not only racking up a bill for future generations to pay, it’s a price that people are paying for now with their health,” said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, Director-General of the World Health Organization, in a press release on the new report. “It is a moral imperative that countries have the resources they need to act against climate change and safeguard health now and in the future.” Among the countries that did conduct a climate and health assessment, the most common climate-sensitive health risks were identified by countries as heat stress, injury or death from extreme weather events, as well as food-, water- and vector-borne diseases (such as cholera, dengue or malaria). However, about 60% of countries responding reported that their assessment findings have had little or no influence on the allocation of human and financial resources needed to protect health from climate change. Biggest Barrier is Finance The biggest barrier, the survey found, was that countries have difficulties in accessing international climate finance for health-related climate plans and projects. Over 75% of the national health systems that responded to the survey, reported that they lacked information on climate finance opportunities. Over 60% said that health actors were disconnected from climate finance processes, and over 50% said that health systems lacked capacity to even prepare proposals. In terms of preventing future climate change, the report also notes that few countries have been able to take advantage of the synergies that exist between reducing carbon emission and reducing environmental contamination that harms health, particularly air pollution. Fewer than 25% of countries surveyed reporting having clear collaborations between health sectors and other key sectors driving climate change, such as transport, power generation and domestic heat and power production. Potential Health Gains of Climate Mitigation Rarely Counted Potential health gains that would result from cutting carbon emissions are rarely reflected in national climate commitments, with only one-fifth of Nationally Determined Commitments (NDCs) mentioning health in the context of emissions reductions and 1 in 10 NDCs specifically mentioning expected health gains. The so-called “Nationally Determined Commitments,” the voluntary targets to which countries commit, are in fact the backbone of the 2015 Paris Climate Agreement that aims to keep climate change below 2°C and 1.5°C, if at all possible. While two-thirds of countries’ NDCs mention health in general terms, and the health sector is among the five sectors most often described as vulnerable to climate change, when it comes to concrete action, health is just not factored into the equation, the WHO report concludes. “For the Paris Agreement to be effective to protect people’s health, all levels of government need to prioritize building health system resilience to climate change, and a growing number of national governments are clearly headed in that direction,” said Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of the Department of Environment, Climate Change and Health, in the press release. “By systematically including health in Nationally Determined Contributions – as well as National Adaptation Plans, climate finance pledges, and other National Communications to the UNFCCC [United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change] — the Paris Agreement could become the strongest international health agreement of the century.” Speaking at the press conference, Neira said that countries need to ensure that the health sector is included in climate change processes and that health ministries have the capacity and support to access the finance they need. “The fact that the health impact is already felt by the countries but the finance is not reaching them,” said Neira, speaking at the press conference. She added that the health sector was also calling on governments ” to be much more ambitious on tackling the causes of climate change because our health is at risk and our health is paying the price of not taking action on climate.” From left-right, Jessica Beagley (Lancet Commission Countdown); Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum & Maria Neira (WHO). Health Sector Involvement in Climate Response Collaboration on health and climate policy was greatest between the health sector and the water, sanitation and wastewater sector (45 out of 101 respondents), followed by agriculture (31 out of 101 respondents) and social services (26 out of 101 respondents). A quarter or less of countries reported having an agreement in place between the health sector and the transportation, electricity generation or household energy sectors. While only 8 our of 45 countries reported a high level of implementation of national health and climate change strategies or plans, countries were being more proactive on certain issues. Some 61% of countries were implementing stronger systems of early warning and response to cope with flooding, 43% for heatwaves and 32% for air quality. Although 48% of countries have assessed their public health risk to climate change 60% report that these findings have had little to no influence on the allocation of human and financial resources to meet their adaptation priorities for protecting health. Half of the countries surveyed have developed a national health and climate change strategy or plan. But less than 20% of countries reporting a high level of implementation. Along with financing, other common barriers included: human resource constraints and lack of capacity, lack of prioritization; lack of multisectoral collaboration and a lack of tools, information systems and evidence for decision-making. Only about 38% have national finances in place to even partially implement their national strategy of plan, and fewer than 10% have resources to implement it completely. In terms of accessing international climate finance, over 75% (35 of 46 respondents) reported a lack of information on opportunities, over 60% a lack of connection of health actors to the climate finance processes, and over 50% a lack of capacity to prepare proposals, the report found. Campbell-Lendrum noted that the efforts need to be made by both the climate and health sectors to close the gap. “The Green Climate Fund has identified health and well being as a focal area, they just haven’t funded any projects in that area yet. So we need to work from both sides to make sure that the countries have the technical back- up to prepare their plans and then we have to be met from the other side.” According to the UN Environment-hosted Climate and Clean Air Coalition, some countries have begun reporting on reductions of black carbon emissions – which are among the most health-harmful air pollutants – as part of their Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) to reducing climate change. Unlike carbon dioxide, which persists in the atmosphere for hundreds of ;years, black carbon particles that are heavily emitted by diesel generators and vehicles as well as by primitive wood and biomass stoves, only remain airborne for a few days or weeks, and therefore reducing emissions can lead to rapid reductions in concentrations in the atmosphere. Black carbon also comprises a significant portion of small particles, or PM2.5, regarded as one of the most health-harmful air pollutants. A 2018 report by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), underlined that reducing emissions of black carbon and other so-called short-lived climate pollutants, such as ozone and methane, could help slow down the pace of climate change, buying the world critical time to shift to cleaner energy technologies. However, many countries still lack the tools and awareness to clearly and quantitatively link their carbon reductions with reductions of black carbon and other air pollutants. Conversely, the so-called health co-benefits that may be derived from climate action are not typically factored into climate assessments and financing processes, which right now focus on quantifying carbon emission cuts, as such, without regard for savings in lives or related health costs. ________________________________________ This article was published as part of Covering Climate Now, a global journalistic collaboration to strengthen coverage of the climate story. Image Credits: DFID, WHO, E. Fletcher . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy
Countries Exposed, But Lack Support To Address Climate-Related Health Risks Says WHO Report 03/12/2019 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Madrid, Spain – Countries lack capacity and even more important, the money, to incorporate health factors into their climate action strategies – even though increased disease and deaths are one of the most immediate outcomes of climate change. This is the key finding of a first-ever report by the World Health Organization that looks at how national health systems are responding to climate-related health threats that are affecting countries more frequently and with greater intensity, including food-borne and water-borne as well as vector-borne infectious diseases, as well as heat stress and extreme weather events. Female solar engineers in India bring solar power to communities. Clean energy generates a double benefit for climate and health in terms of less air pollution. The report, The WHO Health and Climate Change Survey Report – Tracking Global Progress – surveyed 101 countries, from high- to low-income economies across all regions of the world. The findings show that while nearly half of the countries surveyed had developed a national health and climate change strategy or plan, less than one-fifth reported a high level of plan implementation, and fewer than 10% of countries said that they had resources to fully implement their plans. “Countries are exposed to climate risks, they are vulnerable to health impacts and they are not receiving the support they need in order to protect people’s health,” said WHO’s Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum, speaking at a press conference here on Tuesday, the second day of the UN Climate Conference in Madrid (COP25). In addition to the direct impacts of climate change, Campbell-Lendrum noted that some 7 million people annually die from air pollution every year, “roughly the whole population of Madrid” and those deaths are “very closely linked to the climate crisis, as about two-thirds of the outdoor air pollution we experience is from fossil fuel combustion.” WHO has estimated that cutting carbon emissions to meet the climate goals of the 2015 Paris Climate Agreement could save about a million lives a year worldwide by 2050 through reductions in air pollution alone. And the economic benefits of the health gains would be more than twice that of the costs of carbon reductions, he said. “Climate change is not only racking up a bill for future generations to pay, it’s a price that people are paying for now with their health,” said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, Director-General of the World Health Organization, in a press release on the new report. “It is a moral imperative that countries have the resources they need to act against climate change and safeguard health now and in the future.” Among the countries that did conduct a climate and health assessment, the most common climate-sensitive health risks were identified by countries as heat stress, injury or death from extreme weather events, as well as food-, water- and vector-borne diseases (such as cholera, dengue or malaria). However, about 60% of countries responding reported that their assessment findings have had little or no influence on the allocation of human and financial resources needed to protect health from climate change. Biggest Barrier is Finance The biggest barrier, the survey found, was that countries have difficulties in accessing international climate finance for health-related climate plans and projects. Over 75% of the national health systems that responded to the survey, reported that they lacked information on climate finance opportunities. Over 60% said that health actors were disconnected from climate finance processes, and over 50% said that health systems lacked capacity to even prepare proposals. In terms of preventing future climate change, the report also notes that few countries have been able to take advantage of the synergies that exist between reducing carbon emission and reducing environmental contamination that harms health, particularly air pollution. Fewer than 25% of countries surveyed reporting having clear collaborations between health sectors and other key sectors driving climate change, such as transport, power generation and domestic heat and power production. Potential Health Gains of Climate Mitigation Rarely Counted Potential health gains that would result from cutting carbon emissions are rarely reflected in national climate commitments, with only one-fifth of Nationally Determined Commitments (NDCs) mentioning health in the context of emissions reductions and 1 in 10 NDCs specifically mentioning expected health gains. The so-called “Nationally Determined Commitments,” the voluntary targets to which countries commit, are in fact the backbone of the 2015 Paris Climate Agreement that aims to keep climate change below 2°C and 1.5°C, if at all possible. While two-thirds of countries’ NDCs mention health in general terms, and the health sector is among the five sectors most often described as vulnerable to climate change, when it comes to concrete action, health is just not factored into the equation, the WHO report concludes. “For the Paris Agreement to be effective to protect people’s health, all levels of government need to prioritize building health system resilience to climate change, and a growing number of national governments are clearly headed in that direction,” said Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of the Department of Environment, Climate Change and Health, in the press release. “By systematically including health in Nationally Determined Contributions – as well as National Adaptation Plans, climate finance pledges, and other National Communications to the UNFCCC [United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change] — the Paris Agreement could become the strongest international health agreement of the century.” Speaking at the press conference, Neira said that countries need to ensure that the health sector is included in climate change processes and that health ministries have the capacity and support to access the finance they need. “The fact that the health impact is already felt by the countries but the finance is not reaching them,” said Neira, speaking at the press conference. She added that the health sector was also calling on governments ” to be much more ambitious on tackling the causes of climate change because our health is at risk and our health is paying the price of not taking action on climate.” From left-right, Jessica Beagley (Lancet Commission Countdown); Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum & Maria Neira (WHO). Health Sector Involvement in Climate Response Collaboration on health and climate policy was greatest between the health sector and the water, sanitation and wastewater sector (45 out of 101 respondents), followed by agriculture (31 out of 101 respondents) and social services (26 out of 101 respondents). A quarter or less of countries reported having an agreement in place between the health sector and the transportation, electricity generation or household energy sectors. While only 8 our of 45 countries reported a high level of implementation of national health and climate change strategies or plans, countries were being more proactive on certain issues. Some 61% of countries were implementing stronger systems of early warning and response to cope with flooding, 43% for heatwaves and 32% for air quality. Although 48% of countries have assessed their public health risk to climate change 60% report that these findings have had little to no influence on the allocation of human and financial resources to meet their adaptation priorities for protecting health. Half of the countries surveyed have developed a national health and climate change strategy or plan. But less than 20% of countries reporting a high level of implementation. Along with financing, other common barriers included: human resource constraints and lack of capacity, lack of prioritization; lack of multisectoral collaboration and a lack of tools, information systems and evidence for decision-making. Only about 38% have national finances in place to even partially implement their national strategy of plan, and fewer than 10% have resources to implement it completely. In terms of accessing international climate finance, over 75% (35 of 46 respondents) reported a lack of information on opportunities, over 60% a lack of connection of health actors to the climate finance processes, and over 50% a lack of capacity to prepare proposals, the report found. Campbell-Lendrum noted that the efforts need to be made by both the climate and health sectors to close the gap. “The Green Climate Fund has identified health and well being as a focal area, they just haven’t funded any projects in that area yet. So we need to work from both sides to make sure that the countries have the technical back- up to prepare their plans and then we have to be met from the other side.” According to the UN Environment-hosted Climate and Clean Air Coalition, some countries have begun reporting on reductions of black carbon emissions – which are among the most health-harmful air pollutants – as part of their Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) to reducing climate change. Unlike carbon dioxide, which persists in the atmosphere for hundreds of ;years, black carbon particles that are heavily emitted by diesel generators and vehicles as well as by primitive wood and biomass stoves, only remain airborne for a few days or weeks, and therefore reducing emissions can lead to rapid reductions in concentrations in the atmosphere. Black carbon also comprises a significant portion of small particles, or PM2.5, regarded as one of the most health-harmful air pollutants. A 2018 report by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), underlined that reducing emissions of black carbon and other so-called short-lived climate pollutants, such as ozone and methane, could help slow down the pace of climate change, buying the world critical time to shift to cleaner energy technologies. However, many countries still lack the tools and awareness to clearly and quantitatively link their carbon reductions with reductions of black carbon and other air pollutants. Conversely, the so-called health co-benefits that may be derived from climate action are not typically factored into climate assessments and financing processes, which right now focus on quantifying carbon emission cuts, as such, without regard for savings in lives or related health costs. ________________________________________ This article was published as part of Covering Climate Now, a global journalistic collaboration to strengthen coverage of the climate story. Image Credits: DFID, WHO, E. Fletcher . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts